]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
4d08df7d20ea2659cacdf0e63c2fa7d8fe0a750f
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (18533 1976))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10
11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 Play 5x5.
13
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
16
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move up \\[5x5-up]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31
32 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
33
34 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
36
37 \(fn)" t nil)
38
39 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
40 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
41
42 \(fn)" t nil)
43
44 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
46
47 \(fn)" t nil)
48
49 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
50 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
51 Mutate the result.
52
53 \(fn)" t nil)
54
55 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
56 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57
58 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
59 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
60 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
61 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
62
63 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
64
65 ;;;***
66 \f
67 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
68 ;;;;;; (18468 40885))
69 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
70
71 (autoload 'list-one-abbrev-table "abbrevlist" "\
72 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
73
74 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
75
76 ;;;***
77 \f
78 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
79 ;;;;;; (18575 11173))
80 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
81
82 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
83 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
84 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
85 extensions.
86 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
87 the file name.
88
89 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
90
91 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
92 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
93
94 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
95 \\{ada-mode-map}
96
97 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
98 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
99
100 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
101 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
102
103 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
104 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
105
106 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
107
108 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
109 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
110
111 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
112 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
113
114 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
115 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
116 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
117 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
118 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
119
120 If you use imenu.el:
121 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
122
123 If you use find-file.el:
124 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
125 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
126 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
127 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
128 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
129
130 If you use ada-xref.el:
131 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
132 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
133 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
134
135 \(fn)" t nil)
136
137 ;;;***
138 \f
139 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
140 ;;;;;; (18575 11174))
141 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
142
143 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
144 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
145
146 \(fn)" t nil)
147
148 ;;;***
149 \f
150 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
151 ;;;;;; (18576 24566))
152 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
153
154 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
155 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
156 Completion is available.
157
158 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
159
160 ;;;***
161 \f
162 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
163 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
164 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
165 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "add-log.el" (18577
166 ;;;;;; 57505))
167 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
168
169 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
170 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
171 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
172 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
173
174 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
175
176 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
177 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
178 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
179
180 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
181
182 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
183 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
184 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
185 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
186 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
187 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
188
189 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
190
191 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
192 Prompt for a change log name.
193
194 \(fn)" nil nil)
195
196 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
197 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
198
199 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
200 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
201 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
202 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
203
204 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
205 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
206 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
207
208 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
209 current buffer to the complete file name.
210 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
211
212 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
213
214 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
215 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
216 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
217 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
218
219 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
220 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
221
222 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
223
224 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
225 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
226 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
227
228 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
229 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
230 after a comma on an existing line.
231
232 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
233 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
234 the same person.
235
236 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
237 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
238 notices.
239
240 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
241 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
242
243 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
244
245 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
246 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
247 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
248 the change log file in another window.
249
250 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
251
252 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
253 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
254 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
255 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
256 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
257 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
258 \\{change-log-mode-map}
259
260 \(fn)" t nil)
261
262 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
263 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
264
265 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
266 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
267
268 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
269 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
270
271 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
272 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
273
274 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
275 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
276
277 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
278 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
279 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
280 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
281 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
282
283 Has a preference of looking backwards.
284
285 \(fn)" nil nil)
286
287 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
288 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
289 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
290 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
291 or a buffer.
292
293 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
294 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
295
296 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
297
298 ;;;***
299 \f
300 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
301 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
302 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (18468 40888))
303 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
304
305 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
306 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
307 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
308 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
309 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
310 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
311 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
312 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
313 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
314 interpreted as `error'.")
315
316 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
317
318 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
319 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
320 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
321 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
322 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
323 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
324 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
325 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
326
327 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
328
329 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
330 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
331
332 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
333
334 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
335 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
336
337 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
338
339 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
340 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
341 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
342 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
343 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
344 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
345 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
346 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
347 will be overwritten with the new one.
348 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
349 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
350 will clear the cache.
351
352 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
353
354 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
355 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
356 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
357 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
358 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
359 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
360 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
361 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
362 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
363 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
364 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
365 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
366 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
367 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
368 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
369 definition will always be cached for later usage.
370
371 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
372
373 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
374 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
375 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
376
377 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
378 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
379 BODY...)
380
381 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
382 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
383 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
384 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
385 see also `ad-add-advice'.
386 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
387 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
388 before/around/after-advices will be used.
389 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
390 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
391 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
392 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
393 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
394 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
395
396 Semantics of the various flags:
397 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
398 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
399 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
400
401 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
402 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
403
404 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
405 advised function should be compiled.
406
407 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
408 during activation until somebody enables it.
409
410 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
411 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
412 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
413 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
414
415 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
416 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
417 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
418 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
419 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
420 during preloading.
421
422 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
423 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
424 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
425 BODY...)
426
427 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
428
429 ;;;***
430 \f
431 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
432 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
433 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (18468 40885))
434 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
435
436 (autoload 'align "align" "\
437 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
438 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
439 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
440 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
441 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
442 rule's `separate' attribute).
443
444 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
445 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
446 `separate' attribute set.
447
448 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
449 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
450 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
451 on the format of these lists.
452
453 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
454
455 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
456 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
457 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
458 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
459 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
460 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
461 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
462 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
463 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
464 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
465 options.
466
467 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
468 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
469
470 Fred (123) 456-7890
471 Alice (123) 456-7890
472 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
473 Joe (123) 456-7890
474
475 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
476 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
477 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
478
479 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
480
481 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
482 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
483 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
484 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
485 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
486 align that section.
487
488 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
489
490 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
491 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
492 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
493 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
494 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
495 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
496 been used to align that section.
497
498 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
499
500 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
501 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
502 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
503 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
504 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
505 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
506 to be colored.
507
508 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
509
510 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
511 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
512
513 \(fn)" t nil)
514
515 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
516 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
517
518 \(fn)" t nil)
519
520 ;;;***
521 \f
522 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
523 ;;;;;; (18508 22727))
524 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
525
526 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
527
528 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
529
530 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
531
532 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
533
534 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
535
536 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
537
538 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
539
540 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
541
542 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
543
544 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
545
546 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
547
548 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
549
550 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
551
552 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
553
554 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
555
556 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
557
558 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
559 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
560 \\<allout-mode-map>
561
562 Optional prefix argument TOGGLE forces the mode to re-initialize
563 if it is positive, otherwise it turns the mode off. Allout
564 outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
565
566 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
567 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
568 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
569 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
570 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
571 outline.)
572
573 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
574
575 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
576 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
577 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
578 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
579 - easy topic encryption and decryption
580 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
581 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
582 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
583
584 and many other features.
585
586 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
587 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
588 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
589 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
590 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
591
592 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
593 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
594 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
595 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
596 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
597 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can invoke allout
598 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
599 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
600
601 Exposure Control:
602 ----------------
603 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
604 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
605 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
606 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
607 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
608
609 Navigation:
610 ----------
611 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
612 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
613 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
614 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
615 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
616 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
617 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
618 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
619 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
620 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
621
622
623 Topic Header Production:
624 -----------------------
625 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
626 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
627 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
628
629 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
630 ---------------------------------
631 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
632 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
633 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
634 current topic
635 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
636 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
637 are alternated according to nesting depth.
638 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
639 the offspring are not affected.
640 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
641
642 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
643 ----------------------------------
644 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
645 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
646 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
647 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
648 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
649 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
650 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
651 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
652
653 Topic-oriented Encryption:
654 -------------------------
655 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
656 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
657
658 Misc commands:
659 -------------
660 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
661 and establish a default file-var setting
662 for `allout-layout'.
663 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
664 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
665 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
666 buffer with name derived from derived from that
667 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
668 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
670 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
671 format.
672 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
673 auto-activation.
674
675 Topic Encryption
676
677 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
678 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
679 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
680 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
681
682 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
683 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
684 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
685 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
686
687 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
688 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
689 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
690 pitfalls.
691
692 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
693 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
694 for details.
695
696 HOT-SPOT Operation
697
698 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
699 navigation and exposure control.
700
701 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
702 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
703 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
704 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
705 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
706
707 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
708 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
709 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
710 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
711 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
712
713 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]]) is
714 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
715 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
716 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
717 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
718 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
719 at the beginning of the current entry.
720
721 Extending Allout
722
723 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
724 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
725 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
726
727 `allout-mode-hook'
728 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
729 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
730 `allout-structure-added-hook'
731 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
732 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
733
734 Terminology
735
736 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
737
738 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
739 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
740 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
741 CURRENT ITEM:
742 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
743 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
744 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
745 called the:
746 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
747
748 ANCESTORS:
749 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
750 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
751 of the ITEM.
752 OFFSPRING:
753 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
754 SUBTOPIC:
755 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
756 CHILD:
757 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
758 SIBLINGS:
759 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
760
761 Topic text constituents:
762
763 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
764 text.
765 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
766 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
767 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
768 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
769 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
770 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
771 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
772 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
773 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
774 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
775 the PREFIX.
776
777 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
778 of the ITEM.
779 PREFIX-LEAD:
780 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
781 It can be customized by changing the setting of
782 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
783
784 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
785 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
786 program code without interfering with processing of the text
787 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
788 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
789 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
790 docstring for more detail.
791 PREFIX-PADDING:
792 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
793 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
794 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
795 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
796 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
797 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
798 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
799 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
800 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
801 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
802 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
803 more details.
804 EXPOSURE:
805 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
806 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
807 CONCEALED:
808 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
809 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
810
811 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
812 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
813 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
814
815 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
816
817 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
818
819 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
820 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
821
822 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
823 setup for auto-startup.
824
825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
826
827 ;;;***
828 \f
829 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
830 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (18468 40890))
831 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
832
833 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
834
835 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
836 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
837 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
838 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
839 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
840 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
841
842 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
843
844 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
845 Not documented
846
847 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
848
849 ;;;***
850 \f
851 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
852 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (18468 40891))
853 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
854
855 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
856 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
857 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
858 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
859 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
860 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
861 in the current window.
862
863 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
864
865 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
866 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
867 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
868
869 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
870
871 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
872 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
873 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
874
875 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
876
877 ;;;***
878 \f
879 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
880 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (18468 40885))
881 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
882
883 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
884 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
885
886 \(fn)" t nil)
887
888 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
889 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
890
891 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
892 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
893 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
894 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
895
896 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
897 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
898
899 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
900
901 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
902
903 ;;;***
904 \f
905 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
906 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (18468 40892))
907 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
908
909 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
910 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
911 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
912 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
913 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
914 \\[yank].
915
916 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
917 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
918 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
919 the rules.
920
921 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
922 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
923 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
924 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
925
926 \(fn)" t nil)
927
928 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
929 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
930 \\{antlr-mode-map}
931
932 \(fn)" t nil)
933
934 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
935 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
936 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
937
938 \(fn)" nil nil)
939
940 ;;;***
941 \f
942 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add)
943 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (18550 15777))
944 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
945
946 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
947 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
948 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
949
950 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
951
952 (autoload 'appt-delete "appt" "\
953 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
954
955 \(fn)" t nil)
956
957 (autoload 'appt-make-list "appt" "\
958 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
959 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
960 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
961 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
962 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
963 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
964
965 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this function.
966
967 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
968 appointment package (if it is not already active).
969
970 \(fn)" nil nil)
971
972 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
973 Toggle checking of appointments.
974 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
975 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
976
977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
978
979 ;;;***
980 \f
981 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
982 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
983 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (18516 15186))
984 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
985
986 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
987 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
988 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
989 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
990
991 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
992 kind of objects to search.
993
994 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
995
996 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
997 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
998 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
999 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1000 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1001 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1002
1003 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1004 normal variables.
1005
1006 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1007
1008 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1009
1010 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1011 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1012 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1013 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1014 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1015 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1016
1017 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1018 noninteractive functions.
1019
1020 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1021 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1022
1023 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1024 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1025
1026 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1027
1028 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1029 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1030
1031 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1032
1033 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1034 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1035 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1036 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1037
1038 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1039 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1040 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1041 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1042
1043 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1044 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1045
1046 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1047
1048 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1049
1050 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1051 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1052 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1053 thus be found in `load-history'.
1054
1055 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1056
1057 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1058 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1059 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1060 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1061 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1062 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1063
1064 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1065 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1066 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1067
1068 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1069
1070 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1071 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1072 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1073 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1074 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1075 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1076
1077 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1078 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1079 bindings.
1080 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1081
1082 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1083
1084 ;;;***
1085 \f
1086 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (18577
1087 ;;;;;; 57505))
1088 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1089
1090 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1091 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1092 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1093 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1094 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1095 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1096
1097 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1098 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1099 archive.
1100
1101 \\{archive-mode-map}
1102
1103 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1104
1105 ;;;***
1106 \f
1107 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (18468 40885))
1108 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1109
1110 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1111 Major mode for editing arrays.
1112
1113 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1114 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1115 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1116
1117 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1118
1119 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1120 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1121 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1122
1123 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1124 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1125 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1126 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1127 The variables are:
1128
1129 Variables you assign:
1130 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1131 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1132 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1133 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1134 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1135 row numbers in the buffer.
1136
1137 Variables which are calculated:
1138 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1139 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1140
1141 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1142 take a numeric prefix argument):
1143
1144 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1145 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1146 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1147 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1148
1149 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1150 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1151 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1152 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1153
1154 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1155 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1156 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1157 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1158
1159 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1160 between that of point and mark.
1161
1162 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1163 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1164
1165 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1166 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1167 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1168 newlines inside rows)
1169
1170 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1171
1172 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1173
1174 \(fn)" t nil)
1175
1176 ;;;***
1177 \f
1178 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (18516
1179 ;;;;;; 15191))
1180 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1181
1182 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1183 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1184 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1185 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1186
1187 How to quit artist mode
1188
1189 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1190
1191
1192 How to submit a bug report
1193
1194 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1195
1196
1197 Drawing with the mouse:
1198
1199 mouse-2
1200 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1201 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1202 below).
1203
1204 mouse-1
1205 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1206 or pastes:
1207
1208 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1209 --------------------------------------------------------------
1210 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1211 to new point
1212 --------------------------------------------------------------
1213 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1214 --------------------------------------------------------------
1215 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1216 --------------------------------------------------------------
1217 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1218 --------------------------------------------------------------
1219 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1220 --------------------------------------------------------------
1221 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1222 --------------------------------------------------------------
1223 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1224 --------------------------------------------------------------
1225 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1226 --------------------------------------------------------------
1227 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1228 lines
1229 --------------------------------------------------------------
1230 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1231 --------------------------------------------------------------
1232 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1233 --------------------------------------------------------------
1234 Paste Paste Paste
1235 --------------------------------------------------------------
1236 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1237 --------------------------------------------------------------
1238
1239 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1240 or diagonally.
1241
1242 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1243 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1244 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1245 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1246 poly-lines.
1247
1248 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1249 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1250 overwrite means the opposite.
1251
1252 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1253 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1254 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1255
1256 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1257
1258 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1259 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1260
1261 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1262 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1263 are currently drawing something.
1264
1265 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1266 some time to fill.
1267
1268
1269 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1270 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1271
1272
1273 Settings
1274
1275 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1276
1277 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1278
1279 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1280
1281 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1282
1283 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1284 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1285
1286 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1287
1288
1289 Drawing with keys
1290
1291 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1292 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1293 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1294 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1295 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1296 When pasting: Pastes
1297
1298 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1299
1300 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1301
1302 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1303 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1304 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1305 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1306 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1307 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1308
1309
1310 Arrows
1311
1312 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1313 of the line/poly-line
1314
1315 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1316 of the line/poly-line
1317
1318
1319 Selecting operation
1320
1321 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1322
1323 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1324 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1325 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1326 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1327 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1328 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1329 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1330 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1331 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1332 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1333 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1334 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1335 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1336 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1337 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1338 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1339 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1340 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1341 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1342 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1343
1344
1345 Variables
1346
1347 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1348 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1349
1350 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1351 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1352 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1353 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1354 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1355 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1356 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1357 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1358 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1359 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1360 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1361 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1362 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1363 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1364 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1365 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1366 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1367 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1368 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1369
1370 Hooks
1371
1372 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1373 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1374
1375
1376 Keymap summary
1377
1378 \\{artist-mode-map}
1379
1380 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1381
1382 ;;;***
1383 \f
1384 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (18468
1385 ;;;;;; 40892))
1386 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1387
1388 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1389 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1390 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1391
1392 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1393 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1394 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1395 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1396
1397 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1398 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1399
1400 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1401 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1402
1403 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1404
1405 Special commands:
1406 \\{asm-mode-map}
1407
1408 \(fn)" t nil)
1409
1410 ;;;***
1411 \f
1412 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1413 ;;;;;; (18468 40885))
1414 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1415
1416 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1417 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1418 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1419
1420 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1421
1422 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1423 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1424 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1425 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1426 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1427 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1428 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1429 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1430 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1431 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1432
1433 For example:
1434 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1435 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1436 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1437 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1438 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1439
1440 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1441
1442 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1443
1444 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1445 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1446 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1447 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1448 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1449 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1450
1451 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1452
1453 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1454 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1455 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1456 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1457 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1458 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1459
1460 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1461
1462 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1463
1464 ;;;***
1465 \f
1466 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1467 ;;;;;; (18468 40892))
1468 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1469
1470 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1471 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1472
1473 \(fn)" t nil)
1474
1475 ;;;***
1476 \f
1477 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1478 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (18508 22727))
1479 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1480
1481 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1482 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1483 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1484
1485 \(fn)" t nil)
1486
1487 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1488 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1489 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1490 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1491
1492 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1493
1494 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1495 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1496 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1497 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1498 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1499 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1500
1501 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1502
1503 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1504 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1505 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1506 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1507
1508 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1509 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1510
1511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1512
1513 ;;;***
1514 \f
1515 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1516 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1517 ;;;;;; (18516 15188))
1518 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1519
1520 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1521
1522 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1523 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1524 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1525 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1526 save the buffer too.
1527
1528 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1529
1530 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1531
1532 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1533 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1534 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1535 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1536 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1537 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1538
1539 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1540 directory or directories specified.
1541
1542 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1543
1544 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1545 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1546 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1547
1548 \(fn)" nil nil)
1549
1550 ;;;***
1551 \f
1552 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1553 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1554 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (18468 40885))
1555 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1556
1557 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1558 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1559
1560 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1561 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1562 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1563 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1564 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1565
1566 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1567
1568 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1569 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1570
1571 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1572 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1573
1574 \(fn)" nil nil)
1575
1576 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1577 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1578 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1579
1580 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1581 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1582 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1583 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1584 reflected in the current buffer.
1585
1586 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1587 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1588 writing before you save the file!
1589
1590 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1591
1592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1593
1594 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1595 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1596
1597 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1598 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1599
1600 \(fn)" nil nil)
1601
1602 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1603 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1604 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1605 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1606 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1607 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1608
1609 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1610
1611 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1612 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1613
1614 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1615 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1616 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1617
1618 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1619
1620 ;;;***
1621 \f
1622 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1623 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (18468 40885))
1624 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1625
1626 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1627 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1628 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1629 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1630 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1631
1632 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1633
1634 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1635 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1636 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1637 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1638
1639 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1640 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1641 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1642
1643 Effects of the different modes:
1644 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1645 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1646 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1647 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1648 a random distance & direction.
1649 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1650 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1651 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1652
1653 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1654
1655 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1656 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1657 definition of \"random distance\".)
1658
1659 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1660
1661 ;;;***
1662 \f
1663 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1664 ;;;;;; (18468 40885))
1665 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1666 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1667
1668 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1669 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1670 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1671 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1672
1673 \(fn)" t nil)
1674
1675 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1676 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1677 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1678 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1679 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1680 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1681
1682 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1683
1684 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1685 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1686 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1687 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1688 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1689 seconds.
1690
1691 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1692
1693 ;;;***
1694 \f
1695 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1696 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (18468 40888))
1697 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1698
1699 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1700 Time execution of FORMS.
1701 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1702 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1703 FORMS once.
1704 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1705 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1706 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1707
1708 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1709
1710 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1711 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1712 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1713 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1714 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1715
1716 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1717
1718 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1719 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1720 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1721 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1722 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1723
1724 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1725
1726 ;;;***
1727 \f
1728 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1729 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (18468 40893))
1730 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1731
1732 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1733 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1734 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1735 of corresponding buffers.
1736 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1737 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1738 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1739 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1740 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1741 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1742
1743 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1744
1745 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1746 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1747
1748 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1749
1750 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1751 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1752 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1753 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1754
1755 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1756 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1757 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1758 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1759 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1760
1761 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1762 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1763
1764
1765 Special information:
1766
1767 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1768
1769 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1770 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1771 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1772 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1773 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1774 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1775 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1776 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1777 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1778 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1779 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1780
1781 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1782 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1783 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1784 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1785 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1786 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1787 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1788 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1789
1790 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1791
1792 ----------------------------------------------------------
1793 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1794 if that value is non-nil.
1795
1796 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1797
1798 \(fn)" t nil)
1799
1800 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1801 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1802 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1803 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1804 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1805 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1806 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1807 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1808 When called interactively, GLOBAL is t if there is a prefix arg or the current
1809 mode is not `bibtex-mode', START is nil, and DISPLAY is t.
1810
1811 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1812
1813 ;;;***
1814 \f
1815 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1816 ;;;;;; (18468 40893))
1817 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1818 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.bst\\'" . bibtex-style-mode))
1819
1820 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1821 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1822
1823 \(fn)" t nil)
1824
1825 ;;;***
1826 \f
1827 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1828 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1829 ;;;;;; (18468 40890))
1830 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1831
1832 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1833
1834 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1835 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1836 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1837
1838 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1839
1840 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1841 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1842
1843 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1844
1845 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1846 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1847
1848 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1849
1850 ;;;***
1851 \f
1852 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (18468
1853 ;;;;;; 40891))
1854 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1855
1856 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1857 Play blackbox.
1858 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1859
1860 What is blackbox?
1861
1862 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1863 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1864 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1865 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1866 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1867 your score.
1868
1869 Overview of play:
1870
1871 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1872 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1873 four.
1874
1875 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1876 movement keys.
1877
1878 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1879 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1880
1881 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1882 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1883
1884 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1885 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1886 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1887 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1888 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1889 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1890
1891 Details:
1892
1893 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1894
1895 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1896 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1897 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1898 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1899
1900 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1901 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1902 denoted by the letter `R'.
1903
1904 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1905 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1906 denoted by the letter `H'.
1907
1908 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1909 example.
1910
1911 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1912 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1913 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1914 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1915 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1916 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1917 ray.
1918
1919 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1920 degree deflection it causes.
1921
1922 1
1923 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1924 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1925 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1926 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1927 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1928 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1929 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1930 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1931 2 3
1932
1933 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1934 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1935
1936
1937 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1938 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1939 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1940 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1941 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1942 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1943 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1944 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1945
1946 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1947 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1948 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1949 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1950 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1951 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1952 emerging from the box.
1953
1954 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1955
1956 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1957 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1958 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1959 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1960 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1961 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1962 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1963 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1964
1965 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1966 a reflection.
1967
1968 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1969
1970 ;;;***
1971 \f
1972 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1973 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1974 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump-other-window
1975 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (18537
1976 ;;;;;; 4507))
1977 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1978 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
1979 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
1980 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1981
1982 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
1983 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1984 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1985 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1986 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1987 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1988 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
1989
1990 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
1991 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1992 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1993 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1994 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1995 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1996 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1997 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1998 recent one.
1999
2000 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2001 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2002 yank successive words.
2003
2004 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2005 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2006 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2007 name of the file being visited.
2008
2009 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2010 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2011 the list of bookmarks.)
2012
2013 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
2014
2015 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2016 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2017 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2018 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2019 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2020 this.
2021
2022 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2023 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2024 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2025 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2026
2027 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2028
2029 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2030 Jump to BOOKMARK (a point in some file) in another window.
2031 See `bookmark-jump'.
2032
2033 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2034
2035 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2036 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2037 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2038 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2039 after a bookmark was set in it.
2040
2041 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2042
2043 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2044 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2045 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2046 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2047
2048 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2049
2050 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2051
2052 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2053 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2054 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2055 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2056
2057 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2058 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2059 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2060
2061 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2062 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2063 name.
2064
2065 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2066
2067 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2068 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2069 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2070 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2071 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2072 this.
2073
2074 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2075
2076 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2077 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2078 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2079 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2080 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2081 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2082 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2083 probably because we were called from there.
2084
2085 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2086
2087 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2088 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2089 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2090
2091 \(fn)" t nil)
2092
2093 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2094 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2095 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2096 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2097 \(second argument).
2098
2099 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2100 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2101 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2102 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2103 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2104
2105 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2106 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2107 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2108 `bookmark-default-file'.
2109
2110 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2111
2112 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2113 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2114 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2115 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2116 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2117 while loading.
2118
2119 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2120 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2121 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2122 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2123 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2124 explicitly.
2125
2126 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2127 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2128 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2129 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2130
2131 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2132
2133 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2134 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2135 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2136 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2137 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2138
2139 \(fn)" t nil)
2140
2141 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2142
2143 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2144
2145 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] '("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)) (define-key map [write] '("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)) (define-key map [save] '("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)) (define-key map [edit] '("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)) (define-key map [delete] '("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete)) (define-key map [rename] '("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename)) (define-key map [locate] '("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate)) (define-key map [insert] '("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert)) (define-key map [set] '("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set)) (define-key map [jump] '("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump)) map))
2146
2147 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2148
2149 ;;;***
2150 \f
2151 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2152 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2153 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2154 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2155 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-default-browser
2156 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region
2157 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-dired-file browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file
2158 ;;;;;; browse-url-url-at-point browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program
2159 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2160 ;;;;;; (18550 15778))
2161 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2162
2163 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2164 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2165 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2166 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2167
2168 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2169 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2170 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2171 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2172 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2173
2174 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2175
2176 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2177 The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2178
2179 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-firefox-program "browse-url" t)
2180
2181 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2182 The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2183
2184 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-galeon-program "browse-url" t)
2185
2186 (autoload 'browse-url-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2187 Not documented
2188
2189 \(fn)" nil nil)
2190
2191 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2192 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2193 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2194 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2195 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2196 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2197
2198 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2199
2200 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2201 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2202 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2203 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2204 narrowed.
2205
2206 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2207
2208 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2209 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2210
2211 \(fn)" t nil)
2212
2213 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2214 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2215
2216 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2217
2218 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2219 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2220 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2221 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2222
2223 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2224
2225 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2226 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2227 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2228 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2229
2230 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2231
2232 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2233 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2234 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2235 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2236 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2237 to use.
2238
2239 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2240
2241 (autoload 'browse-url-default-browser "browse-url" "\
2242 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2243 Default to the URL around or before point.
2244
2245 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2246 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2247 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2248 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2249
2250 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2251 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2252
2253 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2254 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, and then W3.
2255
2256 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2257
2258 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2259 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2260 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2261 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2262
2263 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2264 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2265 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2266 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2267
2268 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2269 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2270 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2271
2272 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2273 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2274
2275 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2276
2277 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2278 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2279 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2280 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2281
2282 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2283 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2284 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2285 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2286
2287 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2288 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2289 new tab in an existing window instead.
2290
2291 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2292 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2293
2294 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2295
2296 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2297 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2298 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2299 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2300 Firefox.
2301
2302 When called interactively, if variable
2303 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2304 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2305 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2306 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2307
2308 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2309 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2310 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2311
2312 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2313 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2314
2315 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2316 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2317 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2318 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2319 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2320 URL in a new window.
2321
2322 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2323
2324 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2325 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2326 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2327 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2328
2329 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2330 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2331 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2332 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2333
2334 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2335 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2336 new tab in an existing window instead.
2337
2338 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2339 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2340
2341 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2342
2343 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2344 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2345
2346 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2347
2348 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2349 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2350 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2351 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2352
2353 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2354 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2355 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2356 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2357
2358 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2359 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2360
2361 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2362
2363 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2364 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2365
2366 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2367 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2368 program is invoked according to the variable
2369 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2370
2371 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2372 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2373 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2374 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2375
2376 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2377 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2378
2379 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2380
2381 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2382 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2383 Default to the URL around or before point.
2384
2385 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2386 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2387 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2388
2389 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2390 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2391 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2392 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2393
2394 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2395 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2396
2397 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2398
2399 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2400 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2401 Default to the URL around or before point.
2402
2403 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2404 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2405 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2406
2407 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2408 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2409
2410 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2411
2412 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2413 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2414 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2415 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2416
2417 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2418
2419 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2420 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2421 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2422 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2423 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2424 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2425
2426 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2427
2428 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2429 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2430 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2431 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2432 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2433
2434 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2435 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2436 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2437 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2438
2439 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2440 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2441
2442 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2443
2444 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2445 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2446 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2447 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2448 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2449 current one.
2450
2451 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2452 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2453 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2454 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2455
2456 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2457 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2458
2459 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2460
2461 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2462 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2463 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2464 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2465 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2466 don't offer a form of remote control.
2467
2468 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2469
2470 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2471 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2472 Default to the URL around or before point.
2473
2474 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2475
2476 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2477 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2478 Default to the URL around the point.
2479
2480 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2481 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2482
2483 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2484 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2485
2486 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2487
2488 ;;;***
2489 \f
2490 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (18468
2491 ;;;;;; 40891))
2492 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2493
2494 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2495 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2496
2497 \(fn)" t nil)
2498
2499 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2500 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2501
2502 \(fn)" nil nil)
2503
2504 ;;;***
2505 \f
2506 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2507 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (18530 36600))
2508 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2509
2510 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2511 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2512 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2513 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2514
2515 \(fn)" t nil)
2516
2517 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2518 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2519 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2520 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2521
2522 \(fn)" t nil)
2523
2524 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2525 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2526
2527 \(fn)" t nil)
2528
2529 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2530 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2531 \\<bs-mode-map>
2532 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2533 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2534 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2535 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2536
2537 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2538 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2539 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2540 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2541 name of buffer configuration.
2542
2543 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2544
2545 ;;;***
2546 \f
2547 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (18550 15780))
2548 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2549
2550 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2551 Play Bubbles game.
2552
2553 \(fn)" t nil)
2554
2555 ;;;***
2556 \f
2557 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2558 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (18530 36604))
2559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2560
2561 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
2562
2563 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2564 Minor mode to buttonize bugzilla references in the current buffer.
2565 Requires `bug-reference-url-format' to be set in the buffer.
2566
2567 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2568
2569 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2570 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2571
2572 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2573
2574 ;;;***
2575 \f
2576 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2577 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2578 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2579 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning
2580 ;;;;;; byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2581 ;;;;;; (18577 57513))
2582 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2583 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2584 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2585 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2586 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p)
2587
2588 (autoload 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p "bytecomp" "\
2589 Return non-nil if X is valid as a value of `byte-compile-warnings'.
2590
2591 \(fn X)" nil nil)
2592
2593 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2594 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2595 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2596 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2597 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2598 else the global value will be modified.
2599
2600 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2601
2602 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2603 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2604 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2605 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2606 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2607 else the global value will be modified.
2608
2609 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2610
2611 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2612 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2613 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2614
2615 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2616
2617 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2618 Recompile every `.el' file in BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2619 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2620 Files in subdirectories of BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY are processed also.
2621
2622 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2623 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2624 BYTECOMP-ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2625 BYTECOMP-ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2626 compile it. A nonzero BYTECOMP-ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2627 before scanning it.
2628
2629 If the third argument BYTECOMP-FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2630 that already has a `.elc' file.
2631
2632 \(fn BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY &optional BYTECOMP-ARG BYTECOMP-FORCE)" t nil)
2633 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2634
2635 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2636 Compile a file of Lisp code named BYTECOMP-FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2637 The output file's name is generated by passing BYTECOMP-FILENAME to the
2638 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2639 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2640 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2641
2642 \(fn BYTECOMP-FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2643
2644 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2645 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2646 Print the result in the echo area.
2647 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2648
2649 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2650
2651 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2652 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2653 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2654
2655 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2656
2657 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2658 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2659 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2660 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2661 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2662 all functions called by those functions.
2663
2664 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2665 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2666 cons, etc.).
2667
2668 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2669 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2670 invoked interactively.
2671
2672 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2673
2674 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2675 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2676 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2677 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2678
2679 \(fn)" nil nil)
2680
2681 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2682 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2683 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2684 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2685 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2686 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2687 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2688 already up-to-date.
2689
2690 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2691
2692 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2693 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2694 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2695 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2696
2697 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2698 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2699 and corresponding effects.
2700
2701 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2702
2703 ;;;***
2704 \f
2705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (18468
2706 ;;;;;; 40888))
2707 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2708
2709 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2710
2711 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2712
2713 ;;;***
2714 \f
2715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (18468 40888))
2716 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2717
2718 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2719
2720 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2721
2722 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2723
2724 ;;;***
2725 \f
2726 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2727 ;;;;;; (18508 22728))
2728 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2729
2730 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2731 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2732 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2733 from the cursor position.
2734
2735 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2736
2737 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2738
2739 ;;;***
2740 \f
2741 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2742 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2743 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2744 ;;;;;; (18534 20675))
2745 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2746
2747 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2748 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2749
2750 (custom-autoload 'calc-settings-file "calc" t)
2751 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2752
2753 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2754 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2755
2756 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2757
2758 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2759 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2760
2761 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2762
2763 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2764 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2765
2766 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2767
2768 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2769 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2770
2771 \(fn)" t nil)
2772
2773 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2774 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2775 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2776 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2777
2778 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2779
2780 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2781 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2782 This is most useful in the X window system.
2783 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2784 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2785
2786 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2787
2788 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2789 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2790 See calc-keypad for details.
2791
2792 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2793
2794 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2795 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2796
2797 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2798
2799 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2800 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2801
2802 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2803
2804 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2805 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2806
2807 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2808
2809 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2810 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2811 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2812
2813 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2814
2815 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2816 Define Calc function.
2817
2818 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2819 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2820 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2821
2822 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2823 actual Lisp function name.
2824
2825 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2826
2827 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2828
2829 ;;;***
2830 \f
2831 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (18468
2832 ;;;;;; 40885))
2833 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2834
2835 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2836 Run the Emacs calculator.
2837 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2838
2839 \(fn)" t nil)
2840
2841 ;;;***
2842 \f
2843 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (18533
2844 ;;;;;; 1974))
2845 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2846
2847 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2848 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2849 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2850 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2851 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2852 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2853
2854 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2855 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2856 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2857 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2858 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2859 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2860 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2861 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2862 window.
2863
2864 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2865 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2866
2867 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
2868 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
2869 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
2870 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
2871 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
2872 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
2873
2874 Runs the following hooks:
2875
2876 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
2877 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
2878 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
2879 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
2880
2881 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
2882
2883 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2884
2885 ;;;***
2886 \f
2887 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
2888 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (18468 40889))
2889 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
2890
2891 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
2892 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
2893
2894 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
2895
2896 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
2897 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
2898 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
2899 it fails.
2900
2901 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2902
2903 ;;;***
2904 \f
2905 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
2906 ;;;;;; (18508 22731))
2907 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
2908
2909 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
2910 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
2911
2912 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
2913 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
2914 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
2915 restriction to ASCII.
2916
2917 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
2918
2919 capitalizedWorDD
2920 ^ ^ ^^
2921
2922 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
2923 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
2924 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
2925
2926 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
2927 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
2928 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
2929 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
2930 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
2931 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
2932 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
2933
2934 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
2935 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
2936
2937 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2938
2939 ;;;***
2940 \f
2941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (18468
2942 ;;;;;; 40892))
2943 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
2944 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
2945
2946 ;;;***
2947 \f
2948 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
2949 ;;;;;; (18530 36604))
2950 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
2951
2952 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
2953 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
2954
2955 \(fn)" nil nil)
2956
2957 ;;;***
2958 \f
2959 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2960 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2961 ;;;;;; (18577 57514))
2962 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2963
2964 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
2965 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
2966 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
2967 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
2968 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
2969 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
2970 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
2971
2972 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
2973
2974 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2975 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2976 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2977 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2978 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2979 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
2980 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
2981 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
2982 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
2983 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
2984
2985 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
2986 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2987 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2988 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2989 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2990 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
2991
2992 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2993
2994 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
2995 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
2996
2997 Key bindings:
2998 \\{c-mode-map}
2999
3000 \(fn)" t nil)
3001
3002 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3003 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3004
3005 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3006 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3007 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3008 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3009 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3010 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3011 message.
3012
3013 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3014
3015 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3016 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3017
3018 Key bindings:
3019 \\{c++-mode-map}
3020
3021 \(fn)" t nil)
3022
3023 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3024 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3025 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3026
3027 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3028 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3029 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3030 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3031 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3032 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3033 message.
3034
3035 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3036
3037 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3038 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3039
3040 Key bindings:
3041 \\{objc-mode-map}
3042
3043 \(fn)" t nil)
3044
3045 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3046 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3047 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3048
3049 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3050 Major mode for editing Java code.
3051 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3052 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3053 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3054 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3055 message.
3056
3057 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3058
3059 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3060 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3061
3062 Key bindings:
3063 \\{java-mode-map}
3064
3065 \(fn)" t nil)
3066
3067 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3068 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3069 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3070
3071 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3072 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3073 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3074 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3075 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3076 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3077 message.
3078
3079 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3080
3081 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3082 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3083
3084 Key bindings:
3085 \\{idl-mode-map}
3086
3087 \(fn)" t nil)
3088
3089 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3090 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3091 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3092 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3093
3094 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3095 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3096 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3097 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3098 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3099 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3100 message.
3101
3102 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3103
3104 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3105 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3106
3107 Key bindings:
3108 \\{pike-mode-map}
3109
3110 \(fn)" t nil)
3111 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3112 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3113 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3114 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3115 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3116 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3117
3118 ;;;***
3119 \f
3120 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3121 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (18577 57514))
3122 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3123
3124 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3125 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3126 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3127 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3128
3129 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3130
3131 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3132 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3133 might get set too.
3134
3135 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3136 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3137 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3138 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3139 way.
3140
3141 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3142 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3143 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3144 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3145 a null operation.
3146
3147 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3148
3149 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3150 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3151 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3152 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3153
3154 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3155
3156 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3157 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3158 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3159
3160 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3161
3162 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3163 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3164 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3165 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3166 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3167
3168 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3169
3170 ;;;***
3171 \f
3172 ;;;### (autoloads (c-subword-mode) "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el"
3173 ;;;;;; (18468 40892))
3174 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3175
3176 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "\
3177 Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys.
3178 In spite of GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol by
3179 mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. \"GtkWidget\",
3180 \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\", etc. Here we call these
3181 mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Also, each capitalized (or
3182 completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a `subword'.
3183 Here are some examples:
3184
3185 Nomenclature Subwords
3186 ===========================================================
3187 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
3188 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
3189 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
3190
3191 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
3192 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
3193 as words.
3194
3195 \\{c-subword-mode-map}
3196
3197 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3198
3199 ;;;***
3200 \f
3201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (18468 40892))
3202 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3203 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3204 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3205 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3206
3207 ;;;***
3208 \f
3209 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3210 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3211 ;;;;;; (18508 22730))
3212 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3213
3214 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3215 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3216
3217 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3218
3219 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3220 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3221
3222 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3223
3224 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3225 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3226
3227 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3228 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3229 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3230 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3231 execution.
3232
3233 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3234
3235 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3236
3237 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3238 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3239
3240 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3241 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3242 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3243 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3244
3245 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3246 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3247 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3248 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3249 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3250 `write' commands.
3251
3252 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3253 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3254 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3255 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3256
3257 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3258 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3259 semantics.
3260
3261 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3262
3263 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3264
3265 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3266
3267 STATEMENT :=
3268 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3269 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3270
3271 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3272 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3273 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3274 | integer
3275
3276 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3277
3278 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3279 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3280 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3281
3282 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3283 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3284 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3285
3286 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3287 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3288
3289 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3290 BREAK := (break)
3291
3292 REPEAT :=
3293 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3294 (repeat)
3295 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3296 ;; (repeat))
3297 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3298 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3299 ;; (read REG)
3300 ;; (repeat))
3301 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3302 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3303 ;; (read REG)
3304 ;; (repeat))
3305 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3306
3307 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3308 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3309 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3310 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3311 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3312 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3313 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3314 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3315 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3316 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3317 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3318 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3319 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3320 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3321 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3322 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3323
3324 WRITE :=
3325 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3326 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3327 ;; representation.
3328 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3329 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3330 ;; (write r7))
3331 | (write EXPRESSION)
3332 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3333 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3334 ;; representation.
3335 | (write integer)
3336 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3337 ;; buffer.
3338 | (write string)
3339 ;; Same as: (write string)
3340 | string
3341 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3342 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3343 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3344 ;; representation.
3345 | (write REG ARRAY)
3346 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3347 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3348 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3349 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3350 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3351 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3352
3353 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3354 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3355
3356 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3357 END := (end)
3358
3359 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3360 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3361 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3362
3363 ARG := REG | integer
3364
3365 OPERATOR :=
3366 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3367 + | - | * | / | %
3368
3369 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3370 | & | `|' | ^
3371
3372 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3373 | << | >>
3374
3375 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3376 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3377 | <8
3378
3379 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3380 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3381 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3382 | >8
3383
3384 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3385 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3386 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3387 | //
3388
3389 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3390 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3391
3392 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3393 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3394 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3395 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3396 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3397 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3398 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3399 | de-sjis
3400
3401 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3402 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3403 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3404 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3405 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3406 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3407 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3408 ;; byte of SJIS.
3409 | en-sjis
3410
3411 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3412 ;; Same meaning as C code
3413 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3414
3415 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3416 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3417 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3418 | <8=
3419
3420 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3421 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3422 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3423
3424 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3425 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3426 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3427 | //=
3428
3429 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3430
3431
3432 TRANSLATE :=
3433 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3434 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3435 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3436 LOOKUP :=
3437 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3438 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3439 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3440 MAP :=
3441 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3442 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3443 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3444 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3445 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3446 MAP-ID := integer
3447
3448 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3449
3450 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3451 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3452 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3453 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3454 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3455 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3456
3457 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3458
3459 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3460 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3461 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3462
3463 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3464
3465 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3466
3467 ;;;***
3468 \f
3469 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3470 ;;;;;; (18468 40892))
3471 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3472
3473 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
3474 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3475 There are no special keybindings by default.
3476
3477 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3478 to the action header.
3479
3480 \(fn)" t nil)
3481
3482 ;;;***
3483 \f
3484 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3485 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (18559 51595))
3486 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3487
3488 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3489 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3490 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3491
3492 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3493
3494 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3495 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3496 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found. For this to
3497 work correctly, the statements must adhere to the format
3498 described in the documentation of `declare-function'.
3499
3500 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3501
3502 ;;;***
3503 \f
3504 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3505 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3506 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3507 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3508 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3509 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3510 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3511 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3512 ;;;;;; (18530 36603))
3513 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3514 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3515 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3516
3517 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3518 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3519 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3520 the users will view as each check is completed.
3521
3522 \(fn)" t nil)
3523
3524 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3525 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3526 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3527 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3528 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3529 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3530 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3531 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3532
3533 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3534
3535 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3536 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3537 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3538 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3539 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3540 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3541 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3542 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3543
3544 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3545
3546 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3547 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3548 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3549 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3550 spacing are all verified.
3551
3552 \(fn)" t nil)
3553
3554 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3555 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3556 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3557 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3558 otherwise stop after the first error.
3559
3560 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3561
3562 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3563 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3564 Only documentation strings are checked.
3565 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3566 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3567 a separate buffer.
3568
3569 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3570
3571 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3572 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3573 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3574 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3575 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3576
3577 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3578
3579 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3580 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3581 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3582 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3583 if there is one.
3584
3585 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3586
3587 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3588 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3589 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3590 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3591 if there is one.
3592 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3593
3594 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3595
3596 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3597 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3598 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3599
3600 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3601
3602 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3603 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3604 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3605 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3606 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3607
3608 \(fn)" t nil)
3609
3610 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3611 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3612 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3613 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3614 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3615 space at the end of each line.
3616
3617 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3618
3619 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3620 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3621 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3622 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3623
3624 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3625
3626 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3627 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3628 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3629 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3630
3631 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3632
3633 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3634 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3635 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3636 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3637
3638 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3639
3640 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3641 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3642 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3643 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3644
3645 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3646
3647 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3648 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3649 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3650 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3651
3652 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3653
3654 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3655 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3656 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3657 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3658
3659 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3660
3661 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3662 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3663 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3664 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3665
3666 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3667
3668 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3669 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3670 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3671 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3672
3673 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3674
3675 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3676 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3677 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3678 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3679
3680 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3681
3682 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3683 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3684 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
3685 turn it off.
3686
3687 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3688 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3689 checking of documentation strings.
3690
3691 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3692
3693 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3694
3695 ;;;***
3696 \f
3697 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3698 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3699 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (18468 40890))
3700 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3701
3702 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3703 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3704 Return the length of resulting text.
3705
3706 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3707
3708 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3709 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3710
3711 \(fn)" t nil)
3712
3713 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3714 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3715 Return the length of resulting text.
3716
3717 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3718
3719 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3720 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3721
3722 \(fn)" t nil)
3723
3724 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3725 Not documented
3726
3727 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3728
3729 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3730 Not documented
3731
3732 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3733
3734 ;;;***
3735 \f
3736 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3737 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (18534 20675))
3738 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3739
3740 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3741 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3742 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3743 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3744 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3745 editing and the result is evaluated.
3746
3747 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3748
3749 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3750 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3751 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3752 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3753 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3754
3755 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3756
3757 \(fn)" t nil)
3758
3759 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3760 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3761 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3762 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3763 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3764
3765 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3766 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3767 \\{command-history-map}
3768
3769 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3770 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3771
3772 \(fn)" t nil)
3773
3774 ;;;***
3775 \f
3776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (18559 51595))
3777 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3778
3779 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3780 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3781 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3782 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3783 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3784 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3785
3786 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3787 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3788
3789 ;;;***
3790 \f
3791 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3792 ;;;;;; (18468 40888))
3793 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3794
3795 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
3796 Not documented
3797
3798 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3799
3800 ;;;***
3801 \f
3802 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3803 ;;;;;; (18468 40892))
3804 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3805
3806 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
3807 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3808 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3809 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3810
3811 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3812 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
3813 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
3814 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
3815
3816 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3817 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3818
3819 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3820
3821 ;;;***
3822 \f
3823 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (18468
3824 ;;;;;; 40885))
3825 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3826
3827 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
3828 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
3829 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3830 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3831 of `scheme-program-name').
3832 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
3833 it is given as initial input.
3834 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
3835 discards input when it starts up.
3836 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
3837 is run).
3838 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3839
3840 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
3841 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3842
3843 ;;;***
3844 \f
3845 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup) "codepage" "international/codepage.el"
3846 ;;;;;; (18468 40889))
3847 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3848
3849 (autoload 'codepage-setup "codepage" "\
3850 Obsolete. All coding systems are set up initially.
3851
3852 \(fn &optional CODEPAGE)" t nil)
3853
3854 ;;;***
3855 \f
3856 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3857 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3858 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3859 ;;;;;; (18516 15186))
3860 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3861
3862 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
3863 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
3864 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
3865 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
3866 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
3867 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
3868 functions have already modified the buffer.
3869
3870 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
3871
3872 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
3873 either globally or locally.")
3874
3875 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields 'comint-use-prompt-regexp "22.1")
3876
3877 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
3878 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3879 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3880 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3881 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3882 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3883 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
3884 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3885
3886 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3887
3888 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3889
3890 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
3891 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3892 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3893 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3894 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3895 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3896 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3897 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
3898
3899 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3900
3901 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3902
3903 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
3904 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
3905 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3906 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3907 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3908 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
3909
3910 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
3911
3912 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
3913 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
3914 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
3915 directory tracking functions.")
3916
3917 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
3918 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3919 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
3920
3921 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3922
3923 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3924
3925 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
3926 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3927 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3928
3929 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3930
3931 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3932
3933 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
3934 Send COMMAND to current process.
3935 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3936 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3937
3938 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3939
3940 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
3941 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3942 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3943 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3944
3945 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3946
3947 ;;;***
3948 \f
3949 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (18468
3950 ;;;;;; 40885))
3951 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
3952
3953 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
3954 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3955 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3956 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3957
3958 This command pushes the mark in each window
3959 at the prior location of point in that window.
3960 If both windows display the same buffer,
3961 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
3962 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
3963
3964 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
3965 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
3966 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
3967 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
3968 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
3969 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
3970 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
3971 ignored.
3972
3973 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
3974 this command work in interlaced mode:
3975 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
3976 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
3977 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
3978
3979 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
3980
3981 ;;;***
3982 \f
3983 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
3984 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
3985 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
3986 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
3987 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (18516 15190))
3988 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
3989
3990 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
3991 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
3992
3993 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
3994
3995 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
3996 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
3997
3998 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
3999
4000 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4001 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4002 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4003 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4004 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4005 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4006 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4007
4008 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4009 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4010 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4011 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4012 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4013
4014 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4015 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4016 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4017 describing how the process finished.")
4018
4019 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4020 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4021 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4022 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4023 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4024
4025 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4026 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4027 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4028
4029 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4030
4031 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4032 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4033 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4034 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4035
4036 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4037
4038 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4039 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4040
4041 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4042 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4043
4044 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4045 (lambda ()
4046 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4047 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4048 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4049 (concat \"make -k \"
4050 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4051
4052 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4053 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4054
4055 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4056 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4057 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4058 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4059
4060 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4061
4062 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4063 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4064 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4065 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4066
4067 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4068 and move to the source code that caused it.
4069
4070 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4071 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4072
4073 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4074 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4075 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4076 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4077
4078 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4079 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4080 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4081 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4082
4083 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4084 kills its subprocesses.
4085
4086 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4087 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4088 to a function that generates a unique name.
4089
4090 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4091
4092 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4093 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4094 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4095 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4096
4097 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4098 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4099
4100 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4101 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4102 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4103 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4104
4105 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4106 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4107 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4108
4109 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4110
4111 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4112
4113 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4114 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4115 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4116 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4117 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4118
4119 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4120
4121 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4122
4123 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4124
4125 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4126 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4127 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4128 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4129 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4130 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4131 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4132
4133 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4134
4135 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4136 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4137 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4138 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4139 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4140 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4141
4142 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4143
4144 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4145 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4146 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4147
4148 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4149
4150 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode))
4151
4152 ;;;***
4153 \f
4154 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4155 ;;;;;; (18533 1974))
4156 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4157
4158 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4159 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4160 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4161 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4162 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4163 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4164
4165 (custom-autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" nil)
4166
4167 (autoload 'partial-completion-mode "complete" "\
4168 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4169 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4170
4171 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4172 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4173 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4174 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4175
4176 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4177 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4178 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4179 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4180
4181 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4182 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4183 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4184 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4185
4186 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4187 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4188 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4189 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4190 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4191
4192 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4193
4194 ;;;***
4195 \f
4196 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4197 ;;;;;; (18468 40885))
4198 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4199
4200 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4201 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4202 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4203 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4204 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4205 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4206
4207 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4208
4209 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4210 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4211
4212 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4213
4214 ;;;***
4215 \f
4216 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-composition-mode auto-composition-mode
4217 ;;;;;; encode-composition-rule) "composite" "composite.el" (18535
4218 ;;;;;; 42314))
4219 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4220
4221 (autoload 'encode-composition-rule "composite" "\
4222 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4223 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4224 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4225
4226 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4227
4228 (autoload 'auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4229 Toggle Auto Composition mode.
4230 With ARG, turn Auto Composition mode off if and only if ARG is a non-positive
4231 number; if ARG is nil, toggle Auto Composition mode; anything else turns Auto
4232 Composition on.
4233
4234 When Auto Composition is enabled, text characters are automatically composed
4235 by functions registered in `composition-function-table' (which see).
4236
4237 You can use `global-auto-composition-mode' to turn on
4238 Auto Composition mode in all buffers (this is the default).
4239
4240 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4241
4242 (defvar global-auto-composition-mode (not noninteractive) "\
4243 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Composition mode is enabled.
4244 See the command `global-auto-composition-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4245 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4246 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4247 or call the function `global-auto-composition-mode'.")
4248
4249 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" nil)
4250
4251 (autoload 'global-auto-composition-mode "composite" "\
4252 Toggle Auto-Composition mode in every possible buffer.
4253 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Auto-Composition mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
4254 Auto-Composition mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-auto-composition-if-enabled' would do it.
4255 See `auto-composition-mode' for more information on Auto-Composition mode.
4256
4257 \(fn &optional ARG DUMMY)" t nil)
4258
4259 ;;;***
4260 \f
4261 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4262 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4263 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4264 ;;;;;; (18468 40893))
4265 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4266
4267 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4268 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4269 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4270 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4271 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4272 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4273 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4274
4275 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4276 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4277 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4278
4279 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4280 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4281 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4282
4283 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4284 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4285 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4286 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4287
4288 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4289 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4290 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4291 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4292 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4293 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4294 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4295
4296 \\{conf-mode-map}
4297
4298 \(fn)" t nil)
4299
4300 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4301 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4302 Comments start with `#'.
4303 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4304
4305 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4306
4307 \[Desktop Entry]
4308 Encoding=UTF-8
4309 Name=The GIMP
4310 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4311 Name[cs]=GIMP
4312
4313 \(fn)" t nil)
4314
4315 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4316 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4317 Comments start with `;'.
4318 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4319
4320 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4321
4322 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4323 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4324 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4325
4326 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4327 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4328
4329 \(fn)" t nil)
4330
4331 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4332 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4333 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4334 between `/*' and `*/'.
4335 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4336
4337 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4338 // another kind of comment
4339 /* yet another */
4340
4341 name:value
4342 name=value
4343 name value
4344 x.1 =
4345 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4346 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4347
4348 \(fn)" t nil)
4349
4350 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4351 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4352 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4353 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4354 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4355 `conf-space-keywords'.
4356 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4357 in an interactive fashion instead.
4358
4359 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4360
4361 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4362
4363 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4364 image/png png
4365 image/tiff tiff tif
4366
4367 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4368 class desktop
4369 # Standard multimedia devices
4370 add /dev/audio desktop
4371 add /dev/mixer desktop
4372
4373 \(fn)" t nil)
4374
4375 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4376 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4377 See `conf-space-mode'.
4378
4379 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4380
4381 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4382 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4383 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4384 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4385
4386 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4387
4388 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4389 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4390
4391 \(fn)" t nil)
4392
4393 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4394 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4395 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4396 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4397
4398 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4399
4400 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4401 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4402
4403 \(fn)" t nil)
4404
4405 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4406 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4407 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4408 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4409
4410 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4411
4412 *background: gray99
4413 *foreground: black
4414
4415 \(fn)" t nil)
4416
4417 ;;;***
4418 \f
4419 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4420 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (18508 22731))
4421 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4422
4423 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4424 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4425 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4426 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4427
4428 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4429
4430 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4431 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4432 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4433 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4434
4435 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4436
4437 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4438 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4439 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4440 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4441
4442 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4443
4444 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4445 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4446
4447 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4448
4449 ;;;***
4450 \f
4451 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
4452 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (18468 40888))
4453 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4454
4455 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4456 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
4457 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4458 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4459 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4460 following the copyright are updated as well.
4461 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4462 interactively.
4463
4464 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4465
4466 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4467 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4468 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4469
4470 \(fn)" t nil)
4471
4472 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4473 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4474
4475 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4476
4477 ;;;***
4478 \f
4479 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4480 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (18550 15780))
4481 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4482 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4483 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4484 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4485 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4486 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4487 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4488 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4489
4490 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4491 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4492 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4493 Tab indents for Perl code.
4494 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4495 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4496
4497 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4498 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4499 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4500 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4501 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4502 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4503 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4504 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4505 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4506 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4507 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4508 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4509
4510 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4511
4512 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4513 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4514
4515 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4516
4517 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4518 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4519 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4520 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4521 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4522 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4523 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4524 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4525 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4526
4527 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4528
4529 bite if angry;
4530
4531 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4532 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4533 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4534 to nil.)
4535
4536 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4537 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4538 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4539
4540 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4541
4542 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4543 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4544 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4545 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4546 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4547
4548 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4549
4550 if (A) { B }
4551
4552 into
4553
4554 B if A;
4555
4556 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4557
4558 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4559 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4560 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4561 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4562 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4563 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4564 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4565 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4566 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4567 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4568 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4569 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4570 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4571
4572 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4573 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4574 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4575 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4576 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4577 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4578
4579 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4580 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4581 man via menu.
4582
4583 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4584 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4585 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4586 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4587 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4588
4589 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4590 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4591 span the needed amount of lines.
4592
4593 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4594 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4595 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4596 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4597
4598 Variables controlling indentation style:
4599 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4600 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4601 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4602 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4603 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4604 `cperl-auto-newline'
4605 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4606 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4607 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4608 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4609 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4610 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4611 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4612 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4613 `cperl-indent-level'
4614 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4615 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4616 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4617 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4618 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4619 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4620 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4621 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4622 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4623 `cperl-brace-offset'
4624 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4625 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4626 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4627 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4628 `cperl-label-offset'
4629 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4630 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4631 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4632
4633 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4634 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4635 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4636 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4637 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4638 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4639
4640 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4641 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4642 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4643 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4644
4645 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4646 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4647 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4648 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
4649 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4650 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4651
4652 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4653 column 0 is indented on
4654 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4655
4656 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4657 with no args.
4658
4659 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4660 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4661 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4662
4663 \(fn)" t nil)
4664
4665 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4666 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4667
4668 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4669
4670 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4671 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4672
4673 \(fn)" t nil)
4674
4675 ;;;***
4676 \f
4677 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4678 ;;;;;; (18468 40892))
4679 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4680
4681 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4682 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4683 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4684 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4685 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4686
4687 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4688
4689 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4690 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4691
4692 \(fn)" t nil)
4693
4694 ;;;***
4695 \f
4696 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4697 ;;;;;; (18468 40888))
4698 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4699
4700 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4701 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4702 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4703 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4704
4705 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4706 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4707
4708 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4709
4710 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4711 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4712 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4713
4714 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4715
4716 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
4717
4718 ;;;***
4719 \f
4720 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4721 ;;;;;; (18468 40888))
4722 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4723
4724 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4725 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4726 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4727 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4728
4729 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4730 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4731 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4732 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4733
4734 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4735 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4736 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4737
4738 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4739 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4740 'bob', and 'eve'.
4741
4742 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4743 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4744 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4745
4746 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4747
4748 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4749 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4750 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4751
4752 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4753
4754 ;;;***
4755 \f
4756 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (18468
4757 ;;;;;; 40893))
4758 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4759 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.css\\'" . css-mode))
4760
4761 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
4762 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
4763
4764 \(fn)" t nil)
4765
4766 ;;;***
4767 \f
4768 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4769 ;;;;;; (18533 1975))
4770 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4771
4772 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4773 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4774 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4775 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4776 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4777 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
4778
4779 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
4780
4781 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
4782 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4783 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
4784 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
4785 and typed text replaces the active selection.
4786
4787 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
4788 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
4789 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
4790 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
4791 function of these prefix keys.
4792
4793 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
4794 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
4795 options:
4796 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
4797 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
4798 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
4799
4800 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
4801 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
4802 the prefix fallback behavior.
4803
4804 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
4805 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
4806 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
4807 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
4808
4809 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4810
4811 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
4812 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
4813
4814 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4815
4816 ;;;***
4817 \f
4818 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
4819 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4820 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4821 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4822 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
4823 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4824 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4825 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4826 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
4827 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4828 ;;;;;; (18577 57506))
4829 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4830
4831 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4832 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
4833
4834 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4835
4836 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4837 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
4838
4839 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4840
4841 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4842 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
4843
4844 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4845 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4846
4847 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
4848 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4849
4850 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4851 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4852
4853 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4854 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4855
4856 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4857
4858 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4859
4860 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
4861 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4862 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4863
4864 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4865 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4866
4867 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4868 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4869
4870 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4871 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4872
4873 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4874
4875 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4876
4877 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
4878 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4879 Return VALUE.
4880
4881 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4882 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4883
4884 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4885 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4886
4887 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4888 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4889
4890 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4891
4892 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4893
4894 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
4895 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4896 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4897 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4898 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4899
4900 \(fn)" t nil)
4901
4902 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
4903 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4904 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4905 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4906
4907 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
4908
4909 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
4910 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4911
4912 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4913
4914 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4915 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
4916
4917 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4918
4919 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
4920
4921 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
4922 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4923
4924 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4925
4926 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
4927
4928 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4929 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4930 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4931
4932 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4933
4934 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
4935 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
4936 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
4937 as part of Emacs itself.
4938
4939 Each elements looks like this:
4940
4941 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
4942
4943 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
4944 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
4945 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
4946 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
4947 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
4948 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
4949 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
4950 and `defface'.
4951
4952 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
4953
4954 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
4955 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
4956 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
4957 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
4958 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
4959
4960 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
4961 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
4962 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
4963 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
4964
4965 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
4966
4967 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
4968 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
4969 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4970 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
4971 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4972
4973 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
4974 that were added or redefined since that version.
4975
4976 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
4977
4978 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
4979 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
4980 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
4981 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
4982
4983 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4984 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
4985
4986 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4987
4988 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4989 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
4990 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
4991
4992 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4993 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
4994
4995 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4996
4997 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
4998 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
4999
5000 \(fn)" t nil)
5001
5002 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5003 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5004
5005 \(fn)" t nil)
5006
5007 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5008 Customize all already saved user options.
5009
5010 \(fn)" t nil)
5011
5012 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5013 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5014 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5015 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5016 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5017 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5018 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5019 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5020
5021 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5022
5023 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5024 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5025 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5026 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5027
5028 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5029
5030 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5031 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5032
5033 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5034
5035 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5036 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5037
5038 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5039
5040 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5041 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5042 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5043 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5044 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5045 that option.
5046
5047 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5048
5049 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5050 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5051 The result includes selecting that window.
5052 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5053 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5054 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5055 that option.
5056
5057 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5058
5059 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5060 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5061
5062 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5063
5064 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5065 File used for storing customization information.
5066 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5067 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5068 it should be an absolute file name.
5069
5070 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5071 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5072 something like the following in your init file:
5073
5074 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5075 \(load custom-file)
5076
5077 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5078 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5079
5080 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5081 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5082 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5083 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5084 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5085
5086 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5087 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5088 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5089 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5090 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5091 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5092 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5093 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5094 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5095 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5096
5097 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5098
5099 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5100 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5101
5102 \(fn)" nil nil)
5103
5104 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5105 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5106
5107 \(fn)" t nil)
5108
5109 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5110 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5111 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5112
5113 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5114
5115 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5116 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5117 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5118 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5119 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5120
5121 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5122
5123 ;;;***
5124 \f
5125 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5126 ;;;;;; (18468 40886))
5127 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5128
5129 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5130 Create a custom theme.
5131
5132 \(fn)" t nil)
5133
5134 ;;;***
5135 \f
5136 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5137 ;;;;;; (18468 40886))
5138 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5139
5140 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5141 Mode used for cvs status output.
5142
5143 \(fn)" t nil)
5144
5145 ;;;***
5146 \f
5147 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5148 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (18468 40892))
5149 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5150
5151 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5152 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5153
5154 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5155 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5156 C++ modes are included.
5157
5158 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5159
5160 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5161
5162 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5163 Turn on CWarn mode.
5164
5165 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5166 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5167
5168 \(fn)" nil nil)
5169
5170 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5171 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5172 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5173 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5174 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5175 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5176
5177 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5178
5179 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5180 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5181 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5182 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5183 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5184
5185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5186
5187 ;;;***
5188 \f
5189 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5190 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5191 ;;;;;; (18468 40890))
5192 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5193
5194 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5195 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5196
5197 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5198
5199 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5200 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5201
5202 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5203
5204 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5205 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5206 For readability, the table is slightly
5207 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5208
5209 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5210 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5211 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5212 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5213 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5214
5215 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5216
5217 ;;;***
5218 \f
5219 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5220 ;;;;;; (18468 40886))
5221 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5222 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5223 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5224
5225 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5226 Completion on current word.
5227 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5228 and presents suggestions for completion.
5229
5230 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5231 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5232 completions.
5233
5234 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5235 then it searches *all* buffers.
5236
5237 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5238
5239 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5240 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5241
5242 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5243 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5244 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5245 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5246 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5247
5248 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5249 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5250
5251 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5252 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5253 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5254
5255 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5256 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5257
5258 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5259
5260 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5261
5262 ;;;***
5263 \f
5264 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (18562
5265 ;;;;;; 32315))
5266 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5267
5268 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5269 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5270 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5271 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5272
5273 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5274
5275 ;;;***
5276 \f
5277 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (18468
5278 ;;;;;; 40892))
5279 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5280
5281 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5282 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5283
5284 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5285 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5286 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5287
5288 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5289 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5290 Data lines are not indented.
5291
5292 Key bindings:
5293
5294 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5295 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5296
5297 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5298 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5299 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5300 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5301
5302 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5303
5304 dcl-basic-offset
5305 Extra indentation within blocks.
5306
5307 dcl-continuation-offset
5308 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5309
5310 dcl-margin-offset
5311 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5312
5313 dcl-margin-label-offset
5314 Indentation for a label.
5315
5316 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5317 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5318
5319 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5320 dcl-block-end-regexp
5321 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5322 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5323 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5324 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5325 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5326
5327 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5328 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5329 Two such functions are included in the package:
5330 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5331 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5332
5333 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5334 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5335 One such function is included in the package:
5336 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5337
5338 dcl-tab-always-indent
5339 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5340 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5341 margin.
5342
5343 dcl-electric-characters
5344 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5345 typed.
5346
5347 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5348 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5349 which words trigger electric indentation.
5350
5351 dcl-tempo-comma
5352 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5353 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5354 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5355
5356 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5357 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5358 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5359 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5360
5361 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5362 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5363 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5364 dcl-imenu-label-call
5365 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5366
5367 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5368 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5369 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5370 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5371
5372
5373 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5374
5375 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5376 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5377 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5378 $ i = 1
5379 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5380 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5381 $ label:
5382 $ if i.eq.1
5383 $ then
5384 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5385 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5386 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5387 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5388 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5389 \"lined up with the command line\"
5390 $ type sys$input
5391 Data lines are not indented at all.
5392 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5393 $ endif
5394 $
5395
5396
5397 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5398 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5399
5400 \(fn)" t nil)
5401
5402 ;;;***
5403 \f
5404 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5405 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (18530 36603))
5406 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5407
5408 (setq debugger 'debug)
5409
5410 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5411 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5412 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5413 of the evaluator.
5414
5415 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5416 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5417 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5418
5419 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5420
5421 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5422 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5423
5424 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5425
5426 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5427 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5428 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5429 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5430 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5431 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5432
5433 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5434 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5435
5436 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5437
5438 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5439 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5440 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5441 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5442 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5443
5444 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5445
5446 ;;;***
5447 \f
5448 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5449 ;;;;;; (18468 40891))
5450 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5451
5452 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5453 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5454
5455 \(fn)" t nil)
5456
5457 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5458 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5459 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5460 Upper-case letters are commands.
5461
5462 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5463 modify it.
5464
5465 The most useful commands are:
5466 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5467 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5468 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5469 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5470 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5471 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5472
5473 \(fn)" t nil)
5474
5475 ;;;***
5476 \f
5477 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5478 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (18468
5479 ;;;;;; 40886))
5480 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5481
5482 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5483 Customization of `columns' group.
5484
5485 \(fn)" t nil)
5486
5487 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5488 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5489
5490 START and END delimits the text region.
5491
5492 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5493
5494 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5495 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5496
5497 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5498
5499 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5500
5501 ;;;***
5502 \f
5503 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (18468
5504 ;;;;;; 40892))
5505 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5506
5507 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5508 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5509 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
5510 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5511 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5512 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5513
5514 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5515
5516 Customization:
5517
5518 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5519 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5520 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5521 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5522 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5523 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5524 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5525 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5526 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5527 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5528 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5529 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5530 blank line.
5531 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5532 Directories to search when finding external units.
5533 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5534 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5535
5536 Coloring:
5537
5538 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5539 Face used to color delphi comments.
5540 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5541 Face used to color delphi strings.
5542 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5543 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5544 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5545 Face used to color everything else.
5546
5547 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5548 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5549
5550 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5551
5552 ;;;***
5553 \f
5554 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (18468
5555 ;;;;;; 40886))
5556 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5557
5558 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5559
5560 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5561 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5562 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5563 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5564 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5565 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5566
5567 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5568
5569 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5570 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5571 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
5572 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
5573
5574 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5575 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5576 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5577 any selection.
5578
5579 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5580
5581 ;;;***
5582 \f
5583 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5584 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (18530 36603))
5585 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5586
5587 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5588 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5589
5590 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5591
5592 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5593 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5594 or nil if there is no parent.
5595 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5596 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5597 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5598 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5599 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5600
5601 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5602 arguments are currently understood:
5603 :group GROUP
5604 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5605 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5606 :syntax-table TABLE
5607 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5608 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5609 :abbrev-table TABLE
5610 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5611 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5612
5613 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5614
5615 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5616
5617 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5618 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5619 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5620
5621 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5622 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5623
5624 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5625 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5626 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5627
5628 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5629 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5630
5631 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5632 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5633
5634 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5635
5636 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5637
5638 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5639 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5640 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5641 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5642 the first time the mode is used.
5643
5644 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5645
5646 ;;;***
5647 \f
5648 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5649 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (18573 48333))
5650 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5651
5652 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5653 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
5654 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5655 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5656 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5657 otherwise.
5658
5659 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
5660
5661 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5662 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5663 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5664 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5665 character composition information (if relevant),
5666 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5667
5668 \(fn POS)" t nil)
5669
5670 ;;;***
5671 \f
5672 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5673 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
5674 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5675 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (18468 40886))
5676 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5677
5678 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5679 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5680 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5681
5682 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5683
5684 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5685 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5686 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5687 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
5688 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
5689 and function `desktop-read' for details.
5690
5691 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5692
5693 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5694 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5695 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5696 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5697
5698 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5699
5700 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5701 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5702 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
5703
5704 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5705 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5706 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5707
5708 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5709 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5710
5711 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5712 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5713 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5714
5715 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5716 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5717 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5718 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5719
5720 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5721
5722 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5723 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5724
5725 Handlers are called with argument list
5726
5727 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5728
5729 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5730
5731 desktop-file-version
5732 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5733 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5734 desktop-buffer-point
5735 desktop-buffer-mark
5736 desktop-buffer-read-only
5737 desktop-buffer-locals
5738
5739 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
5740 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
5741
5742 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
5743 code like
5744
5745 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
5746 ...
5747 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
5748 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
5749
5750 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
5751
5752 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5753
5754 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
5755 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
5756 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
5757 List elements must have the form
5758
5759 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
5760
5761 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
5762 function.
5763
5764 Handlers are called with argument list
5765
5766 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
5767
5768 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5769
5770 desktop-file-version
5771 desktop-buffer-file-name
5772 desktop-buffer-name
5773 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5774 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5775 desktop-buffer-point
5776 desktop-buffer-mark
5777 desktop-buffer-read-only
5778 desktop-buffer-misc
5779
5780 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
5781 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
5782 created and set.
5783
5784 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
5785 code like
5786
5787 (defun foo-desktop-restore
5788 ...
5789 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
5790 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
5791
5792 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
5793
5794 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
5795
5796 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5797
5798 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
5799 Empty the Desktop.
5800 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
5801 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
5802 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
5803
5804 \(fn)" t nil)
5805
5806 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
5807 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
5808 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
5809 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
5810 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
5811
5812 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
5813
5814 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
5815 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
5816 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
5817
5818 \(fn)" t nil)
5819
5820 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
5821 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5822 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5823 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5824 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5825 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5826 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5827 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5828
5829 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
5830
5831 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
5832 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5833 Also inhibit further loading of it.
5834
5835 \(fn)" nil nil)
5836
5837 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
5838 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
5839 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
5840 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
5841 directory DIRNAME.
5842
5843 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
5844
5845 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
5846 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
5847
5848 \(fn)" t nil)
5849
5850 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
5851 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5852
5853 \(fn)" t nil)
5854
5855 ;;;***
5856 \f
5857 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
5858 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
5859 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (18468 40889))
5860 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
5861
5862 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
5863 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
5864 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
5865 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
5866 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
5867 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5868
5869 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5870
5871 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
5872 Repair a broken attribution line.
5873 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5874
5875 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5876
5877 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5878 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
5879 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
5880 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5881
5882 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5883
5884 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5885 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
5886
5887 \(fn)" t nil)
5888
5889 ;;;***
5890 \f
5891 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5892 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (18550 15777))
5893 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5894
5895 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
5896 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5897 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5898 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
5899 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
5900
5901 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5902
5903 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
5904 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5905 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5906 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
5907
5908 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
5909 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
5910 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
5911 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
5912
5913 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
5914 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
5915
5916 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
5917 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
5918 calendar-date-style 'european
5919 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
5920
5921 \(diary-mail-entries)
5922
5923 # diary-rem.el ends here
5924
5925 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5926
5927 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
5928 Major mode for editing the diary file.
5929
5930 \(fn)" t nil)
5931
5932 ;;;***
5933 \f
5934 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5935 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (18468 40886))
5936 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
5937
5938 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
5939 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
5940
5941 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
5942
5943 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
5944 *The command to use to run diff.")
5945
5946 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
5947
5948 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
5949 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
5950 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
5951 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
5952 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
5953 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
5954
5955 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
5956
5957 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
5958 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5959 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5960 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5961 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5962 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
5963
5964 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5965
5966 ;;;***
5967 \f
5968 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
5969 ;;;;;; (18573 48333))
5970 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
5971
5972 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
5973 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5974 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
5975 normal diffs.
5976
5977 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
5978 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
5979 headers for you on-the-fly.
5980
5981 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
5982 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
5983 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
5984
5985 \\{diff-mode-map}
5986
5987 \(fn)" t nil)
5988
5989 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
5990 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5991 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
5992
5993 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5994
5995 ;;;***
5996 \f
5997 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
5998 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
5999 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6000 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6001 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (18577 57506))
6002 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6003
6004 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6005 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6006 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6007 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6008 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6009 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6010 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6011 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6012
6013 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6014
6015 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin)) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6016 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6017
6018 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6019 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6020 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6021 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6022 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6023
6024 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6025 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6026
6027 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6028 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6029 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6030 always set this variable to t.")
6031
6032 (custom-autoload 'dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks "dired" t)
6033
6034 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6035 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6036 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6037 A value of t means move to first file.")
6038
6039 (custom-autoload 'dired-trivial-filenames "dired" t)
6040
6041 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6042 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6043 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6044 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6045 are afterward marked with that character.")
6046
6047 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-rename "dired" t)
6048
6049 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6050 *Controls marking of copied files.
6051 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6052 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6053
6054 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-copy "dired" t)
6055
6056 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6057 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6058 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6059 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6060
6061 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-hardlink "dired" t)
6062
6063 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6064 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6065 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6066 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6067
6068 (custom-autoload 'dired-keep-marker-symlink "dired" t)
6069
6070 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6071 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6072 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6073 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6074
6075 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6076
6077 (custom-autoload 'dired-dwim-target "dired" t)
6078
6079 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6080 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6081 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6082
6083 (custom-autoload 'dired-copy-preserve-time "dired" t)
6084
6085 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6086 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6087 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6088 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6089 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6090 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6091
6092 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6093 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6094 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6095 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6096 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6097 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6098 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6099 list of files to make directory entries for.
6100 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6101 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6102 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6103 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6104
6105 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6106
6107 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6108 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6109
6110 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6111 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6112
6113 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6114 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6115
6116 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6117 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6118
6119 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6120
6121 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6122 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6123
6124 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6125
6126 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6127 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6128 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6129 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6130 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6131 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6132 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6133 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6134 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6135 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6136 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6137 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6138 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6139 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6140 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6141 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6142 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6143 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6144 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6145 to see why something went wrong.
6146 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6147 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6148 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6149 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6150 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6151 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6152 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6153 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6154 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6155 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6156 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6157 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6158 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6159
6160 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6161 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6162 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6163 again for the directory tree.
6164
6165 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6166 for more info):
6167
6168 `dired-listing-switches'
6169 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6170 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6171 `dired-marker-char'
6172 `dired-del-marker'
6173 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6174 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6175 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6176 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6177
6178 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6179
6180 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6181 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6182 `dired-mode-hook'
6183 `dired-load-hook'
6184
6185 Keybindings:
6186 \\{dired-mode-map}
6187
6188 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6189 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6190
6191 ;;;***
6192 \f
6193 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6194 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-do-isearch-regexp dired-do-isearch
6195 ;;;;;; dired-isearch-filenames-regexp dired-isearch-filenames dired-isearch-filenames-setup
6196 ;;;;;; dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down dired-tree-up
6197 ;;;;;; dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6198 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6199 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6200 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6201 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6202 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6203 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6204 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6205 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-do-async-shell-command
6206 ;;;;;; dired-clean-directory dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown
6207 ;;;;;; dired-do-chgrp dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6208 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (18577 60981))
6209 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6210
6211 (autoload 'dired-diff "dired-aux" "\
6212 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6213 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6214 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6215 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6216 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6217 which is options for `diff'.
6218
6219 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6220
6221 (autoload 'dired-backup-diff "dired-aux" "\
6222 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6223 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6224 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6225 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6226 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6227
6228 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6229
6230 (autoload 'dired-compare-directories "dired-aux" "\
6231 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
6232 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
6233 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
6234 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
6235 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
6236 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
6237
6238 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
6239
6240 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
6241 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
6242 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
6243 returned by function `file-attributes'
6244
6245 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
6246 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
6247
6248 Examples of PREDICATE:
6249
6250 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
6251 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
6252 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
6253 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
6254 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
6255
6256 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
6257
6258 (autoload 'dired-do-chmod "dired-aux" "\
6259 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6260 Symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
6261
6262 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6263
6264 (autoload 'dired-do-chgrp "dired-aux" "\
6265 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6266
6267 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6268
6269 (autoload 'dired-do-chown "dired-aux" "\
6270 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6271
6272 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6273
6274 (autoload 'dired-do-touch "dired-aux" "\
6275 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6276 This calls touch.
6277
6278 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6279
6280 (autoload 'dired-do-print "dired-aux" "\
6281 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6282 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6283 `lpr-switches' as default.
6284
6285 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6286
6287 (autoload 'dired-clean-directory "dired-aux" "\
6288 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
6289 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
6290 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
6291 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
6292
6293 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
6294 with a prefix argument.
6295
6296 \(fn KEEP)" t nil)
6297
6298 (autoload 'dired-do-async-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
6299 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files asynchronously.
6300
6301 Like `dired-do-shell-command' but if COMMAND doesn't end in ampersand,
6302 adds `* &' surrounded by whitespace and executes the command asynchronously.
6303 The output appears in the buffer `*Async Shell Command*'.
6304
6305 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6306
6307 (autoload 'dired-do-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
6308 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6309 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6310 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6311 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6312
6313 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6314 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6315
6316 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6317 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6318 file name substituted for `?'.
6319
6320 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6321 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
6322
6323 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
6324 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
6325 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
6326 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
6327
6328 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
6329
6330 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
6331 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
6332 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
6333
6334 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
6335 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
6336 in a subdir.
6337
6338 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
6339 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
6340 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
6341
6342 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6343
6344 (autoload 'dired-run-shell-command "dired-aux" "\
6345 Not documented
6346
6347 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
6348
6349 (autoload 'dired-do-kill-lines "dired-aux" "\
6350 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
6351 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
6352 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
6353 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
6354 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
6355 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
6356 from the buffer as well.
6357 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
6358 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
6359 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
6360
6361 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
6362
6363 (autoload 'dired-compress-file "dired-aux" "\
6364 Not documented
6365
6366 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6367
6368 (autoload 'dired-query "dired-aux" "\
6369 Not documented
6370
6371 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
6372
6373 (autoload 'dired-do-compress "dired-aux" "\
6374 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
6375
6376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6377
6378 (autoload 'dired-do-byte-compile "dired-aux" "\
6379 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6380
6381 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6382
6383 (autoload 'dired-do-load "dired-aux" "\
6384 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6385
6386 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6387
6388 (autoload 'dired-do-redisplay "dired-aux" "\
6389 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
6390 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
6391 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
6392
6393 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6394 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6395 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6396 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6397 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6398 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6399 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
6400
6401 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
6402
6403 (autoload 'dired-add-file "dired-aux" "\
6404 Not documented
6405
6406 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
6407
6408 (autoload 'dired-remove-file "dired-aux" "\
6409 Not documented
6410
6411 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6412
6413 (autoload 'dired-relist-file "dired-aux" "\
6414 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
6415
6416 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6417
6418 (autoload 'dired-copy-file "dired-aux" "\
6419 Not documented
6420
6421 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
6422
6423 (autoload 'dired-rename-file "dired-aux" "\
6424 Not documented
6425
6426 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
6427
6428 (autoload 'dired-create-directory "dired-aux" "\
6429 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
6430
6431 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6432
6433 (autoload 'dired-do-copy "dired-aux" "\
6434 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
6435 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
6436 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6437 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
6438 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
6439 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6440 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6441 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6442
6443 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
6444 like `cp -d'.
6445
6446 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6447
6448 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink "dired-aux" "\
6449 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6450 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6451 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6452 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
6453 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6454 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6455 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6456
6457 For relative symlinks, use \\[dired-do-relsymlink].
6458
6459 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6460
6461 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink "dired-aux" "\
6462 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6463 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6464 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6465 and new hard links are made in that directory
6466 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6467 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6468 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6469
6470 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6471
6472 (autoload 'dired-do-rename "dired-aux" "\
6473 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6474 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
6475 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
6476 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
6477 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
6478 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6479
6480 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6481
6482 (autoload 'dired-do-rename-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6483 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6484
6485 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
6486 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
6487 file if none are marked.
6488
6489 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
6490 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
6491 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
6492 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
6493
6494 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
6495 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
6496
6497 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6498
6499 (autoload 'dired-do-copy-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6500 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6501 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6502
6503 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6504
6505 (autoload 'dired-do-hardlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6506 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6507 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6508
6509 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6510
6511 (autoload 'dired-do-symlink-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6512 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6513 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6514
6515 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6516
6517 (autoload 'dired-upcase "dired-aux" "\
6518 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
6519
6520 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6521
6522 (autoload 'dired-downcase "dired-aux" "\
6523 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
6524
6525 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6526
6527 (autoload 'dired-maybe-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6528 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6529 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
6530 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6531 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
6532 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6533 this subdirectory.
6534 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6535
6536 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6537 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6538 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6539 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6540 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6541 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6542 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
6543
6544 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6545
6546 (autoload 'dired-insert-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6547 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6548 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
6549 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6550 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
6551 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6552 this subdirectory.
6553 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6554
6555 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6556
6557 (autoload 'dired-prev-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6558 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
6559 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
6560
6561 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
6562
6563 (autoload 'dired-goto-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6564 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
6565 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
6566 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
6567
6568 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
6569
6570 (autoload 'dired-mark-subdir-files "dired-aux" "\
6571 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
6572 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
6573 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
6574
6575 \(fn)" t nil)
6576
6577 (autoload 'dired-kill-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6578 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
6579 Lower levels are unaffected.
6580
6581 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
6582
6583 (autoload 'dired-tree-up "dired-aux" "\
6584 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
6585
6586 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6587
6588 (autoload 'dired-tree-down "dired-aux" "\
6589 Go down in the dired tree.
6590
6591 \(fn)" t nil)
6592
6593 (autoload 'dired-hide-subdir "dired-aux" "\
6594 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
6595 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
6596 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
6597
6598 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6599
6600 (autoload 'dired-hide-all "dired-aux" "\
6601 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
6602 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
6603 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
6604
6605 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6606
6607 (autoload 'dired-isearch-filenames-setup "dired-aux" "\
6608 Set up isearch to search in Dired file names.
6609 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
6610
6611 \(fn)" nil nil)
6612
6613 (autoload 'dired-isearch-filenames "dired-aux" "\
6614 Search for a string using Isearch only in file names in the Dired buffer.
6615
6616 \(fn)" t nil)
6617
6618 (autoload 'dired-isearch-filenames-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6619 Search for a regexp using Isearch only in file names in the Dired buffer.
6620
6621 \(fn)" t nil)
6622
6623 (autoload 'dired-do-isearch "dired-aux" "\
6624 Search for a string through all marked files using Isearch.
6625
6626 \(fn)" t nil)
6627
6628 (autoload 'dired-do-isearch-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6629 Search for a regexp through all marked files using Isearch.
6630
6631 \(fn)" t nil)
6632
6633 (autoload 'dired-do-search "dired-aux" "\
6634 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
6635 Stops when a match is found.
6636 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6637
6638 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6639
6640 (autoload 'dired-do-query-replace-regexp "dired-aux" "\
6641 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
6642 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6643 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6644 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6645
6646 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
6647
6648 (autoload 'dired-show-file-type "dired-aux" "\
6649 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
6650 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
6651 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
6652
6653 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
6654
6655 ;;;***
6656 \f
6657 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-relsymlink dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
6658 ;;;;;; (18468 40886))
6659 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
6660
6661 (autoload 'dired-jump "dired-x" "\
6662 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
6663 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
6664 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
6665 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
6666 buffer and try again.
6667
6668 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6669
6670 (autoload 'dired-do-relsymlink "dired-x" "\
6671 Relative symlink all marked (or next ARG) files into a directory.
6672 Otherwise make a relative symbolic link to the current file.
6673 This creates relative symbolic links like
6674
6675 foo -> ../bar/foo
6676
6677 not absolute ones like
6678
6679 foo -> /ugly/file/name/that/may/change/any/day/bar/foo
6680
6681 For absolute symlinks, use \\[dired-do-symlink].
6682
6683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6684
6685 ;;;***
6686 \f
6687 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6688 ;;;;;; (18468 40886))
6689 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6690
6691 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6692 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
6693 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
6694 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
6695 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
6696 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
6697 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
6698
6699 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6700
6701 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6702 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6703 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6704
6705 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
6706
6707 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6708 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
6709
6710 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6711
6712 ;;;***
6713 \f
6714 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (18468
6715 ;;;;;; 40888))
6716 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6717
6718 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6719 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6720 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6721 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6722 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6723 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6724
6725 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6726
6727 ;;;***
6728 \f
6729 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6730 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6731 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6732 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6733 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6734 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (18573 48334))
6735 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6736
6737 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6738 Return a new, empty display table.
6739
6740 \(fn)" nil nil)
6741
6742 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6743 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6744 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6745 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6746 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6747
6748 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6749
6750 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6751 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6752 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6753 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6754 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6755
6756 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6757
6758 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6759 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6760
6761 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6762
6763 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6764 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6765
6766 \(fn)" t nil)
6767
6768 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6769 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6770
6771 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6772
6773 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6774 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6775
6776 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6777
6778 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6779 Display character C using printable string S.
6780
6781 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6782
6783 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6784 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6785 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6786 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6787
6788 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6789
6790 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6791 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6792 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6793 X frame.
6794
6795 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6796
6797 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6798 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6799
6800 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6801
6802 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6803 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6804
6805 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6806
6807 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6808 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6809
6810 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6811
6812 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6813 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6814
6815 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6816
6817 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6818 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6819
6820 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6821
6822 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6823 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6824
6825 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
6826 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
6827 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
6828 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
6829
6830 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
6831 if ARG is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
6832 European character display.
6833
6834 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6835 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6836 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6837 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6838
6839 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6840 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
6841 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
6842 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
6843 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
6844
6845 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6846
6847 ;;;***
6848 \f
6849 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6850 ;;;;;; (18468 40891))
6851 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6852
6853 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6854 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6855 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6856 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6857 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6858 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6859 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6860 Default is 2.
6861
6862 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6863
6864 ;;;***
6865 \f
6866 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (18468 40886))
6867 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6868
6869 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist '(("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file)) "\
6870 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6871 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6872 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6873 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6874 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6875 private or ask).
6876 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6877 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6878 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6879 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6880 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6881
6882 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6883
6884 ;;;***
6885 \f
6886 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6887 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (18468 40893))
6888 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6889
6890 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6891 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6892 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6893 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6894 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6895 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6896 table and its own syntax table.
6897
6898 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6899
6900 \(fn)" t nil)
6901 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6902
6903 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6904 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6905
6906 \(fn)" t nil)
6907 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
6908
6909 ;;;***
6910 \f
6911 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode
6912 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (18533 1974))
6913 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6914
6915 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6916 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6917 Image types are symbols like `dvi', `postscript' or `pdf'.
6918
6919 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6920
6921 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6922 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6923 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6924 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6925 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6926
6927 \(fn)" t nil)
6928
6929 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6930 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
6931 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
6932 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6933
6934 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6935
6936 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6937 Not documented
6938
6939 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6940
6941 ;;;***
6942 \f
6943 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (18468 40891))
6944 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6945
6946 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6947 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6948
6949 \(fn)" t nil)
6950
6951 ;;;***
6952 \f
6953 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (18468 40886))
6954 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6955
6956 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6957 Toggle Double mode.
6958 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
6959 turn it off.
6960
6961 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6962 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6963
6964 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6965
6966 ;;;***
6967 \f
6968 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (18468 40892))
6969 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6970
6971 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6972 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6973
6974 \(fn)" t nil)
6975
6976 ;;;***
6977 \f
6978 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6979 ;;;;;; (18468 40889))
6980 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6981
6982 (autoload 'gnus-earcon-display "earcon" "\
6983 Play sounds in message buffers.
6984
6985 \(fn)" t nil)
6986
6987 ;;;***
6988 \f
6989 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6990 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6991 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (18530 36603))
6992 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6993
6994 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6995
6996 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6997 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6998 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
6999 and toggle command MODE.
7000
7001 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7002 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7003 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7004 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7005 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7006 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7007 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7008 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7009 used (see below).
7010
7011 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7012 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7013 and before running the hook variable `MODE-hook'.
7014 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7015 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7016 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7017 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7018 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7019 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7020 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7021 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7022 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7023 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7024 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7025 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7026 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7027 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7028
7029 For example, you could write
7030 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7031 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7032 ...BODY CODE...)
7033
7034 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7035
7036 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7037
7038 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7039
7040 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7041 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7042 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7043 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7044 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7045 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7046 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7047 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7048 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7049 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7050 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7051 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7052
7053 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7054 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7055 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7056 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7057 call another major mode in their body.
7058
7059 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7060
7061 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7062 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7063 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7064 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7065 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7066 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7067 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7068
7069 Valid keywords and arguments are:
7070
7071 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
7072 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
7073 :inherit Parent keymap.
7074 :group Ignored.
7075 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
7076 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
7077
7078 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7079
7080 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7081 Not documented
7082
7083 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7084
7085 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7086 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7087 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7088
7089 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7090
7091 ;;;***
7092 \f
7093 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7094 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (18508
7095 ;;;;;; 22728))
7096 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7097
7098 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7099
7100 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7101 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7102
7103 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7104 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7105 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7106
7107 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7108 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7109
7110 :filter FUNCTION
7111
7112 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7113 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7114
7115 :visible INCLUDE
7116
7117 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7118 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7119
7120 :active ENABLE
7121
7122 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7123 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7124
7125 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7126
7127 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7128
7129 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7130
7131 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7132 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7133
7134 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7135 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7136
7137 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7138
7139 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7140
7141 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7142
7143 :keys KEYS
7144
7145 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7146 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7147 computed automatically.
7148 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7149
7150 :key-sequence KEYS
7151
7152 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7153 menu item.
7154 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7155 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7156 keyboard equivalent.
7157
7158 :active ENABLE
7159
7160 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7161 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7162
7163 :visible INCLUDE
7164
7165 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7166 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7167
7168 :label FORM
7169
7170 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7171 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
7172
7173 :suffix FORM
7174
7175 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7176 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
7177
7178 :style STYLE
7179
7180 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7181 defined:
7182
7183 toggle: A checkbox.
7184 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7185 radio: A radio button.
7186 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7187 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7188 menu bar itself.
7189 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7190
7191 :selected SELECTED
7192
7193 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7194 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7195
7196 :help HELP
7197
7198 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7199
7200 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7201 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7202 as a solid horizontal line.
7203
7204 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7205
7206 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7207
7208 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7209 Not documented
7210
7211 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7212
7213 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7214 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7215 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7216 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7217
7218 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7219
7220 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7221 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7222 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7223 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7224 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7225 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7226
7227 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7228 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7229 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7230
7231 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7232 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7233 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7234
7235 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7236 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7237
7238 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7239
7240 ;;;***
7241 \f
7242 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7243 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7244 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7245 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7246 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7247 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7248 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7249 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (18468 40892))
7250 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7251
7252 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7253 Customization for ebnf group.
7254
7255 \(fn)" t nil)
7256
7257 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7258 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7259
7260 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7261
7262 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7263 processed.
7264
7265 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7266
7267 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7268
7269 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7270 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7271
7272 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7273 killed after process termination.
7274
7275 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7276
7277 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7278
7279 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7280 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7281
7282 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7283 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7284 it to the printer.
7285
7286 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7287 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7288 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7289 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7290
7291 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7292
7293 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7294 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7295 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7296
7297 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7298
7299 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7300 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7301
7302 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7303
7304 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7305 processed.
7306
7307 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7308
7309 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7310
7311 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7312 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7313
7314 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7315 killed after process termination.
7316
7317 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7318
7319 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7320
7321 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7322 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7323 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7324 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7325
7326 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7327
7328 \(fn)" t nil)
7329
7330 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7331 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7332 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7333
7334 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7335
7336 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7337
7338 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7339 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7340
7341 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7342
7343 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7344 processed.
7345
7346 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7347
7348 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7349
7350 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7351 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7352
7353 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7354 killed after EPS generation.
7355
7356 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7357
7358 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7359
7360 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7361 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7362
7363 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7364 The EPS file name has the following form:
7365
7366 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7367
7368 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7369 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7370
7371 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7372 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7373 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7374 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7375 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7376
7377 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7378 files.
7379
7380 \(fn)" t nil)
7381
7382 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7383 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7384
7385 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7386 The EPS file name has the following form:
7387
7388 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7389
7390 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7391 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7392
7393 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7394 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7395 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7396 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7397 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7398
7399 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7400 files.
7401
7402 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7403
7404 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7405
7406 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7407 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7408
7409 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7410
7411 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7412 are processed.
7413
7414 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7415
7416 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7417
7418 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7419 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7420
7421 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7422 killed after syntax checking.
7423
7424 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7425
7426 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7427
7428 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7429 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7430
7431 \(fn)" t nil)
7432
7433 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7434 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7435
7436 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7437
7438 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7439 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7440
7441 \(fn)" nil nil)
7442
7443 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7444 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7445
7446 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7447
7448 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7449
7450 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7451 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7452
7453 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7454
7455 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7456
7457 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7458 Delete style NAME.
7459
7460 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7461
7462 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7463
7464 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7465 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7466
7467 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7468
7469 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7470
7471 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7472 Set STYLE as the current style.
7473
7474 Returns the old style symbol.
7475
7476 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7477
7478 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7479
7480 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7481 Reset current style.
7482
7483 Returns the old style symbol.
7484
7485 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7486
7487 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7488
7489 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7490 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7491
7492 Returns the old style symbol.
7493
7494 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7495
7496 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7497
7498 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7499
7500 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7501 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7502
7503 Returns the old style symbol.
7504
7505 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7506
7507 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7508
7509 \(fn)" t nil)
7510
7511 ;;;***
7512 \f
7513 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7514 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7515 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7516 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7517 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7518 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7519 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7520 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7521 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7522 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7523 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (18468
7524 ;;;;;; 40892))
7525 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7526
7527 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7528 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7529 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7530 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7531 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7532 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7533
7534 Tree mode key bindings:
7535 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7536
7537 \(fn)" t nil)
7538
7539 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7540 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7541
7542 \(fn)" t nil)
7543
7544 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7545 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7546
7547 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
7548
7549 \(fn)" nil nil)
7550
7551 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7552 View declaration of member at point.
7553
7554 \(fn)" t nil)
7555
7556 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7557 Find declaration of member at point.
7558
7559 \(fn)" t nil)
7560
7561 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7562 View definition of member at point.
7563
7564 \(fn)" t nil)
7565
7566 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7567 Find definition of member at point.
7568
7569 \(fn)" t nil)
7570
7571 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7572 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7573
7574 \(fn)" t nil)
7575
7576 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7577 View definition of member at point in other window.
7578
7579 \(fn)" t nil)
7580
7581 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7582 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7583
7584 \(fn)" t nil)
7585
7586 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7587 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7588
7589 \(fn)" t nil)
7590
7591 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7592 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7593
7594 \(fn)" t nil)
7595
7596 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7597 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7598
7599 \(fn)" t nil)
7600
7601 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7602 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7603 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7604 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7605 completion.
7606
7607 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7608
7609 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7610 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7611 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7612 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7613
7614 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7615
7616 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7617 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7618 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7619 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7620
7621 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7622
7623 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7624 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7625 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7626
7627 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7628
7629 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7630 Search for call sites of a member.
7631 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7632 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7633 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7634 looks like a function call to the member.
7635
7636 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7637
7638 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7639 Move backward in the position stack.
7640 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7641
7642 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7643
7644 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7645 Move forward in the position stack.
7646 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7647
7648 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7649
7650 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7651 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7652
7653 \(fn)" t nil)
7654
7655 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7656 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7657
7658 \(fn)" t nil)
7659
7660 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7661 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7662 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7663 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7664
7665 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7666
7667 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7668 Display statistics for a class tree.
7669
7670 \(fn)" t nil)
7671
7672 ;;;***
7673 \f
7674 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7675 ;;;;;; (18468 40886))
7676 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7677
7678 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7679 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7680 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7681 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7682
7683 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7684 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7685 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7686
7687 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7688 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7689 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7690
7691 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7692
7693 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7694
7695 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7696
7697 ;;;***
7698 \f
7699 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7700 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (18508 22727))
7701 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7702
7703 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7704 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7705 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7706
7707 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7708
7709 ;;;***
7710 \f
7711 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7712 ;;;;;; (18468 40889))
7713 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7714
7715 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7716 Not documented
7717
7718 \(fn)" nil nil)
7719
7720 ;;;***
7721 \f
7722 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7723 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7724 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (18508 22728))
7725 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7726
7727 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7728 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7729 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7730 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7731 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7732
7733 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7734 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7735 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7736 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7737
7738 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7739
7740 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7741 Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7742 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7743 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7744
7745 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7746
7747 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7748 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7749 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7750 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7751
7752 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7753
7754 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7755
7756 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7757 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7758 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7759 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7760 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7761
7762 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7763 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7764 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7765 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7766 instrumented for Edebug.
7767
7768 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7769 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7770 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7771 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7772 already is one.)
7773
7774 \(fn)" t nil)
7775
7776 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7777 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7778
7779 \(fn)" t nil)
7780
7781 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7782 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7783
7784 \(fn)" t nil)
7785
7786 ;;;***
7787 \f
7788 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7789 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7790 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7791 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7792 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7793 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7794 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7795 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7796 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-files3 ediff-files)
7797 ;;;;;; "ediff" "ediff.el" (18468 40886))
7798 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7799
7800 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7801 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7802
7803 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7804
7805 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7806 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7807
7808 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7809
7810 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7811
7812 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7813
7814 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7815 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7816 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7817 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7818
7819 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7820
7821 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7822 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7823
7824 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7825
7826 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7827
7828 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7829 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7830
7831 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7832
7833 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7834
7835 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7836 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7837 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7838 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7839
7840 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7841
7842 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7843
7844 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7845 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7846 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7847 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7848
7849 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7850
7851 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7852
7853 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7854 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7855 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7856 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7857
7858 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7859
7860 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7861
7862 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7863 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7864 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7865 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7866
7867 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7868
7869 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7870
7871 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7872 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7873 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7874 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7875 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7876 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7877
7878 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7879
7880 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7881 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7882 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7883 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7884
7885 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7886
7887 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7888
7889 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7890 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7891 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7892 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7893
7894 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7895
7896 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7897
7898 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7899
7900 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7901 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7902 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7903 follows:
7904 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7905 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7906
7907 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7908
7909 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7910 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7911 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7912 follows:
7913 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7914 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7915
7916 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7917
7918 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7919 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7920 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7921 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7922 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7923
7924 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7925
7926 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7927 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7928 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7929 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7930 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7931 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7932
7933 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7934
7935 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7936
7937 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7938 Merge two files without ancestor.
7939
7940 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7941
7942 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7943 Merge two files with ancestor.
7944
7945 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7946
7947 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7948
7949 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7950 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7951
7952 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7953
7954 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7955 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7956
7957 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7958
7959 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7960 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7961 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7962 buffer.
7963
7964 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7965
7966 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7967 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7968 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7969 buffer.
7970
7971 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7972
7973 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7974 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7975 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7976 and don't ask the user.
7977 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7978 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7979
7980 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7981
7982 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7983 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7984 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7985 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7986 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7987 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7988 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7989 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7990
7991 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7992
7993 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7994
7995 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7996
7997 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7998 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7999 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8000 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8001 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8002
8003 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8004
8005 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
8006
8007 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
8008 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8009 When called interactively, displays the version.
8010
8011 \(fn)" t nil)
8012
8013 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
8014 Display Ediff's manual.
8015 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8016
8017 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8018
8019 ;;;***
8020 \f
8021 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8022 ;;;;;; (18468 40886))
8023 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8024
8025 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
8026 Not documented
8027
8028 \(fn)" t nil)
8029
8030 ;;;***
8031 \f
8032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (18468 40886))
8033 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8034
8035 (if (featurep 'xemacs) (progn (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (when (featurep 'menubar) (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu '("Tools") ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button '("Tools") "-------" "OO-Browser..."))) (defvar ediff-menu '("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t])) (defvar ediff-merge-menu '("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t])) (defvar epatch-menu '("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t])) (defvar ediff-misc-menu '("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep 'ediff-util) (boundp 'ediff-window-setup-function)) (eq ediff-window-setup-function 'ediff-setup-windows-multiframe))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep 'ediff-tbar) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))])) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock)) (not (featurep 'ediff-hook))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset 'menu-bar-epatch-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-epatch-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset 'menu-bar-ediff-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-ediff-menu)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] '("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] '("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] '("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] '("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] '("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] '("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] '("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] '("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] '("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] '("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] '("Three Files..." . ediff-files3)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] '("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] '("Two Files..." . ediff-files)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] '("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] '("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] '("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] '("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] '("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] '("--")) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] '("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] '("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] '("Files..." . ediff-merge-files)) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] '("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer)) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] '("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] '("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] '("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] '("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize)) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] '("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation)))
8036
8037 ;;;***
8038 \f
8039 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8040 ;;;;;; (18468 40886))
8041 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8042
8043 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
8044 Display Ediff's registry.
8045
8046 \(fn)" t nil)
8047
8048 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
8049
8050 ;;;***
8051 \f
8052 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8053 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (18577 57506))
8054 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8055
8056 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8057 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8058 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8059 which see.
8060
8061 \(fn)" t nil)
8062
8063 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8064 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8065 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8066 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8067
8068 \(fn)" t nil)
8069
8070 ;;;***
8071 \f
8072 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8073 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8074 ;;;;;; (18468 40886))
8075 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8076
8077 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8078 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8079 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8080
8081 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8082 Edit a keyboard macro.
8083 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8084 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8085 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8086 its command name.
8087 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8088
8089 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8090
8091 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8092 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8093
8094 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8095
8096 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8097 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8098
8099 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8100
8101 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8102 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8103 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8104 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8105 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8106 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8107
8108 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8109 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8110 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8111 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8112
8113 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8114
8115 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8116 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8117 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8118 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8119 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8120 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8121
8122 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8123
8124 ;;;***
8125 \f
8126 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8127 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (18516 15188))
8128 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8129
8130 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8131 Set scroll margins.
8132 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8133 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8134
8135 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8136
8137 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8138 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8139
8140 \(fn)" t nil)
8141
8142 ;;;***
8143 \f
8144 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8145 ;;;;;; (18468 40886))
8146 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8147
8148 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8149 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8150 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8151 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8152 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8153 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8154 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8155
8156 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8157 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8158
8159 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8160 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8161 in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8162 this value is non-nil.
8163
8164 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8165 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8166 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8167
8168 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8169 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8170 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
8171
8172 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8173
8174 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8175 Not documented
8176
8177 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8178
8179 ;;;***
8180 \f
8181 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8182 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (18468 40888))
8183 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8184
8185 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8186 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8187
8188 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8189
8190 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8191 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8192 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8193 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8194 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8195 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8196 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8197
8198 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8199
8200 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8201
8202 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8203 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8204
8205 \(fn)" t nil)
8206
8207 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8208 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8209 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8210 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8211 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8212 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8213 arg list.
8214
8215 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8216 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8217
8218 ;;;***
8219 \f
8220 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (18508
8221 ;;;;;; 22727))
8222 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8223
8224 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8225 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8226
8227 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8228 an elided material again.
8229
8230 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8231
8232 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8233
8234 ;;;***
8235 \f
8236 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8237 ;;;;;; (18468 40888))
8238 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8239
8240 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8241 Initialize elint.
8242
8243 \(fn)" t nil)
8244
8245 ;;;***
8246 \f
8247 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8248 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (18468
8249 ;;;;;; 40888))
8250 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8251
8252 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8253 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8254 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8255
8256 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8257
8258 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8259 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8260 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8261
8262 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8263
8264 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8265 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8266 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8267
8268 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8269
8270 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8271
8272 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8273 Display current profiling results.
8274 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8275 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8276 displayed.
8277
8278 \(fn)" t nil)
8279
8280 ;;;***
8281 \f
8282 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8283 ;;;;;; (18516 15190))
8284 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8285
8286 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8287 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8288 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8289
8290 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8291
8292 ;;;***
8293 \f
8294 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8295 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8296 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8297 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8298 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (18433 5705))
8299 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8300
8301 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8302 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8303 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8304 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8305 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8306 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8307 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8308 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8309 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8310 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8311 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8312 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8313 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8314 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8315 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8316 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8317
8318 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8319 Run Emerge on two files.
8320
8321 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8322
8323 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8324 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8325
8326 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8327
8328 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8329 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8330
8331 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8332
8333 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8334 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8335
8336 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8337
8338 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8339 Not documented
8340
8341 \(fn)" nil nil)
8342
8343 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8344 Not documented
8345
8346 \(fn)" nil nil)
8347
8348 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8349 Not documented
8350
8351 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8352
8353 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8354 Not documented
8355
8356 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8357
8358 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8359 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8360
8361 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8362
8363 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8364 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8365
8366 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8367
8368 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8369 Not documented
8370
8371 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8372
8373 ;;;***
8374 \f
8375 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
8376 ;;;;;; (18517 23722))
8377 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
8378
8379 (autoload 'encoded-kbd-setup-display "encoded-kb" "\
8380 Set up a `input-decode-map' for `keyboard-coding-system' on DISPLAY.
8381
8382 DISPLAY may be a display id, a frame, or nil for the selected frame's display.
8383
8384 \(fn DISPLAY)" nil nil)
8385
8386 ;;;***
8387 \f
8388 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8389 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (18573 48349))
8390 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8391
8392 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8393 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8394 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8395 text/enriched format.
8396 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8397
8398 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8399 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8400
8401 Commands:
8402
8403 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8404
8405 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8406
8407 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8408 Not documented
8409
8410 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8411
8412 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8413 Not documented
8414
8415 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8416
8417 ;;;***
8418 \f
8419 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8420 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8421 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8422 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8423 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8424 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (18559
8425 ;;;;;; 51594))
8426 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8427
8428 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8429 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8430
8431 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8432
8433 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8434 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8435
8436 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8437
8438 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8439 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8440 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8441 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8442 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8443 the keys are listed.
8444 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8445
8446 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8447
8448 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8449 Decrypt FILE.
8450
8451 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8452
8453 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8454 Verify FILE.
8455
8456 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8457
8458 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8459 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8460
8461 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8462
8463 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8464 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8465
8466 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8467
8468 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8469 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8470
8471 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8472 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8473 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8474 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8475 should consider using the string based counterpart
8476 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8477 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8478
8479 For example:
8480
8481 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8482 (decode-coding-string
8483 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8484 'utf-8))
8485
8486 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8487
8488 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8489 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8490
8491 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8492 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8493
8494 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8495
8496 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8497 Verify the current region between START and END.
8498
8499 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8500 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8501 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8502 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8503 should consider using the string based counterpart
8504 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8505 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8506
8507 For example:
8508
8509 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8510 (decode-coding-string
8511 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8512 'utf-8))
8513
8514 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8515
8516 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8517 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8518 between START and END.
8519
8520 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8521 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8522
8523 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8524
8525 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8526 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8527
8528 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8529 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8530 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8531 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8532 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8533 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8534
8535 For example:
8536
8537 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8538 (epg-sign-string
8539 context
8540 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8541
8542 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8543
8544 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8545 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8546
8547 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8548 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8549 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8550 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8551 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8552 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8553
8554 For example:
8555
8556 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8557 (epg-encrypt-string
8558 context
8559 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8560 nil))
8561
8562 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8563
8564 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8565 Delete selected KEYS.
8566
8567 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8568
8569 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8570 Import keys from FILE.
8571
8572 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8573
8574 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8575 Import keys from the region.
8576
8577 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8578
8579 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8580 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8581 between START and END.
8582
8583 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8584
8585 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8586 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8587
8588 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8589
8590 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8591 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8592
8593 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8594
8595 ;;;***
8596 \f
8597 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8598 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (18468 40886))
8599 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8600
8601 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8602 Decrypt marked files.
8603
8604 \(fn)" t nil)
8605
8606 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8607 Verify marked files.
8608
8609 \(fn)" t nil)
8610
8611 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8612 Sign marked files.
8613
8614 \(fn)" t nil)
8615
8616 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8617 Encrypt marked files.
8618
8619 \(fn)" t nil)
8620
8621 ;;;***
8622 \f
8623 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8624 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (18508 22727))
8625 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8626
8627 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8628 Not documented
8629
8630 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8631
8632 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8633 Not documented
8634
8635 \(fn)" t nil)
8636
8637 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8638 Not documented
8639
8640 \(fn)" t nil)
8641
8642 ;;;***
8643 \f
8644 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8645 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8646 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (18468 40886))
8647 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8648
8649 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8650 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8651
8652 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8653
8654 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8655 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8656 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8657
8658 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8659
8660 \(fn)" t nil)
8661
8662 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8663 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8664 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8665
8666 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8667
8668 \(fn)" t nil)
8669
8670 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8671 Sign the current buffer.
8672 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8673
8674 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8675
8676 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8677
8678 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8679 Encrypt the current buffer.
8680 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8681
8682 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8683
8684 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8685
8686 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8687 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8688 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8689
8690 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8691
8692 \(fn)" t nil)
8693
8694 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8695 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8696 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8697 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8698 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8699 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8700
8701 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8702
8703 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8704 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8705
8706 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8707
8708 ;;;***
8709 \f
8710 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-generate-key-from-string epg-generate-key-from-file
8711 ;;;;;; epg-start-generate-key epg-sign-keys epg-start-sign-keys
8712 ;;;;;; epg-delete-keys epg-start-delete-keys epg-receive-keys epg-start-receive-keys
8713 ;;;;;; epg-import-keys-from-string epg-import-keys-from-file epg-start-import-keys
8714 ;;;;;; epg-export-keys-to-string epg-export-keys-to-file epg-start-export-keys
8715 ;;;;;; epg-encrypt-string epg-encrypt-file epg-start-encrypt epg-sign-string
8716 ;;;;;; epg-sign-file epg-start-sign epg-verify-string epg-verify-file
8717 ;;;;;; epg-start-verify epg-decrypt-string epg-decrypt-file epg-start-decrypt
8718 ;;;;;; epg-cancel epg-list-keys) "epg" "epg.el" (18468 40886))
8719 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8720
8721 (autoload 'epg-list-keys "epg" "\
8722 Return a list of epg-key objects matched with NAME.
8723 If MODE is nil or 'public, only public keyring should be searched.
8724 If MODE is t or 'secret, only secret keyring should be searched.
8725 Otherwise, only public keyring should be searched and the key
8726 signatures should be included.
8727 NAME is either a string or a list of strings.
8728
8729 \(fn CONTEXT &optional NAME MODE)" nil nil)
8730
8731 (autoload 'epg-cancel "epg" "\
8732 Not documented
8733
8734 \(fn CONTEXT)" nil nil)
8735
8736 (autoload 'epg-start-decrypt "epg" "\
8737 Initiate a decrypt operation on CIPHER.
8738 CIPHER must be a file data object.
8739
8740 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8741 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8742 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8743 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8744 `epg-decrypt-file' or `epg-decrypt-string' instead.
8745
8746 \(fn CONTEXT CIPHER)" nil nil)
8747
8748 (autoload 'epg-decrypt-file "epg" "\
8749 Decrypt a file CIPHER and store the result to a file PLAIN.
8750 If PLAIN is nil, it returns the result as a string.
8751
8752 \(fn CONTEXT CIPHER PLAIN)" nil nil)
8753
8754 (autoload 'epg-decrypt-string "epg" "\
8755 Decrypt a string CIPHER and return the plain text.
8756
8757 \(fn CONTEXT CIPHER)" nil nil)
8758
8759 (autoload 'epg-start-verify "epg" "\
8760 Initiate a verify operation on SIGNATURE.
8761 SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT are a data object if they are specified.
8762
8763 For a detached signature, both SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT should be set.
8764 For a normal or a cleartext signature, SIGNED-TEXT should be nil.
8765
8766 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8767 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8768 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8769 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8770 `epg-verify-file' or `epg-verify-string' instead.
8771
8772 \(fn CONTEXT SIGNATURE &optional SIGNED-TEXT)" nil nil)
8773
8774 (autoload 'epg-verify-file "epg" "\
8775 Verify a file SIGNATURE.
8776 SIGNED-TEXT and PLAIN are also a file if they are specified.
8777
8778 For a detached signature, both SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT should be
8779 string. For a normal or a cleartext signature, SIGNED-TEXT should be
8780 nil. In the latter case, if PLAIN is specified, the plaintext is
8781 stored into the file after successful verification.
8782
8783 \(fn CONTEXT SIGNATURE &optional SIGNED-TEXT PLAIN)" nil nil)
8784
8785 (autoload 'epg-verify-string "epg" "\
8786 Verify a string SIGNATURE.
8787 SIGNED-TEXT is a string if it is specified.
8788
8789 For a detached signature, both SIGNATURE and SIGNED-TEXT should be
8790 string. For a normal or a cleartext signature, SIGNED-TEXT should be
8791 nil. In the latter case, this function returns the plaintext after
8792 successful verification.
8793
8794 \(fn CONTEXT SIGNATURE &optional SIGNED-TEXT)" nil nil)
8795
8796 (autoload 'epg-start-sign "epg" "\
8797 Initiate a sign operation on PLAIN.
8798 PLAIN is a data object.
8799
8800 If optional 3rd argument MODE is t or 'detached, it makes a detached signature.
8801 If it is nil or 'normal, it makes a normal signature.
8802 Otherwise, it makes a cleartext signature.
8803
8804 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8805 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8806 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8807 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8808 `epg-sign-file' or `epg-sign-string' instead.
8809
8810 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN &optional MODE)" nil nil)
8811
8812 (autoload 'epg-sign-file "epg" "\
8813 Sign a file PLAIN and store the result to a file SIGNATURE.
8814 If SIGNATURE is nil, it returns the result as a string.
8815 If optional 3rd argument MODE is t or 'detached, it makes a detached signature.
8816 If it is nil or 'normal, it makes a normal signature.
8817 Otherwise, it makes a cleartext signature.
8818
8819 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN SIGNATURE &optional MODE)" nil nil)
8820
8821 (autoload 'epg-sign-string "epg" "\
8822 Sign a string PLAIN and return the output as string.
8823 If optional 3rd argument MODE is t or 'detached, it makes a detached signature.
8824 If it is nil or 'normal, it makes a normal signature.
8825 Otherwise, it makes a cleartext signature.
8826
8827 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN &optional MODE)" nil nil)
8828
8829 (autoload 'epg-start-encrypt "epg" "\
8830 Initiate an encrypt operation on PLAIN.
8831 PLAIN is a data object.
8832 If RECIPIENTS is nil, it performs symmetric encryption.
8833
8834 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8835 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8836 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8837 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8838 `epg-encrypt-file' or `epg-encrypt-string' instead.
8839
8840 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN RECIPIENTS &optional SIGN ALWAYS-TRUST)" nil nil)
8841
8842 (autoload 'epg-encrypt-file "epg" "\
8843 Encrypt a file PLAIN and store the result to a file CIPHER.
8844 If CIPHER is nil, it returns the result as a string.
8845 If RECIPIENTS is nil, it performs symmetric encryption.
8846
8847 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN RECIPIENTS CIPHER &optional SIGN ALWAYS-TRUST)" nil nil)
8848
8849 (autoload 'epg-encrypt-string "epg" "\
8850 Encrypt a string PLAIN.
8851 If RECIPIENTS is nil, it performs symmetric encryption.
8852
8853 \(fn CONTEXT PLAIN RECIPIENTS &optional SIGN ALWAYS-TRUST)" nil nil)
8854
8855 (autoload 'epg-start-export-keys "epg" "\
8856 Initiate an export keys operation.
8857
8858 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8859 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8860 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8861 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8862 `epg-export-keys-to-file' or `epg-export-keys-to-string' instead.
8863
8864 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8865
8866 (autoload 'epg-export-keys-to-file "epg" "\
8867 Extract public KEYS.
8868
8869 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS FILE)" nil nil)
8870
8871 (autoload 'epg-export-keys-to-string "epg" "\
8872 Extract public KEYS and return them as a string.
8873
8874 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8875
8876 (autoload 'epg-start-import-keys "epg" "\
8877 Initiate an import keys operation.
8878 KEYS is a data object.
8879
8880 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8881 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8882 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8883 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8884 `epg-import-keys-from-file' or `epg-import-keys-from-string' instead.
8885
8886 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8887
8888 (autoload 'epg-import-keys-from-file "epg" "\
8889 Add keys from a file KEYS.
8890
8891 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8892
8893 (autoload 'epg-import-keys-from-string "epg" "\
8894 Add keys from a string KEYS.
8895
8896 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8897
8898 (autoload 'epg-start-receive-keys "epg" "\
8899 Initiate a receive key operation.
8900 KEY-ID-LIST is a list of key IDs.
8901
8902 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8903 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8904 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8905 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8906 `epg-receive-keys' instead.
8907
8908 \(fn CONTEXT KEY-ID-LIST)" nil nil)
8909
8910 (autoload 'epg-receive-keys "epg" "\
8911 Add keys from server.
8912 KEYS is a list of key IDs
8913
8914 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS)" nil nil)
8915
8916 (defalias 'epg-import-keys-from-server 'epg-receive-keys)
8917
8918 (autoload 'epg-start-delete-keys "epg" "\
8919 Initiate a delete keys operation.
8920
8921 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8922 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8923 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8924 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8925 `epg-delete-keys' instead.
8926
8927 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" nil nil)
8928
8929 (autoload 'epg-delete-keys "epg" "\
8930 Delete KEYS from the key ring.
8931
8932 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" nil nil)
8933
8934 (autoload 'epg-start-sign-keys "epg" "\
8935 Initiate a sign keys operation.
8936
8937 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8938 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8939 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8940 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8941 `epg-sign-keys' instead.
8942
8943 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional LOCAL)" nil nil)
8944
8945 (autoload 'epg-sign-keys "epg" "\
8946 Sign KEYS from the key ring.
8947
8948 \(fn CONTEXT KEYS &optional LOCAL)" nil nil)
8949
8950 (autoload 'epg-start-generate-key "epg" "\
8951 Initiate a key generation.
8952 PARAMETERS specifies parameters for the key.
8953
8954 If you use this function, you will need to wait for the completion of
8955 `epg-gpg-program' by using `epg-wait-for-completion' and call
8956 `epg-reset' to clear a temporaly output file.
8957 If you are unsure, use synchronous version of this function
8958 `epg-generate-key-from-file' or `epg-generate-key-from-string' instead.
8959
8960 \(fn CONTEXT PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
8961
8962 (autoload 'epg-generate-key-from-file "epg" "\
8963 Generate a new key pair.
8964 PARAMETERS is a file which tells how to create the key.
8965
8966 \(fn CONTEXT PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
8967
8968 (autoload 'epg-generate-key-from-string "epg" "\
8969 Generate a new key pair.
8970 PARAMETERS is a string which tells how to create the key.
8971
8972 \(fn CONTEXT PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
8973
8974 ;;;***
8975 \f
8976 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8977 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (18468 40886))
8978 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8979
8980 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8981 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8982
8983 \(fn)" nil nil)
8984
8985 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8986 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8987
8988 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8989
8990 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8991 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8992
8993 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8994
8995 ;;;***
8996 \f
8997 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
8998 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (18573 48347))
8999 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9000
9001 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
9002 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9003
9004 \(fn)" nil nil)
9005
9006 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
9007 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
9008 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
9009
9010 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
9011
9012 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
9013 (server (erc-compute-server))
9014 (port (erc-compute-port))
9015 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9016 password
9017 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9018
9019 That is, if called with
9020
9021 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9022
9023 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9024 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9025 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9026
9027 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9028
9029 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
9030
9031 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
9032 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9033 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9034 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9035
9036 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9037
9038 ;;;***
9039 \f
9040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (18508
9041 ;;;;;; 22729))
9042 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9043 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9044
9045 ;;;***
9046 \f
9047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (18468 40888))
9048 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9049 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9050
9051 ;;;***
9052 \f
9053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (18533 1975))
9054 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
9055 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
9056
9057 ;;;***
9058 \f
9059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (18468 40888))
9060 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9061 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9062
9063 ;;;***
9064 \f
9065 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9066 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (18468 40888))
9067 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9068 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
9069
9070 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9071 Parser for /dcc command.
9072 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9073 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9074 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9075
9076 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9077
9078 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9079 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9080
9081 \(fn)" nil nil)
9082
9083 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
9084 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9085
9086 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
9087 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9088 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9089 that subcommand.
9090
9091 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9092
9093 ;;;***
9094 \f
9095 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9096 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9097 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9098 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9099 ;;;;;; (18468 40888))
9100 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9101
9102 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
9103 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9104
9105 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9106
9107 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
9108 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9109 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9110 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9111
9112 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9113
9114 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
9115 Not documented
9116
9117 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9118
9119 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
9120 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9121
9122 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9123
9124 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
9125 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9126
9127 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9128
9129 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9130 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9131
9132 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9133
9134 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9135 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9136
9137 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9138
9139 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9140 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9141
9142 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9143
9144 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
9145 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9146
9147 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9148
9149 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9150 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9151
9152 \(fn)" nil nil)
9153
9154 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
9155 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9156
9157 \(fn)" nil nil)
9158
9159 ;;;***
9160 \f
9161 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (18468
9162 ;;;;;; 40888))
9163 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9164 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9165
9166 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
9167 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9168 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9169
9170 \(fn)" nil nil)
9171
9172 ;;;***
9173 \f
9174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (18468
9175 ;;;;;; 40888))
9176 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9177 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9178
9179 ;;;***
9180 \f
9181 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9182 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (18468 40888))
9183 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9184 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9185
9186 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9187 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9188 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9189 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9190 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9191 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9192 system.
9193
9194 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9195
9196 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9197 Not documented
9198
9199 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9200
9201 ;;;***
9202 \f
9203 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9204 ;;;;;; (18468 40888))
9205 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9206
9207 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9208 Not documented
9209
9210 \(fn)" nil nil)
9211
9212 ;;;***
9213 \f
9214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (18468 40888))
9215 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9216 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9217
9218 ;;;***
9219 \f
9220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (18468 40888))
9221 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9222 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9223
9224 ;;;***
9225 \f
9226 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9227 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (18468 40888))
9228 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9229 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9230
9231 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9232 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9233 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9234 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9235 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9236 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9237
9238 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9239
9240 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9241 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9242 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9243 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9244
9245 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9246 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9247 automatically.
9248
9249 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9250 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9251
9252 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9253
9254 ;;;***
9255 \f
9256 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9257 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9258 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9259 ;;;;;; (18468 40888))
9260 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9261 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9262
9263 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9264 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9265
9266 \(fn)" t nil)
9267
9268 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9269 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9270
9271 \(fn)" t nil)
9272
9273 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9274 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9275
9276 \(fn)" t nil)
9277
9278 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9279 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9280
9281 \(fn)" t nil)
9282
9283 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9284 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9285
9286 \(fn)" t nil)
9287
9288 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9289 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9290
9291 \(fn)" t nil)
9292
9293 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9294 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9295
9296 \(fn)" t nil)
9297
9298 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9299 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9300
9301 \(fn)" t nil)
9302
9303 ;;;***
9304 \f
9305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (18508 22729))
9306 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9307 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9308
9309 ;;;***
9310 \f
9311 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9312 ;;;;;; (18468 40888))
9313 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9314 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9315
9316 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9317 Show who's gone.
9318
9319 \(fn)" nil nil)
9320
9321 ;;;***
9322 \f
9323 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9324 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (18468 40888))
9325 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9326
9327 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9328 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9329 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9330 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9331
9332 \(fn)" nil nil)
9333
9334 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9335 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9336
9337 \(fn)" t nil)
9338
9339 ;;;***
9340 \f
9341 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9342 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (18468 40888))
9343 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9344 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9345
9346 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9347 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9348 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9349 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9350
9351 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9352
9353 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9354 Not documented
9355
9356 \(fn)" nil nil)
9357
9358 ;;;***
9359 \f
9360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (18468 40888))
9361 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9362 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9363
9364 ;;;***
9365 \f
9366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (18468
9367 ;;;;;; 40888))
9368 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9369 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9370
9371 ;;;***
9372 \f
9373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (18468 40888))
9374 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9375 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9376
9377 ;;;***
9378 \f
9379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (18468 40888))
9380 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9381 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9382
9383 ;;;***
9384 \f
9385 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9386 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (18530 36603))
9387 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9388 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9389
9390 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9391 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9392
9393 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9394
9395 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9396 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9397 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9398
9399 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9400
9401 ;;;***
9402 \f
9403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (18468 40888))
9404 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9405 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9406
9407 ;;;***
9408 \f
9409 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9410 ;;;;;; (18468 40888))
9411 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9412
9413 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9414 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9415 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9416
9417 \(fn)" t nil)
9418
9419 ;;;***
9420 \f
9421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (18468
9422 ;;;;;; 40888))
9423 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9424 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9425
9426 ;;;***
9427 \f
9428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (18508 22729))
9429 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9430 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9431
9432 ;;;***
9433 \f
9434 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9435 ;;;;;; (18468 40888))
9436 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9437
9438 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9439 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9440 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9441
9442 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9443
9444 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9445 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
9446 mode line.
9447
9448 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
9449 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
9450 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
9451
9452 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9453 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9454
9455 ;;;***
9456 \f
9457 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9458 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (18533 1975))
9459 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9460 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9461
9462 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9463 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9464 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9465 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9466
9467 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9468
9469 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9470 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9471 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9472
9473 \(fn)" t nil)
9474
9475 ;;;***
9476 \f
9477 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9478 ;;;;;; (18468 40888))
9479 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9480 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9481
9482 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9483 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9484
9485 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9486
9487 ;;;***
9488 \f
9489 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (18468
9490 ;;;;;; 40888))
9491 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9492
9493 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9494 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9495
9496 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9497
9498 \(fn)" nil nil)
9499
9500 ;;;***
9501 \f
9502 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (18508
9503 ;;;;;; 22729))
9504 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9505
9506 (autoload 'eshell-test "esh-test" "\
9507 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9508
9509 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9510
9511 ;;;***
9512 \f
9513 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9514 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (18508 22729))
9515 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9516
9517 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9518 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9519 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9520 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9521 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9522 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9523 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9524 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9525 buffer selected (or created).
9526
9527 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9528
9529 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9530 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9531 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9532
9533 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9534
9535 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9536 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9537 The result might be any Lisp object.
9538 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9539 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9540 corresponding to a successful execution.
9541
9542 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9543
9544 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9545
9546 ;;;***
9547 \f
9548 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9549 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9550 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9551 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9552 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9553 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9554 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9555 ;;;;;; (18562 24920))
9556 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9557
9558 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9559 *File name of tags table.
9560 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9561 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9562 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9563 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9564
9565 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9566 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9567 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9568 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9569
9570 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9571
9572 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9573 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9574 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9575 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9576 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9577 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9578
9579 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9580
9581 (defvar tags-compression-info-list '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz") "\
9582 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9583 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9584 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9585 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9586 `auto-compression-mode').")
9587
9588 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9589
9590 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9591 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9592 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9593 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9594 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9595
9596 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9597
9598 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9599 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9600 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9601 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9602
9603 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9604
9605 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9606 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9607 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9608 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9609 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9610
9611 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9612
9613 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9614 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9615
9616 \(fn)" t nil)
9617
9618 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9619 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9620 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9621 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9622
9623 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9624 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9625 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9626 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9627 file the tag was in.
9628
9629 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9630
9631 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9632 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9633 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9634 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9635 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9636 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9637 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9638 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9639 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9640
9641 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9642
9643 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9644 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9645 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9646 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9647 without directory names.
9648
9649 \(fn)" nil nil)
9650
9651 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9652 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9653 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9654 but does not select the buffer.
9655 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9656
9657 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9658 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9659 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9660 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9661 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9662
9663 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9664
9665 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9666 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9667 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9668
9669 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9670
9671 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9672
9673 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9674 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9675 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9676 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9677
9678 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9679 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9680 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9681 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9682 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9683
9684 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9685
9686 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9687 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9688 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9689
9690 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9691
9692 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9693 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9694
9695 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9696 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9697 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9698 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9699 around or before point.
9700
9701 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9702 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9703 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9704 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9705 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9706
9707 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9708
9709 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9710 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9711 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9712
9713 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9714
9715 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9716 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9717
9718 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9719 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9720 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9721 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9722 around or before point.
9723
9724 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9725 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9726 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9727 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9728 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9729
9730 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9731
9732 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9733 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9734 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9735
9736 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9737
9738 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9739 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9740
9741 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9742 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9743 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9744
9745 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9746 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9747 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9748 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9749 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9750
9751 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9752
9753 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9754 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9755 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9756
9757 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9758
9759 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9760 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9761 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9762
9763 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9764 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9765
9766 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9767 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9768 where they were found.
9769
9770 \(fn)" t nil)
9771
9772 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9773 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9774
9775 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9776 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9777 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9778
9779 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9780 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9781
9782 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9783 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9784
9785 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9786
9787 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9788 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9789 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9790 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9791
9792 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9793 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9794 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9795 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9796 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9797
9798 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9799 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9800
9801 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9802 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9803 Stops when a match is found.
9804 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9805
9806 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9807
9808 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9809
9810 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9811 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9812 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9813 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9814 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9815 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9816 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9817 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9818
9819 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9820 produce the list of files to search.
9821
9822 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9823
9824 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9825
9826 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9827 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9828 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9829 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9830 directory specification.
9831
9832 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9833
9834 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9835 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9836
9837 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9838
9839 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9840 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9841 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9842 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9843
9844 \(fn)" t nil)
9845
9846 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9847 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9848 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9849 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9850 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9851
9852 \(fn)" t nil)
9853
9854 ;;;***
9855 \f
9856 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9857 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9858 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9859 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9860 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9861 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9862 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9863 ;;;;;; (18468 40890))
9864 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9865
9866 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9867 Not documented
9868
9869 \(fn)" nil nil)
9870
9871 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9872 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9873
9874 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9875 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9876
9877 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9878 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9879 primary language.
9880
9881 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9882 even if the buffer is read-only.
9883
9884 See also the descriptions of the variables
9885 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9886
9887 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9888
9889 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9890 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9891
9892 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9893 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9894
9895 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9896 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9897 primary language.
9898
9899 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9900 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9901
9902 See also the descriptions of the variables
9903 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9904
9905 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9906
9907 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9908 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9909 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9910 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9911
9912 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9913
9914 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9915 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9916 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9917 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9918
9919 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9920 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9921 primary language.
9922
9923 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9924 buffer is read-only.
9925
9926 See also the descriptions of the variables
9927 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9928 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9929
9930 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9931
9932 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9933 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9934
9935 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9936 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9937
9938 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9939 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9940 the primary language.
9941
9942 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9943 buffer is read-only.
9944
9945 See also the descriptions of the variables
9946 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9947 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9948
9949 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9950
9951 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9952 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9953 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9954
9955 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9956
9957 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9958 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9959
9960 \(fn)" t nil)
9961
9962 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9963 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9964
9965 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9966 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9967 be 1, 2, or 3.
9968
9969 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9970 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9971 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9972
9973 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9974
9975 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9976
9977 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9978 This function is deprecated.
9979
9980 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9981
9982 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9983 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9984
9985 \(fn)" t nil)
9986
9987 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9988 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9989
9990 \(fn)" t nil)
9991
9992 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9993 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9994
9995 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9996 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9997
9998 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9999 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10000
10001 \(fn)" nil nil)
10002
10003 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
10004 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10005
10006 \(fn)" nil nil)
10007
10008 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
10009 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
10010
10011 \(fn)" nil nil)
10012
10013 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
10014 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10015
10016 \(fn)" nil nil)
10017
10018 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
10019 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
10020 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
10021
10022 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10023
10024 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
10025 Not documented
10026
10027 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
10028
10029 ;;;***
10030 \f
10031 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10032 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10033 ;;;;;; (18468 40890))
10034 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10035
10036 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
10037 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10038 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10039 server for future sessions.
10040
10041 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10042
10043 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
10044 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10045 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10046
10047 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10048
10049 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
10050 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10051 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10052
10053 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10054
10055 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
10056 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10057 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10058 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10059 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10060 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10061 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10062 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10063 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10064 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10065 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10066 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10067
10068 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10069
10070 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
10071 Display a form to query the directory server.
10072 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10073 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10074
10075 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10076
10077 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
10078 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10079 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10080
10081 \(fn)" t nil)
10082
10083 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] '(menu-item "Get Phone" eudc-get-phone :help "Get the phone field of name from the directory server")) (define-key map [email] '(menu-item "Get Email" eudc-get-email :help "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server")) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] '("--")) (define-key map [expand-inline] '(menu-item "Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline :help "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point")) (define-key map [query] '(menu-item "Query with Form" eudc-query-form :help "Display a form to query the directory server")) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] '("--")) (define-key map [new] '(menu-item "New Server" eudc-set-server :help "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL")) (define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc :help "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client")) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10084
10085 ;;;***
10086 \f
10087 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10088 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10089 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (18468 40890))
10090 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10091
10092 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
10093 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10094
10095 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10096
10097 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
10098 Display URL and make it clickable.
10099
10100 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10101
10102 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
10103 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10104
10105 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10106
10107 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10108 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10109
10110 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10111
10112 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10113 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10114
10115 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10116
10117 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10118 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10119
10120 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10121
10122 ;;;***
10123 \f
10124 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10125 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (18468 40890))
10126 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10127
10128 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10129 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10130 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10131
10132 \(fn)" t nil)
10133
10134 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10135 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10136
10137 \(fn)" t nil)
10138
10139 ;;;***
10140 \f
10141 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10142 ;;;;;; (18468 40890))
10143 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10144
10145 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10146 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10147
10148 \(fn)" t nil)
10149
10150 ;;;***
10151 \f
10152 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (18471
10153 ;;;;;; 20610))
10154 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10155
10156 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10157 Create an empty ewoc.
10158
10159 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10160
10161 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10162 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10163 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10164 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10165 `insert-before-markers'.
10166
10167 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10168 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10169 respectively, of the ewoc.
10170
10171 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10172 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10173 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10174
10175 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10176
10177 ;;;***
10178 \f
10179 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10180 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10181 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10182 ;;;;;; (18468 40892))
10183 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10184
10185 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10186 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10187 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10188
10189 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10190
10191 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10192 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10193 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10194 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10195 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10196
10197 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10198
10199 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10200 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10201 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10202 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10203 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10204 executable.
10205
10206 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10207
10208 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10209 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10210 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10211
10212 \(fn)" t nil)
10213
10214 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10215 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10216 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10217 file modes.
10218
10219 \(fn)" nil nil)
10220
10221 ;;;***
10222 \f
10223 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10224 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10225 ;;;;;; (18533 28771))
10226 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10227
10228 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10229 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10230 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10231 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10232
10233 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10234
10235 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10236 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10237 to generate such functions.
10238
10239 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10240 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10241 beginning of the expanded text.
10242
10243 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10244 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10245 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10246 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10247
10248 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10249
10250 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10251
10252 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10253 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10254 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10255
10256 \(fn)" nil nil)
10257
10258 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10259 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10260 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10261
10262 \(fn)" t nil)
10263
10264 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10265 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10266 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10267
10268 \(fn)" t nil)
10269 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10270 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10271
10272 ;;;***
10273 \f
10274 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (18533 1976))
10275 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10276
10277 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10278 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10279 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10280
10281 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10282 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10283 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10284
10285 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10286
10287 Key definitions:
10288 \\{f90-mode-map}
10289
10290 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10291
10292 `f90-do-indent'
10293 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10294 `f90-if-indent'
10295 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10296 `f90-type-indent'
10297 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10298 `f90-program-indent'
10299 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10300 (default 2).
10301 `f90-continuation-indent'
10302 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10303 `f90-comment-region'
10304 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10305 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10306 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10307 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10308 (default \"!\").
10309 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10310 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10311 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10312 `f90-break-delimiters'
10313 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10314 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10315 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10316 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10317 (default t).
10318 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10319 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10320 `f90-smart-end'
10321 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10322 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10323 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10324 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10325 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10326 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10327 `f90-leave-line-no'
10328 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10329
10330 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10331 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10332
10333 \(fn)" t nil)
10334
10335 ;;;***
10336 \f
10337 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
10338 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
10339 ;;;;;; face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base face-remap-add-relative)
10340 ;;;;;; "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (18530 36600))
10341 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10342
10343 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10344 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10345
10346 Return a cookie which can be used to delete the remapping with
10347 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10348
10349 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10350 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10351 property list. The attributes given by SPECS will be merged with
10352 any other currently active face remappings of FACE, and with the
10353 global definition of FACE. An attempt is made to sort multiple
10354 entries so that entries with relative face-attributes are applied
10355 after entries with absolute face-attributes.
10356
10357 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to a specific
10358 value, instead of the default of the global face definition,
10359 using `face-remap-set-base'.
10360
10361 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10362
10363 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10364 Set the base remapping of FACE to inherit from FACE's global definition.
10365
10366 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10367
10368 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10369 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10370 If SPECS is empty, the default base remapping is restored, which
10371 inherits from the global definition of FACE; note that this is
10372 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which does
10373 not inherit from the global definition of FACE.
10374
10375 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10376
10377 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10378 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10379 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10380
10381 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10382 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10383 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10384 will remove any scaling currently active.
10385
10386 \(fn &optional INC)" t nil)
10387
10388 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10389 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10390 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10391
10392 \(fn &optional DEC)" t nil)
10393 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10394 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10395 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10396 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10397
10398 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10399 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
10400
10401 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10402 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10403
10404 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10405 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10406 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10407
10408 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
10409 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
10410 is one of the above.
10411
10412 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10413 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10414 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10415 will remove any scaling currently active.
10416
10417 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10418 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10419 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10420 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10421 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10422
10423 \(fn &optional INC)" t nil)
10424
10425 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10426 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10427 When enabled, the face specified by the variable
10428 `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10429
10430 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10431
10432 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10433 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10434 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10435 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10436 If SPECS is nil, then `buffer-face-mode' is disabled.
10437
10438 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10439 buffer local, and set it to FACE.
10440
10441 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10442
10443 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10444 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10445 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
10446 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
10447
10448 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10449 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
10450 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
10451 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10452
10453 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10454 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10455
10456 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10457
10458 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10459 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10460 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10461 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10462
10463 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10464
10465 ;;;***
10466 \f
10467 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10468 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10469 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (18577 57514))
10470 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10471
10472 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10473 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10474 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10475 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10476
10477 \(fn)" nil nil)
10478
10479 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10480 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10481
10482 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10483
10484 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10485 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10486 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10487 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10488
10489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10490
10491 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10492 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10493 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10494 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10495 backup file names and the like).
10496
10497 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10498
10499 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10500 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10501 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10502 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10503 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10504 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10505 internally by feedmail):
10506
10507 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10508 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10509 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10510 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10511
10512 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10513 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10514 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10515 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10516 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10517
10518 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10519
10520 ;;;***
10521 \f
10522 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10523 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (18516 15187))
10524 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10525
10526 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10527 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10528 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10529 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10530 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10531 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10532 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10533
10534 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10535
10536 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10537 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10538 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10539 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10540 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10541 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10542 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10543
10544 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10545
10546 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10547
10548 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10549 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10550 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10551 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10552 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10553 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10554
10555 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10556
10557 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10558 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10559 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10560 Return value:
10561 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10562 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10563 * otherwise, nil
10564
10565 \(fn E)" t nil)
10566
10567 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10568 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10569
10570 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10571
10572 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10573 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10574
10575 \(fn)" t nil)
10576
10577 ;;;***
10578 \f
10579 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10580 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10581 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10582 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (18468 40886))
10583 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10584
10585 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10586 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10587 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10588 be added to the cache.
10589
10590 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10591
10592 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10593 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10594 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10595 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10596 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10597
10598 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10599
10600 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10601 Add FILE to the file cache.
10602
10603 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10604
10605 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10606 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10607 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10608
10609 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10610
10611 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10612 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10613 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10614
10615 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10616
10617 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10618 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10619 This function does not use any external programs
10620 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10621 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10622 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10623
10624 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10625
10626 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10627 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10628 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10629 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10630 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10631 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10632 \(directories) is done.
10633
10634 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10635
10636 ;;;***
10637 \f
10638 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (18577
10639 ;;;;;; 59138))
10640 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10641
10642 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10643 Filesets initialization.
10644 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10645
10646 \(fn)" nil nil)
10647
10648 ;;;***
10649 \f
10650 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (18468 40886))
10651 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10652
10653 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10654 Initiate the building of a find command. For exmple:
10655
10656 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10657 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10658 (mtime \"+1\"))
10659 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10660
10661 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10662 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10663
10664 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10665
10666 ;;;***
10667 \f
10668 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-name-arg
10669 ;;;;;; find-grep-options find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option)
10670 ;;;;;; "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (18535 42315))
10671 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10672
10673 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) '("-ls" . "-gilsb") '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld")) "\
10674 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10675 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10676 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10677 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10678
10679 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-option "find-dired" t)
10680
10681 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10682 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10683 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10684 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10685 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10686
10687 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-subdir-switches "find-dired" t)
10688
10689 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10690 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10691 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10692 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10693
10694 (custom-autoload 'find-grep-options "find-dired" t)
10695
10696 (defvar find-name-arg (if read-file-name-completion-ignore-case "-iname" "-name") "\
10697 *Argument used to specify file name pattern.
10698 If `read-file-name-completion-ignore-case' is non-nil, -iname is used so that
10699 find also ignores case. Otherwise, -name is used.")
10700
10701 (custom-autoload 'find-name-arg "find-dired" t)
10702
10703 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10704 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10705 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10706
10707 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10708
10709 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10710 as the final argument.
10711
10712 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10713
10714 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10715 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10716 and run dired on those files.
10717 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10718 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10719
10720 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10721
10722 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10723
10724 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10725 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10726 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10727
10728 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10729
10730 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10731
10732 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10733
10734 ;;;***
10735 \f
10736 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10737 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10738 ;;;;;; (18468 40886))
10739 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10740
10741 (defvar ff-special-constructs '(("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10742 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10743 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10744 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10745 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10746 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10747 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10748
10749 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10750 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10751 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10752
10753 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10754
10755 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10756
10757 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10758
10759 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10760 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10761 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10762
10763 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10764 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10765
10766 Variables of interest include:
10767
10768 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10769 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10770 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10771
10772 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10773 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10774 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10775
10776 - `ff-ignore-include'
10777 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10778
10779 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10780 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10781
10782 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10783 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10784
10785 - `ff-special-constructs'
10786 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10787 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10788 extracting the filename from that construct.
10789
10790 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10791 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10792
10793 - `ff-search-directories'
10794 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10795 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10796
10797 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10798 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10799
10800 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10801 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10802
10803 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10804 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10805
10806 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10807 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10808
10809 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10810 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10811
10812 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10813
10814 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10815 Visit the file you click on.
10816
10817 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10818
10819 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10820 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10821
10822 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10823
10824 ;;;***
10825 \f
10826 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10827 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10828 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10829 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10830 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10831 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10832 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (18573 55366))
10833 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10834
10835 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10836 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
10837
10838 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10839
10840 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10841 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10842 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10843 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10844
10845 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10846 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10847 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10848 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10849
10850 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10851
10852 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10853 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10854
10855 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10856 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10857 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10858 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10859
10860 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10861 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10862 in `load-path'.
10863
10864 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10865
10866 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10867 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10868
10869 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10870 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10871 places point before the definition.
10872 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10873
10874 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10875 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10876 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10877
10878 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10879
10880 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10881 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10882
10883 See `find-function' for more details.
10884
10885 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10886
10887 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10888 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10889
10890 See `find-function' for more details.
10891
10892 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10893
10894 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10895 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10896
10897 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10898 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10899 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10900
10901 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10902 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10903
10904 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10905
10906 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10907 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10908
10909 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10910 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10911 places point before the definition.
10912
10913 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10914
10915 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10916 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10917 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10918
10919 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10920
10921 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10922 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10923
10924 See `find-variable' for more details.
10925
10926 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10927
10928 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10929 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10930
10931 See `find-variable' for more details.
10932
10933 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10934
10935 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10936 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10937 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10938 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10939 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10940 buffer nor display it.
10941
10942 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10943 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10944
10945 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10946
10947 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10948 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10949
10950 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10951 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10952 places point before the definition.
10953
10954 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10955
10956 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10957 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10958 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10959
10960 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10961
10962 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10963 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10964 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10965
10966 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10967
10968 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10969 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10970
10971 \(fn)" t nil)
10972
10973 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10974 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10975
10976 \(fn)" t nil)
10977
10978 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10979 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10980
10981 \(fn)" nil nil)
10982
10983 ;;;***
10984 \f
10985 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10986 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (18468 40886))
10987 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10988
10989 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10990 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10991
10992 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10993
10994 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10995 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10996
10997 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10998
10999 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
11000 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11001
11002 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11003
11004 ;;;***
11005 \f
11006 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11007 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (18577 57510))
11008 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11009
11010 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11011 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11012
11013 \(fn)" t nil)
11014
11015 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11016 Display FILE's commentary section.
11017 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11018
11019 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11020
11021 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11022 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11023
11024 \(fn)" t nil)
11025
11026 ;;;***
11027 \f
11028 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11029 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (18468 40886))
11030 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11031
11032 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11033 Toggle flow control handling.
11034 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11035 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11036
11037 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11038
11039 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11040 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11041 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11042 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11043 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11044 to get the effect of a C-q.
11045
11046 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11047
11048 ;;;***
11049 \f
11050 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11051 ;;;;;; (18468 40889))
11052 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11053
11054 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11055 Not documented
11056
11057 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11058
11059 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11060 Not documented
11061
11062 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11063
11064 ;;;***
11065 \f
11066 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11067 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (18567 50848))
11068 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11069
11070 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11071 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11072 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11073 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11074
11075 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11076
11077 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11078 Turn flymake mode on.
11079
11080 \(fn)" nil nil)
11081
11082 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11083 Turn flymake mode off.
11084
11085 \(fn)" nil nil)
11086
11087 ;;;***
11088 \f
11089 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11090 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11091 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (18516 15191))
11092 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11093
11094 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11095 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11096
11097 \(fn)" t nil)
11098 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11099
11100 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11101 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11102 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11103 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11104 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11105 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
11106 otherwise turn it off.
11107
11108 Bindings:
11109 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11110 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11111 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11112 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11113
11114 Hooks:
11115 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11116
11117 Remark:
11118 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11119 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11120 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11121
11122 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11123 consider adding:
11124 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11125 in your .emacs file.
11126
11127 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11128 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11129
11130 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11131
11132 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11133 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11134
11135 \(fn)" nil nil)
11136
11137 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11138 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11139
11140 \(fn)" nil nil)
11141
11142 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11143 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11144
11145 \(fn)" nil nil)
11146
11147 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11148 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11149
11150 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11151
11152 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11153 Flyspell whole buffer.
11154
11155 \(fn)" t nil)
11156
11157 ;;;***
11158 \f
11159 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11160 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11161 ;;;;;; (18468 40886))
11162 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11163
11164 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11165 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11166
11167 \(fn)" nil nil)
11168
11169 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11170 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11171
11172 \(fn)" nil nil)
11173
11174 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11175 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11176
11177 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11178 of two major techniques:
11179
11180 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11181 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11182 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11183
11184 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11185 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11186 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11187 movement commands.
11188
11189 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11190 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11191 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11192 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11193 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11194 mileage may vary).
11195
11196 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11197 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11198
11199 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11200
11201 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11202 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11203 \(This is the default.)
11204
11205 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11206
11207 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11208 \\{follow-mode-map}
11209
11210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11211
11212 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11213 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11214
11215 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11216 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11217 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11218 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11219 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11220 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11221
11222 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11223 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11224 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11225
11226 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11227 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11228 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11229
11230 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11231
11232 ;;;***
11233 \f
11234 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (18468
11235 ;;;;;; 40890))
11236 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11237
11238 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11239 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11240 \\<message-mode-map>
11241 key binding
11242 --- -------
11243
11244 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11245 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11246 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11247 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11248 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11249 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11250
11251 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11252
11253 ;;;***
11254 \f
11255 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11256 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (18468 40886))
11257 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11258
11259 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11260 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11261
11262 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11263 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11264 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11265 C-c < forms-first-record <
11266 C-c > forms-last-record >
11267 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11268 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11269 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11270 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11271 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11272 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11273 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11274 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11275 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11276 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11277
11278 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11279
11280 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11281 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11282
11283 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11284
11285 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11286 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11287
11288 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11289
11290 ;;;***
11291 \f
11292 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11293 ;;;;;; (18516 15191))
11294 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11295
11296 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11297 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11298 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11299
11300 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11301 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11302
11303 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11304
11305 Key definitions:
11306 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11307
11308 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11309
11310 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11311 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11312 `fortran-do-indent'
11313 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11314 `fortran-if-indent'
11315 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11316 `fortran-structure-indent'
11317 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11318 (default 3)
11319 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11320 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11321 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11322 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11323 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11324 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11325 nil don't change the indentation
11326 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11327 value of either
11328 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11329 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11330 depending on the continuation format in use.
11331 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11332 indentation for a line of code.
11333 (default 'fixed)
11334 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11335 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11336 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11337 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11338 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11339 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11340 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11341 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11342 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11343 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11344 column 5.
11345 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11346 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11347 statements (default nil).
11348 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11349 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11350 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11351 `fortran-continuation-string'
11352 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11353 line (default \"$\").
11354 `fortran-comment-region'
11355 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11356 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11357 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11358 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11359 as typed (default t).
11360 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11361 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11362
11363 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11364 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11365
11366 \(fn)" t nil)
11367
11368 ;;;***
11369 \f
11370 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11371 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (18468 40892))
11372 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11373
11374 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11375 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11376
11377 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11378 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11379
11380 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11381
11382 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11383 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11384
11385 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11386 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11387
11388 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11389
11390 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11391 Compile fortune file.
11392
11393 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11394 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11395
11396 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11397
11398 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11399 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11400
11401 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11402 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11403 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11404 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11405
11406 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11407
11408 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11409 Display a fortune cookie.
11410
11411 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11412 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11413 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11414 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11415
11416 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11417
11418 ;;;***
11419 \f
11420 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdb) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11421 ;;;;;; (18559 51596))
11422 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11423
11424 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-ui" "\
11425 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11426 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
11427 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
11428
11429 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11430 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11431 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11432 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11433
11434 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11435 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11436 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11437 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11438 some of the buffers.
11439
11440 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11441
11442 The following commands help control operation :
11443
11444 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11445 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11446
11447 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11448 detailed description of this mode.
11449
11450 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11451 | GDB Toolbar |
11452 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11453 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11454 |-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11455 | | |
11456 | Source buffer | I/O buffer for debugged program |
11457 | | |
11458 |-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11459 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints/threads buffer |
11460 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11461
11462 The option \"--annotate=3\" must be included in this value. To
11463 run GDB in text command mode, use `gud-gdb'. You need to use
11464 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
11465 session.
11466
11467 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11468
11469 (defalias 'gdba 'gdb)
11470
11471 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11472 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11473
11474 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-ui" t)
11475
11476 ;;;***
11477 \f
11478 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11479 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (18468
11480 ;;;;;; 40888))
11481 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11482
11483 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11484 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11485 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11486 instead (which see).")
11487
11488 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11489 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11490
11491 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11492 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11493 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11494 documentation string instead.
11495
11496 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11497 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11498 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11499 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11500 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11501 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11502 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11503 enders are actually possible.
11504
11505 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11506 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11507
11508 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11509 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11510 `font-lock-keywords'.
11511
11512 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11513 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11514 runs the macro expansion.
11515
11516 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11517 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11518 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11519
11520 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11521
11522 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11523
11524 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11525 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11526
11527 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11528
11529 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11530 Enter generic mode MODE.
11531
11532 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11533 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11534 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11535
11536 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11537 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11538
11539 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11540
11541 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11542 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11543 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11544 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11545 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11546 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11547 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11548 `font-lock-keywords'.
11549
11550 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11551
11552 ;;;***
11553 \f
11554 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11555 ;;;;;; (18468 40892))
11556 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11557
11558 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11559 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11560 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11561 at places they belong to.
11562
11563 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11564
11565 ;;;***
11566 \f
11567 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11568 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11569 ;;;;;; (18468 40889))
11570 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11571
11572 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11573 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11574 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11575
11576 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11577
11578 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11579 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11580
11581 Guideline for numbers:
11582 1 - error messages
11583 3 - non-serious error messages
11584 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11585 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11586 9 - messages inside loops.
11587
11588 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11589
11590 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11591 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11592 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11593
11594 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11595
11596 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11597 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11598
11599 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11600
11601 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11602 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11603
11604 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11605 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11606 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11607 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11608 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11609 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11610
11611 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11612 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11613 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11614 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11615 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11616
11617 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11618
11619 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11620
11621 ;;;***
11622 \f
11623 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11624 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (18550 15778))
11625 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11626 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11627 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11628
11629 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11630 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11631
11632 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11633
11634 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11635 Read network news.
11636 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11637 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11638 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11639 name of an NNTP server to use.
11640 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11641 server.
11642
11643 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11644
11645 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11646 Read news as a slave.
11647
11648 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11649
11650 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11651 Pop up a frame to read news.
11652 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11653 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11654 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11655 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11656 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11657 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11658 current display is used.
11659
11660 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11661
11662 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11663 Read network news.
11664 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11665 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11666 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11667
11668 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11669
11670 ;;;***
11671 \f
11672 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11673 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11674 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11675 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11676 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11677 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (18516 15189))
11678 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11679
11680 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11681 Start Gnus unplugged.
11682
11683 \(fn)" t nil)
11684
11685 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11686 Start Gnus plugged.
11687
11688 \(fn)" t nil)
11689
11690 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11691 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11692
11693 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11694
11695 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11696 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11697
11698 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11699 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11700 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11701
11702 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11703 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11704 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11705
11706 \(fn)" t nil)
11707
11708 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11709 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11710
11711 \(fn)" nil nil)
11712
11713 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11714 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11715 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11716 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11717 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11718 supported.
11719
11720 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11721
11722 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11723 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11724 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11725 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11726 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11727 supported.
11728
11729 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11730
11731 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11732 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11733
11734 \(fn)" nil nil)
11735
11736 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11737 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11738 downloaded into the agent.
11739
11740 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11741
11742 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11743 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11744 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11745 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11746
11747 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11748
11749 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11750 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11751
11752 \(fn)" t nil)
11753
11754 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11755 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11756
11757 \(fn)" t nil)
11758
11759 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11760 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11761 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11762
11763 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11764
11765 ;;;***
11766 \f
11767 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11768 ;;;;;; (18573 48347))
11769 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11770
11771 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11772 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11773
11774 \(fn)" nil nil)
11775
11776 ;;;***
11777 \f
11778 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11779 ;;;;;; (18468 40889))
11780 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11781
11782 (autoload 'gnus-audio-play "gnus-audio" "\
11783 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11784
11785 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11786
11787 ;;;***
11788 \f
11789 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11790 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (18468 40889))
11791 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11792
11793 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11794 Set a bookmark for this article.
11795
11796 \(fn)" t nil)
11797
11798 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11799 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11800
11801 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11802
11803 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11804 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11805 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11806 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11807 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11808
11809 \(fn)" t nil)
11810
11811 ;;;***
11812 \f
11813 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11814 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11815 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (18516
11816 ;;;;;; 15189))
11817 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11818
11819 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11820 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11821
11822 Usage:
11823 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11824
11825 \(fn)" t nil)
11826
11827 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11828 Generate the cache active file.
11829
11830 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11831
11832 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11833 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11834
11835 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11836
11837 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11838 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11839 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11840 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11841 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11842 supported.
11843
11844 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11845
11846 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11847 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11848 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11849 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11850 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11851 supported.
11852
11853 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11854
11855 ;;;***
11856 \f
11857 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11858 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (18468 40889))
11859 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11860
11861 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11862 Delay this article by some time.
11863 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11864
11865 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11866 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11867
11868 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11869 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11870
11871 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11872 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11873
11874 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11875
11876 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11877 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11878
11879 \(fn)" t nil)
11880
11881 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11882 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11883 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11884 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11885
11886 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11887 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11888
11889 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11890
11891 ;;;***
11892 \f
11893 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11894 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (18468 40889))
11895 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11896
11897 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11898 Not documented
11899
11900 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11901
11902 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11903 Not documented
11904
11905 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11906
11907 ;;;***
11908 \f
11909 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11910 ;;;;;; (18468 40889))
11911 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11912
11913 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11914 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11915
11916 \(fn)" t nil)
11917
11918 ;;;***
11919 \f
11920 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11921 ;;;;;; (18508 22729))
11922 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11923
11924 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11925 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11926
11927 \(fn)" t nil)
11928
11929 ;;;***
11930 \f
11931 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11932 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11933 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (18468
11934 ;;;;;; 40889))
11935 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11936
11937 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11938 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11939
11940 \(fn)" t nil)
11941
11942 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11943 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11944
11945 \(fn)" t nil)
11946
11947 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11948 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11949
11950 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11951 different input formats.
11952
11953 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11954
11955 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11956 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11957
11958 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11959 different input formats.
11960
11961 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11962
11963 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11964 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11965 The PNG is returned as a string.
11966
11967 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11968
11969 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
11970 Convert FILE to a Face.
11971 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11972 726 bytes.
11973
11974 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11975
11976 ;;;***
11977 \f
11978 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11979 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (18516 15189))
11980 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11981
11982 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
11983 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11984 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11985 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11986
11987 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11988
11989 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
11990 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11991
11992 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11993
11994 ;;;***
11995 \f
11996 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11997 ;;;;;; (18468 40889))
11998 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11999
12000 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12001
12002 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12003 Run batched scoring.
12004 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12005
12006 \(fn)" t nil)
12007
12008 ;;;***
12009 \f
12010 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12011 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12012 ;;;;;; (18468 40889))
12013 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12014
12015 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12016 Not documented
12017
12018 \(fn)" nil nil)
12019
12020 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12021 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12022 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12023
12024 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12025
12026 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12027 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12028
12029 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12030
12031 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12032
12033 ;;;***
12034 \f
12035 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12036 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12037 ;;;;;; (18468 40889))
12038 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12039
12040 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12041 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12042 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12043 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12044 group parameters.
12045
12046 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12047 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12048 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12049 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12050
12051 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12052 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12053 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12054 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12055 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12056 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12057 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12058 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12059 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12060 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12061
12062 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12063
12064 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12065 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12066 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12067 nil CATCH-ALL).
12068
12069 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12070 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12071
12072 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12073
12074 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12075 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12076 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12077
12078 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12079
12080 \(fn)" nil nil)
12081
12082 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12083 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12084 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12085
12086 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12087
12088 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12089 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12090 existing groups are considered.
12091
12092 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12093 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12094 returned.
12095
12096 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12097 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12098 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12099 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12100 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12101 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12102 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12103 clauses will be generated.
12104
12105 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12106 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12107 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12108 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12109 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12110 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12111
12112 For example, given the following group parameters:
12113
12114 nnml:mail.bar:
12115 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12116 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12117 nnml:mail.foo:
12118 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12119 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12120 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12121 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12122 nnml:mail.others:
12123 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12124
12125 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12126
12127 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12128 \"mail.bar\")
12129 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12130 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12131 \"mail.others\")
12132
12133 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12134
12135 ;;;***
12136 \f
12137 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12138 ;;;;;; (18468 40889))
12139 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12140
12141 (autoload 'gnus-change-server "gnus-move" "\
12142 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12143 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12144
12145 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12146
12147 ;;;***
12148 \f
12149 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12150 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (18516 15189))
12151 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12152
12153 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12154 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12155 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12156 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12157
12158 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12159
12160 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12161 Mail to ADDRESS.
12162
12163 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12164
12165 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12166 Like `message-reply'.
12167
12168 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12169
12170 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12171
12172 ;;;***
12173 \f
12174 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12175 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (18468 40889))
12176 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12177
12178 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-scan-groups "gnus-nocem" "\
12179 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12180
12181 \(fn)" t nil)
12182
12183 (autoload 'gnus-nocem-load-cache "gnus-nocem" "\
12184 Load the NoCeM cache.
12185
12186 \(fn)" t nil)
12187
12188 ;;;***
12189 \f
12190 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12191 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12192 ;;;;;; (18516 15189))
12193 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12194
12195 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12196 Display picons in the From header.
12197 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12198
12199 \(fn)" t nil)
12200
12201 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12202 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12203 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12204
12205 \(fn)" t nil)
12206
12207 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12208 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12209 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12210
12211 \(fn)" t nil)
12212
12213 ;;;***
12214 \f
12215 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12216 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12217 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12218 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12219 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (18468 40889))
12220 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12221
12222 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12223 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12224 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12225 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12226
12227 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12228
12229 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12230 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12231 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12232 LIST1 is modified.
12233
12234 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12235
12236 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12237 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12238 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12239
12240 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12241
12242 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12243 Not documented
12244
12245 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12246
12247 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12248 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12249 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12250
12251 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12252
12253 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12254 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12255 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12256
12257 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12258
12259 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12260
12261 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12262 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12263 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12264
12265 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12266
12267 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12268 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12269 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12270
12271 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12272
12273 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12274 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12275 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12276
12277 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12278
12279 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12280 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12281
12282 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12283
12284 ;;;***
12285 \f
12286 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12287 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (18577 57514))
12288 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12289
12290 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12291 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12292
12293 \(fn)" t nil)
12294
12295 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12296 Install the registry hooks.
12297
12298 \(fn)" t nil)
12299
12300 ;;;***
12301 \f
12302 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12303 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (18468
12304 ;;;;;; 40889))
12305 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12306
12307 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12308 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12309 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12310 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12311 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12312 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12313
12314 \(fn)" t nil)
12315
12316 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12317 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12318 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12319 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12320 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12321
12322 \(fn)" t nil)
12323
12324 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12325 Not documented
12326
12327 \(fn)" t nil)
12328
12329 ;;;***
12330 \f
12331 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12332 ;;;;;; (18468 40889))
12333 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12334
12335 (autoload 'gnus-batch-brew-soup "gnus-soup" "\
12336 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12337 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12338 for matching on group names.
12339
12340 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12341 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12342
12343 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12344
12345 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12346
12347 \(fn)" t nil)
12348
12349 ;;;***
12350 \f
12351 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12352 ;;;;;; (18468 40889))
12353 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12354
12355 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12356 Update the format specification near point.
12357
12358 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12359
12360 ;;;***
12361 \f
12362 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12363 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (18577
12364 ;;;;;; 57514))
12365 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12366
12367 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12368 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12369
12370 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12371
12372 (autoload 'gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news "gnus-start" "\
12373 Not documented
12374
12375 \(fn)" nil nil)
12376
12377 ;;;***
12378 \f
12379 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12380 ;;;;;; (18468 40889))
12381 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12382
12383 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12384 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12385
12386 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12387
12388 ;;;***
12389 \f
12390 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (18468 40892))
12391 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12392
12393 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12394 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12395
12396 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12397 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12398 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12399
12400 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12401 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12402 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12403
12404 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12405 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12406
12407 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12408 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12409
12410 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12411
12412 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12413
12414 ;;;***
12415 \f
12416 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
12417 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (18468
12418 ;;;;;; 40890))
12419 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12420
12421 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12422
12423 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12424 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12425 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12426 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12427 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12428
12429 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12430
12431 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12432 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12433 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12434 or to send e-mail.
12435 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12436 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12437
12438 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12439 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12440
12441 \(fn)" t nil)
12442 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12443
12444 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12445 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12446
12447 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12448
12449 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12450 Turn on `goto-address-mode', but only in comments and strings.
12451
12452 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12453
12454 ;;;***
12455 \f
12456 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12457 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12458 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (18553 5595))
12459 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12460
12461 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12462 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12463
12464 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12465
12466 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12467 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12468 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12469 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12470 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12471
12472 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12473 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12474
12475 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" t)
12476
12477 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12478 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12479 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12480 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12481
12482 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" t)
12483
12484 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12485 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12486
12487 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12488
12489 (defvar grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12490 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12491
12492 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12493 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12494 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12495
12496 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12497 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12498 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12499
12500 (defvar xargs-program "xargs" "\
12501 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12502 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12503 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12504
12505 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12506 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12507 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
12508 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12509 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12510
12511 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12512
12513 (defvar grep-history nil)
12514
12515 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12516
12517 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12518 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12519 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12520
12521 \(fn)" nil nil)
12522
12523 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12524 Not documented
12525
12526 \(fn)" nil nil)
12527
12528 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12529 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12530
12531 \(fn)" nil nil)
12532
12533 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12534 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12535 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12536 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
12537 found matches.
12538
12539 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12540 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12541
12542 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12543 can easily repeat a grep command.
12544
12545 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12546 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12547 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12548 list is empty).
12549
12550 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12551
12552 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12553 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12554 Collect output in a buffer.
12555 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12556 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12557
12558 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12559 easily repeat a find command.
12560
12561 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12562
12563 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12564
12565 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12566 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12567 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12568 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12569 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12570
12571 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12572 before it is executed.
12573 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12574
12575 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12576 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12577 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12578
12579 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12580
12581 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12582
12583 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12584 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12585 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12586 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12587 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12588
12589 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12590 before it is executed.
12591 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12592
12593 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12594 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12595 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12596
12597 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12598
12599 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12600
12601 ;;;***
12602 \f
12603 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (18533 1974))
12604 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12605
12606 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12607 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12608 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12609 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12610 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12611
12612 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12613
12614 ;;;***
12615 \f
12616 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb)
12617 ;;;;;; "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (18550 15780))
12618 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12619
12620 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12621 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12622 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12623 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12624
12625 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12626
12627 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12628 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12629 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12630 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12631
12632 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12633
12634 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12635 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12636 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12637 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12638
12639 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12640
12641 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12642 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12643 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12644 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12645
12646 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12647 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12648
12649 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12650
12651 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12652 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12653 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12654 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12655
12656 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12657
12658 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12659 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12660 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12661 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12662
12663 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12664
12665 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12666 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12667 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12668 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12669 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12670
12671 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12672 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12673 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12674 original source file access method.
12675
12676 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12677 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12678
12679 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12680 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12681
12682 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/\\.[a-z0-9-]*gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode))
12683
12684 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12685 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12686
12687 \(fn)" t nil)
12688
12689 ;;;***
12690 \f
12691 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (18468
12692 ;;;;;; 40892))
12693 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12694
12695 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12696 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12697 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12698 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12699
12700 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12701 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12702 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12703 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12704
12705 \(fn)" t nil)
12706
12707 ;;;***
12708 \f
12709 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12710 ;;;;;; (18433 5711))
12711 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12712
12713 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12714 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12715
12716 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12717
12718 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12719 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12720 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12721 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12722
12723 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12724
12725 \(fn)" t nil)
12726
12727 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12728 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12729 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12730 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12731 to be updated.
12732
12733 \(fn)" t nil)
12734
12735 ;;;***
12736 \f
12737 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12738 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12739 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (18530 36603))
12740 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12741
12742 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12743 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12744
12745 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12746
12747 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12748 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12749 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12750
12751 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12752
12753 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12754 Verify a hashcash payment
12755
12756 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12757
12758 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12759 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12760 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12761 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12762 `mail-add-payment-async').
12763
12764 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12765
12766 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12767 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12768 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12769 Calculation is asynchronous.
12770
12771 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12772
12773 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12774 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12775 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12776
12777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12778
12779 ;;;***
12780 \f
12781 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12782 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12783 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12784 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (18468 40886))
12785 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12786
12787 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
12788 Return the help-echo string at point.
12789 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12790 property, or nil, is returned.
12791 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12792 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12793 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12794
12795 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12796
12797 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
12798 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12799 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12800 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12801 this produces no string either, return nil.
12802
12803 \(fn)" nil nil)
12804
12805 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
12806 Display local help in the echo area.
12807 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12808 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12809 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12810 printed instead.
12811
12812 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12813 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12814 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12815
12816 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12817
12818 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12819 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12820 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12821
12822 \(fn)" t nil)
12823
12824 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12825 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12826 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12827
12828 \(fn)" t nil)
12829
12830 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
12831 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
12832 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12833 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12834 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12835 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12836 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12837 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12838 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12839 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12840 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12841
12842 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12843 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12844 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12845 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12846 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12847
12848 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12849 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12850 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12851 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12852 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12853 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12854 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12855 The default is `never'.")
12856
12857 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
12858
12859 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
12860 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12861 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12862 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12863 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12864 considered different regions.
12865
12866 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12867 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12868 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12869 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12870 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12871 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12872 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12873 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12874 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12875
12876 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12877
12878 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
12879 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12880 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12881 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12882 different regions.
12883
12884 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12885 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12886 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12887 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12888 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12889 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12890 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12891 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12892
12893 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12894 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12895 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12896 rarely happens in practice.
12897
12898 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12899
12900 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
12901 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12902 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12903 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12904 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12905 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
12906
12907 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12908
12909 ;;;***
12910 \f
12911 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12912 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
12913 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
12914 ;;;;;; (18573 55366))
12915 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12916
12917 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
12918 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12919
12920 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12921
12922 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
12923 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12924 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12925
12926 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12927
12928 (autoload 'describe-simplify-lib-file-name "help-fns" "\
12929 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
12930
12931 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12932
12933 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
12934 Not documented
12935
12936 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12937
12938 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
12939 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12940 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12941 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12942
12943 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12944
12945 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
12946 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12947 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12948 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12949 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12950 it is displayed along with the global value.
12951
12952 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
12953
12954 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
12955 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12956 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12957 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12958
12959 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12960
12961 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
12962 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12963 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12964 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12965 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12966
12967 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12968
12969 ;;;***
12970 \f
12971 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12972 ;;;;;; (18468 40886))
12973 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12974
12975 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12976 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12977 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
12978 and window listing and describing the options.
12979 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
12980 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
12981
12982 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
12983
12984 ;;;***
12985 \f
12986 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12987 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
12988 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (18468
12989 ;;;;;; 40886))
12990 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12991
12992 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
12993 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12994 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12995 Commands:
12996 \\{help-mode-map}
12997
12998 \(fn)" t nil)
12999
13000 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13001 Not documented
13002
13003 \(fn)" nil nil)
13004
13005 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13006 Not documented
13007
13008 \(fn)" nil nil)
13009
13010 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13011 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13012
13013 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13014 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13015 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13016 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13017
13018 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13019 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13020 restore it properly when going back.
13021
13022 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13023
13024 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13025 Not documented
13026
13027 \(fn)" nil nil)
13028
13029 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13030 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13031
13032 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13033 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13034 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13035 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13036 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13037 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13038 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13039 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13040
13041 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13042 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13043 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13044 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13045
13046 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13047 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13048 that.
13049
13050 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13051
13052 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13053 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13054 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13055 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13056 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13057 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13058
13059 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13060
13061 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13062 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13063 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13064 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13065 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13066
13067 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13068
13069 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13070 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13071
13072 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13073
13074 ;;;***
13075 \f
13076 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13077 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (18468 40888))
13078 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13079
13080 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13081 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13082
13083 \(fn)" t nil)
13084
13085 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13086 Provide help for current mode.
13087
13088 \(fn)" t nil)
13089
13090 ;;;***
13091 \f
13092 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13093 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (18468 40886))
13094 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13095
13096 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13097 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13098 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13099 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13100 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13101
13102 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13103 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13104
13105 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13106 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13107 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13108 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13109
13110 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13111 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13112 periods.
13113
13114 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13115 in hexl format.
13116
13117 A sample format:
13118
13119 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13120 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13121 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13122 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13123 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13124 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13125 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13126 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13127 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13128 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13129 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13130 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13131 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13132 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13133 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13134
13135 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13136 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13137 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13138
13139 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13140 also supported.
13141
13142 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13143
13144 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13145 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13146 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13147
13148 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13149 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13150 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13151
13152 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13153 into the buffer at the current point.
13154
13155 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13156 into the buffer at the current point.
13157
13158 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13159 into the buffer at the current point.
13160
13161 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13162
13163 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13164 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13165
13166 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13167
13168 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13169
13170 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13171
13172 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13173 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13174 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13175 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13176
13177 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13178
13179 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13180 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13181 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13182
13183 \(fn)" t nil)
13184
13185 ;;;***
13186 \f
13187 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13188 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13189 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13190 ;;;;;; (18537 14844))
13191 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13192
13193 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13194 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13195
13196 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13197 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13198 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13199 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13200 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13201 called interactively, are:
13202
13203 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13204 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13205
13206 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13207 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13208 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13209 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13210
13211 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13212 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13213
13214 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13215 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13216
13217 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13218 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13219 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13220 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13221 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13222 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13223 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13224 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13225 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13226 function returns t.
13227
13228 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13229 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13230
13231 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13232 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13233 form:
13234 Hi-lock: FOO
13235 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13236 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13237 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13238 Patterns will be read until
13239 Hi-lock: end
13240 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13241
13242 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13243
13244 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13245 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13246 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13247 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13248 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13249 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13250
13251 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13252
13253 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13254 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
13255 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13256 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13257 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13258
13259 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13260
13261 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13262
13263 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13264 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13265
13266 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13267 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13268 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13269 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13270 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13271
13272 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13273
13274 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13275
13276 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13277 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13278
13279 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13280 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13281 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13282 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13283 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13284
13285 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13286
13287 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13288
13289 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13290 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13291
13292 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13293 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13294
13295 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13296
13297 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13298
13299 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13300 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13301
13302 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13303 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13304 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13305 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13306 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13307
13308 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13309
13310 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13311 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13312
13313 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13314 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13315 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13316
13317 \(fn)" t nil)
13318
13319 ;;;***
13320 \f
13321 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
13322 ;;;;;; (18468 40892))
13323 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13324
13325 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13326 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13327 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13328 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13329 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13330 how the hiding is done:
13331
13332 `hide-ifdef-env'
13333 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13334 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13335 is used.
13336
13337 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13338 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13339 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13340 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13341 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13342
13343 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13344 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13345 #endif lines when hiding.
13346
13347 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13348 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13349 is activated.
13350
13351 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13352 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13353 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13354
13355 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13356
13357 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13358
13359 ;;;***
13360 \f
13361 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13362 ;;;;;; (18468 40892))
13363 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13364
13365 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning)) "\
13366 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13367 Each element has the form
13368 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13369
13370 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13371 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13372
13373 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13374 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13375
13376 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13377 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13378 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13379 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13380 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13381 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13382
13383 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13384 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13385
13386 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13387 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13388
13389 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13390 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13391 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13392
13393 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13394 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13395 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13396 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13397 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13398
13399 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13400 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13401 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13402
13403 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13404 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13405
13406 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13407
13408 Key bindings:
13409 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13410
13411 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13412
13413 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13414 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13415
13416 \(fn)" nil nil)
13417
13418 ;;;***
13419 \f
13420 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
13421 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13422 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13423 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
13424 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (18468
13425 ;;;;;; 40886))
13426 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13427
13428 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13429 Toggle Highlight Changes mode.
13430
13431 With ARG, turn Highlight Changes mode on if and only if arg is positive.
13432
13433 In Highlight Changes mode changes are recorded with a text property.
13434 Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but command
13435 \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles this
13436 on and off.
13437
13438 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13439 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13440 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13441 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13442 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13443 through various faces.
13444 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13445 buffer with the contents of a file
13446 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13447
13448 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13449
13450 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13451 Toggle visiblility of changes when buffer is in Highlight Changes mode.
13452
13453 This mode only has an effect when Highlight Changes mode is on.
13454 It allows toggling between whether or not the changed text is displayed
13455 in a distinctive face.
13456
13457 The default value can be customized with variable
13458 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'
13459
13460 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13461
13462 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13463
13464 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13465 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13466 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13467
13468 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13469
13470 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13471 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13472
13473 \(fn)" t nil)
13474
13475 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13476 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13477
13478 \(fn)" t nil)
13479
13480 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13481 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13482
13483 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13484 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13485 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13486 shown in the last face in the list.
13487
13488 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13489 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13490 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13491
13492 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13493
13494 \(fn)" t nil)
13495
13496 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13497 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13498
13499 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13500
13501 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13502 to save the file.
13503
13504 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13505 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13506
13507 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13508 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13509 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13510
13511 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13512
13513 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13514 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13515
13516 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13517 this function is called interactively.
13518
13519 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13520 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13521 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13522
13523 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13524 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13525 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13526
13527 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13528
13529 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13530 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13531 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13532 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13533 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13534 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13535
13536 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13537
13538 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13539 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in every possible buffer.
13540 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Highlight-Changes mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13541 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13542 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13543
13544 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13545
13546 ;;;***
13547 \f
13548 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13549 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13550 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13551 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13552 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (18577 57510))
13553 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13554
13555 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13556 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13557 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13558 or insert functions in this list.")
13559
13560 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13561
13562 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13563 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13564
13565 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
13566
13567 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13568 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13569
13570 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
13571
13572 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13573 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13574
13575 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
13576
13577 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13578 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13579
13580 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
13581
13582 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13583 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13584 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13585
13586 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13587
13588 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers '("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode) "\
13589 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13590 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13591 \(as atoms)")
13592
13593 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13594
13595 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13596 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13597 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13598 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13599 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13600
13601 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13602
13603 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13604 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13605 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13606 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13607 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13608 expansions.
13609 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13610 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13611 undoes the expansion.
13612
13613 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13614
13615 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13616 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13617 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13618 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13619
13620 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13621
13622 ;;;***
13623 \f
13624 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13625 ;;;;;; (18533 1974))
13626 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13627
13628 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13629 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13630 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13631
13632 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13633 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13634 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13635 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13636 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13637
13638 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13639 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13640 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13641 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13642
13643 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13644
13645 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13646 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13647 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13648 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13649 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13650 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13651
13652 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13653
13654 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13655 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13656 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13657
13658 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13659 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13660
13661 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13662
13663 ;;;***
13664 \f
13665 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays calendar-holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13666 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13667 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13668 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13669 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (18533 1974))
13670 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13671
13672 (defvar holiday-general-holidays '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving")) "\
13673 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13674 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13675
13676 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13677
13678 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13679
13680 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13681
13682 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice)))) "\
13683 Oriental holidays.
13684 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13685
13686 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13687
13688 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13689
13690 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13691
13692 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13693 Local holidays.
13694 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13695
13696 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13697
13698 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13699
13700 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13701
13702 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13703 User defined holidays.
13704 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13705
13706 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13707
13708 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13709
13710 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13711
13712 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)"))) "\
13713 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13714
13715 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13716
13717 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat"))) "\
13718 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13719
13720 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
13721
13722 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah"))) "\
13723 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13724
13725 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
13726
13727 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av))) "\
13728 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13729
13730 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
13731
13732 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc)))) "\
13733 Jewish holidays.
13734 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13735
13736 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
13737
13738 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13739
13740 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
13741
13742 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")))) "\
13743 Christian holidays.
13744 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13745
13746 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
13747
13748 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13749
13750 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
13751
13752 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
13753 Islamic holidays.
13754 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13755
13756 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
13757
13758 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13759
13760 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
13761
13762 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
13763 Baha'i holidays.
13764 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13765
13766 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
13767
13768 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13769
13770 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
13771
13772 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name)))) "\
13773 Sun-related holidays.
13774 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13775
13776 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
13777
13778 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13779
13780 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
13781
13782 (defvar calendar-holidays (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-christian-holidays holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-solar-holidays) "\
13783 List of notable days for the command \\[holidays].
13784
13785 Additional holidays are easy to add to the list, just put them in the
13786 list `holiday-other-holidays' in your .emacs file. Similarly, by setting
13787 any of `holiday-general-holidays', `holiday-local-holidays',
13788 `holiday-christian-holidays', `holiday-hebrew-holidays',
13789 `holiday-islamic-holidays', `holiday-bahai-holidays',
13790 `holiday-oriental-holidays', or `holiday-solar-holidays' to nil in your
13791 .emacs file, you can eliminate unwanted categories of holidays.
13792
13793 The aforementioned variables control the holiday choices offered
13794 by the function `holiday-list' when it is called interactively.
13795
13796 They also initialize the default value of `calendar-holidays',
13797 which is the default list of holidays used by the function
13798 `holiday-list' in the non-interactive case. Note that these
13799 variables have no effect on `calendar-holidays' after it has been
13800 set (e.g. after the calendar is loaded). In that case, customize
13801 `calendar-holidays' directly.
13802
13803 The intention is that (in the US) `holiday-local-holidays' be set in
13804 site-init.el and `holiday-other-holidays' be set by the user.
13805
13806 Entries on the list are expressions that return (possibly empty) lists of
13807 items of the form ((month day year) string) of a holiday in the
13808 three-month period centered around `displayed-month' of `displayed-year'.
13809 Several basic functions are provided for this purpose:
13810
13811 (holiday-fixed MONTH DAY STRING) is a fixed date on the Gregorian calendar
13812 (holiday-float MONTH DAYNAME K STRING &optional day) is the Kth DAYNAME in
13813 MONTH on the Gregorian calendar (0 for Sunday,
13814 etc.); K<0 means count back from the end of the
13815 month. An optional parameter DAY means the Kth
13816 DAYNAME after/before MONTH DAY.
13817 (holiday-hebrew MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Hebrew calendar
13818 (holiday-islamic MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Islamic calendar
13819 (holiday-bahai MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Baha'i calendar
13820 (holiday-julian MONTH DAY STRING) a fixed date on the Julian calendar
13821 (holiday-sexp SEXP STRING) SEXP is a Gregorian-date-valued expression
13822 in the variable `year'; if it evaluates to
13823 a visible date, that's the holiday; if it
13824 evaluates to nil, there's no holiday. STRING
13825 is an expression in the variable `date'.
13826
13827 For example, to add Bastille Day, celebrated in France on July 14, add
13828
13829 (holiday-fixed 7 14 \"Bastille Day\")
13830
13831 to the list. To add Hurricane Supplication Day, celebrated in the Virgin
13832 Islands on the fourth Monday in August, add
13833
13834 (holiday-float 8 1 4 \"Hurricane Supplication Day\")
13835
13836 to the list (the last Monday would be specified with `-1' instead of `4').
13837 To add the last day of Hanukkah to the list, use
13838
13839 (holiday-hebrew 10 2 \"Last day of Hanukkah\")
13840
13841 since the Hebrew months are numbered with 1 starting from Nisan.
13842 To add the Islamic feast celebrating Mohammed's birthday, use
13843
13844 (holiday-islamic 3 12 \"Mohammed's Birthday\")
13845
13846 since the Islamic months are numbered from 1 starting with Muharram.
13847 To add an entry for the Baha'i festival of Ridvan, use
13848
13849 (holiday-bahai 2 13 \"Festival of Ridvan\")
13850
13851 since the Baha'i months are numbered from 1 starting with Baha.
13852 To add Thomas Jefferson's birthday, April 2, 1743 (Julian), use
13853
13854 (holiday-julian 4 2 \"Jefferson's Birthday\")
13855
13856 To include a holiday conditionally, use the sexp form or a conditional. For
13857 example, to include American presidential elections, which occur on the first
13858 Tuesday after the first Monday in November of years divisible by 4, add
13859
13860 (holiday-sexp
13861 '(if (zerop (% year 4))
13862 (calendar-gregorian-from-absolute
13863 (1+ (calendar-dayname-on-or-before
13864 1 (+ 6 (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian
13865 (list 11 1 year)))))))
13866 \"US Presidential Election\")
13867
13868 or
13869
13870 (if (zerop (% displayed-year 4))
13871 (holiday-fixed 11
13872 (calendar-extract-day
13873 (calendar-gregorian-from-absolute
13874 (1+ (calendar-dayname-on-or-before
13875 1 (+ 6 (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian
13876 (list 11 1 displayed-year)))))))
13877 \"US Presidential Election\"))
13878
13879 to the list. To include the phases of the moon, add
13880
13881 (lunar-phases)
13882
13883 to the holiday list, where `lunar-phases' is an Emacs-Lisp function that
13884 you've written to return a (possibly empty) list of the relevant VISIBLE dates
13885 with descriptive strings such as
13886
13887 (((2 6 1989) \"New Moon\") ((2 12 1989) \"First Quarter Moon\") ... ).")
13888
13889 (custom-autoload 'calendar-holidays "holidays" t)
13890
13891 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13892
13893 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13894 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13895 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13896 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13897
13898 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13899
13900 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13901 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13902 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13903 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13904 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13905
13906 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13907 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13908
13909 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13910 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13911
13912 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13913 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13914 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13915 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13916 of a holiday list.
13917
13918 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13919
13920 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
13921
13922 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
13923
13924 ;;;***
13925 \f
13926 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (18508
13927 ;;;;;; 22729))
13928 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13929
13930 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
13931 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13932
13933 \(fn)" t nil)
13934
13935 ;;;***
13936 \f
13937 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13938 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13939 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13940 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13941 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13942 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13943 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13944 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13945 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13946 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13947 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13948 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13949 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13950 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13951 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13952 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13953 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13954 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13955 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13956 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13957 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13958 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13959 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (18563 51161))
13960 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13961
13962 (autoload 'ibuffer-auto-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13963 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13964 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13965
13966 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13967
13968 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13969 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13970
13971 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13972
13973 (autoload 'ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
13974 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13975
13976 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13977
13978 (autoload 'ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13979 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13980
13981 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13982
13983 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13984 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13985
13986 \(fn)" t nil)
13987
13988 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13989 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13990
13991 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13992
13993 (autoload 'ibuffer-backward-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
13994 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13995
13996 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13997 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13998 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13999 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
14000 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
14001 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
14002 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
14003 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
14004 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-isearch "ibuf-ext")
14005 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-isearch-regexp "ibuf-ext")
14006 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
14007 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
14008 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
14009 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
14010
14011 (autoload 'ibuffer-included-in-filters-p "ibuf-ext" "\
14012 Not documented
14013
14014 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
14015
14016 (autoload 'ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14017 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
14018
14019 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14020
14021 (autoload 'ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14022 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
14023
14024 \(fn)" t nil)
14025
14026 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14027 Remove the first filter group.
14028
14029 \(fn)" t nil)
14030
14031 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14032 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
14033
14034 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
14035
14036 (autoload 'ibuffer-clear-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14037 Remove all filter groups.
14038
14039 \(fn)" t nil)
14040
14041 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14042 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
14043
14044 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14045
14046 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14047 Kill the filter group named NAME.
14048 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
14049
14050 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14051
14052 (autoload 'ibuffer-kill-line "ibuf-ext" "\
14053 Kill the filter group at point.
14054 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
14055
14056 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
14057
14058 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank "ibuf-ext" "\
14059 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
14060
14061 \(fn)" t nil)
14062
14063 (autoload 'ibuffer-yank-filter-group "ibuf-ext" "\
14064 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
14065
14066 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14067
14068 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14069 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
14070 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
14071 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14072
14073 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
14074
14075 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14076 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
14077 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
14078
14079 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14080
14081 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups "ibuf-ext" "\
14082 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
14083 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups' is used.
14084
14085 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14086
14087 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-disable "ibuf-ext" "\
14088 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
14089
14090 \(fn)" t nil)
14091
14092 (autoload 'ibuffer-pop-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14093 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
14094
14095 \(fn)" t nil)
14096
14097 (autoload 'ibuffer-decompose-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14098 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
14099
14100 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
14101 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
14102 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
14103
14104 \(fn)" t nil)
14105
14106 (autoload 'ibuffer-exchange-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14107 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
14108
14109 \(fn)" t nil)
14110
14111 (autoload 'ibuffer-negate-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14112 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
14113
14114 \(fn)" t nil)
14115
14116 (autoload 'ibuffer-or-filter "ibuf-ext" "\
14117 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
14118 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
14119 filter into parts.
14120
14121 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
14122
14123 (autoload 'ibuffer-save-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14124 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14125 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14126
14127 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
14128
14129 (autoload 'ibuffer-delete-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14130 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14131
14132 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14133
14134 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14135 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
14136
14137 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14138
14139 (autoload 'ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters "ibuf-ext" "\
14140 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14141
14142 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14143 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14144 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14145 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14146 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14147 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
14148 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
14149 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14150 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14151
14152 (autoload 'ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14153 Toggle the current sorting mode.
14154 Default sorting modes are:
14155 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14156 Name - the name of the buffer
14157 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14158 Size - the size of the buffer
14159
14160 \(fn)" t nil)
14161
14162 (autoload 'ibuffer-invert-sorting "ibuf-ext" "\
14163 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14164
14165 \(fn)" t nil)
14166 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14167 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14168 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14169 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14170 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-filename/process "ibuf-ext")
14171
14172 (autoload 'ibuffer-bs-show "ibuf-ext" "\
14173 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14174
14175 \(fn)" t nil)
14176
14177 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide "ibuf-ext" "\
14178 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14179 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14180 for this Ibuffer session.
14181
14182 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14183
14184 (autoload 'ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show "ibuf-ext" "\
14185 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14186 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14187 for this Ibuffer session.
14188
14189 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14190
14191 (autoload 'ibuffer-forward-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
14192 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14193
14194 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14195 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14196
14197 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14198 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14199
14200 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14201
14202 (autoload 'ibuffer-backwards-next-marked "ibuf-ext" "\
14203 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14204
14205 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14206 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14207
14208 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14209
14210 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-kill-lines "ibuf-ext" "\
14211 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14212
14213 \(fn)" t nil)
14214
14215 (autoload 'ibuffer-jump-to-buffer "ibuf-ext" "\
14216 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14217
14218 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14219 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14220 hidden group filter, open it.
14221
14222 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14223 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14224 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14225
14226 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14227
14228 (autoload 'ibuffer-diff-with-file "ibuf-ext" "\
14229 View the differences between marked buffers and their associated files.
14230 If no buffers are marked, use buffer at point.
14231 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14232
14233 \(fn)" t nil)
14234
14235 (autoload 'ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill "ibuf-ext" "\
14236 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14237
14238 The names are separated by a space.
14239 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14240
14241 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14242 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14243 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14244 to `ibuffer-default-directory' if non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14245
14246 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14247
14248 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14249
14250 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14251 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14252
14253 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14254
14255 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14256 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14257
14258 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14259
14260 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp "ibuf-ext" "\
14261 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14262
14263 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14264
14265 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-by-mode "ibuf-ext" "\
14266 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14267
14268 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
14269
14270 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14271 Mark all modified buffers.
14272
14273 \(fn)" t nil)
14274
14275 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14276 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14277
14278 \(fn)" t nil)
14279
14280 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14281 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14282
14283 \(fn)" t nil)
14284
14285 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-help-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14286 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14287
14288 \(fn)" t nil)
14289
14290 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14291 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14292
14293 \(fn)" t nil)
14294
14295 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-old-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14296 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' hours.
14297
14298 \(fn)" t nil)
14299
14300 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-special-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14301 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14302
14303 \(fn)" t nil)
14304
14305 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14306 Mark all read-only buffers.
14307
14308 \(fn)" t nil)
14309
14310 (autoload 'ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers "ibuf-ext" "\
14311 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14312
14313 \(fn)" t nil)
14314
14315 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-occur "ibuf-ext" "\
14316 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14317 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14318 defaults to one.
14319
14320 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14321
14322 ;;;***
14323 \f
14324 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14325 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (18508
14326 ;;;;;; 22727))
14327 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14328
14329 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14330 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14331
14332 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14333 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14334 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14335
14336 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14337 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14338 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14339 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14340 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14341 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14342
14343 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14344 title of the column.
14345
14346 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14347 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14348 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14349 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14350 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14351
14352 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14353
14354 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14355 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14356 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14357 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14358 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14359
14360 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14361 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14362 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14363
14364 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14365
14366 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14367 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14368 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14369 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14370 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14371 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14372
14373 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14374 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14375 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14376 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14377 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14378 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14379 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14380 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14381 values are:
14382 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14383 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14384 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14385 buffer's modification flag.
14386 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14387 prompted before performing this operation.
14388 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14389 operation is complete, in the form:
14390 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14391 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14392 confirmation message, in the form:
14393 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14394 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14395 macro for exactly what it does.
14396
14397 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14398
14399 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14400 Define a filter named NAME.
14401 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14402 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14403 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14404
14405 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14406 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14407 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14408 bound to the current value of the filter.
14409
14410 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14411
14412 ;;;***
14413 \f
14414 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14415 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (18563 28801))
14416 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14417
14418 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14419 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14420 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14421 buffers which are visiting a file.
14422
14423 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14424
14425 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14426 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14427 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14428 buffers which are visiting a file.
14429
14430 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14431
14432 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14433 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14434 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14435
14436 All arguments are optional.
14437 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14438 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14439 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14440 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14441 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14442 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14443 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14444 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14445 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14446 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14447 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14448 that value locally in this buffer.
14449
14450 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14451
14452 ;;;***
14453 \f
14454 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14455 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14456 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (18508 22728))
14457 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14458
14459 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14460 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14461 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14462 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14463
14464 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14465
14466 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14467 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14468 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14469 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14470 ICAL-FILENAME.
14471 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14472 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14473 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14474
14475 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14476
14477 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14478 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14479 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14480 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14481 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14482 non-marking or not.
14483
14484 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14485
14486 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14487 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14488
14489 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14490 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14491 DIARY-FILE.
14492
14493 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14494 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14495 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14496
14497 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14498 non-marking.
14499
14500 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14501 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14502 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14503
14504 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14505
14506 ;;;***
14507 \f
14508 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (18508
14509 ;;;;;; 22727))
14510 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14511
14512 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14513 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14514 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14515 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14516 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14517 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14518
14519 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14520
14521 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14522 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14523 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
14524 otherwise turn it off.
14525
14526 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14527
14528 ;;;***
14529 \f
14530 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (18468 40892))
14531 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14532
14533 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14534 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14535 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14536 Tab indents for Icon code.
14537 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14538 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14539 \\{icon-mode-map}
14540 Variables controlling indentation style:
14541 icon-tab-always-indent
14542 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14543 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14544 icon-auto-newline
14545 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14546 inserted in Icon code.
14547 icon-indent-level
14548 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14549 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14550 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14551 icon-continued-statement-offset
14552 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14553 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14554 icon-continued-brace-offset
14555 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14556 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14557 icon-brace-offset
14558 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14559 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14560 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14561 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14562
14563 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14564 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14565
14566 \(fn)" t nil)
14567
14568 ;;;***
14569 \f
14570 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14571 ;;;;;; (18468 40892))
14572 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14573
14574 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14575 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14576 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14577 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14578
14579 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14580 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14581 separate frames.
14582
14583 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14584 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14585
14586 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14587 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14588 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14589
14590 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14591
14592 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14593
14594 ;;;***
14595 \f
14596 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14597 ;;;;;; (18468 40892))
14598 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14599
14600 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14601 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14602
14603 The main features of this mode are
14604
14605 1. Indentation and Formatting
14606 --------------------------
14607 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14608 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14609
14610 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14611 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14612 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14613 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14614
14615 Comments are indented as follows:
14616
14617 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14618 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14619 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14620
14621 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14622
14623 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14624 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14625 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14626 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14627 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14628 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14629
14630 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14631 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14632 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14633 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14634
14635 2. Routine Info
14636 ------------
14637 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14638 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14639 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14640 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14641 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14642 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14643 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14644 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14645 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14646 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14647
14648 3. Online IDL Help
14649 ---------------
14650
14651 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14652 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14653 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14654 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14655
14656 4. Completion
14657 ----------
14658 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14659 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14660 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14661 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14662 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14663 upper case.
14664
14665 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14666 --------------------------------
14667 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14668 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14669
14670 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14671 \\fu FUNCTION template
14672 \\c CASE statement template
14673 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14674 \\f FOR loop template
14675 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14676 \\w WHILE loop template
14677 \\i IF statement template
14678 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14679 \\b BEGIN
14680
14681 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14682 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14683
14684 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14685 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14686 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14687 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14688
14689 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14690 -------------------------
14691 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14692 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14693
14694 7. Automatic END completion
14695 ------------------------
14696 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14697 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14698
14699 8. Hooks
14700 -----
14701 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14702 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14703
14704 9. Documentation and Customization
14705 -------------------------------
14706 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14707 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14708 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14709 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14710 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14711
14712 10.Keybindings
14713 -----------
14714 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14715 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14716 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14717
14718 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14719
14720 \(fn)" t nil)
14721 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14722
14723 ;;;***
14724 \f
14725 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14726 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14727 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14728 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14729 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14730 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14731 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14732 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (18533
14733 ;;;;;; 1974))
14734 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14735
14736 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14737 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14738 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14739 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14740 displaying...)
14741 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14742 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14743 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14744
14745 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14746 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14747
14748 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14749
14750 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14751 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14752 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14753 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14754 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14755 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14756 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14757 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14758 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14759
14760 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14761
14762 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14763 Switch to another buffer.
14764 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14765 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14766 in another frame.
14767
14768 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14769 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14770 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14771 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14772 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14773
14774 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14775 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14776
14777 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14778 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14779
14780 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14781 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14782 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14783 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14784 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14785 in a separate window.
14786 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14787 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14788 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14789 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14790 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14791 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14792 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14793 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14794 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14795
14796 \(fn)" t nil)
14797
14798 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14799 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14800 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14801 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14802
14803 \(fn)" t nil)
14804
14805 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14806 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14807 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14808 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14809
14810 \(fn)" t nil)
14811
14812 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14813 Kill a buffer.
14814 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14815 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14816
14817 \(fn)" t nil)
14818
14819 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14820 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14821 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14822 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14823
14824 \(fn)" t nil)
14825
14826 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14827 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14828 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14829 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14830
14831 \(fn)" t nil)
14832
14833 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14834 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14835
14836 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14837
14838 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14839 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14840 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14841 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14842 visible in another frame.
14843
14844 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14845 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14846 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14847 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14848 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14849 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14850
14851 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14852 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14853
14854 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14855 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14856
14857 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14858 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14859 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14860 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14861 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14862 in a separate window.
14863 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14864 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14865 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14866 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14867 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14868 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14869 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14870 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14871 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14872 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14873 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14874 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14875 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14876 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14877 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14878
14879 \(fn)" t nil)
14880
14881 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14882 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14883 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14884 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14885
14886 \(fn)" t nil)
14887
14888 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14889 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14890 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14891 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14892
14893 \(fn)" t nil)
14894
14895 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14896 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14897 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14898 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14899
14900 \(fn)" t nil)
14901
14902 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14903 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14904 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14905 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14906
14907 \(fn)" t nil)
14908
14909 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14910 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14911 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14912 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14913
14914 \(fn)" t nil)
14915
14916 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14917 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14918 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14919 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14920
14921 \(fn)" t nil)
14922
14923 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14924 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14925 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14926 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14927
14928 \(fn)" t nil)
14929
14930 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14931 Write current buffer to a file.
14932 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14933 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14934
14935 \(fn)" t nil)
14936
14937 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14938 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14939 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14940 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14941
14942 \(fn)" t nil)
14943
14944 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14945 Call `dired' the ido way.
14946 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14947 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14948
14949 \(fn)" t nil)
14950
14951 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14952 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14953 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14954 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14955 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14956 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14957
14958 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14959
14960 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14961 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14962 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14963 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14964
14965 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14966
14967 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14968 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14969 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14970 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14971
14972 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14973
14974 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14975 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14976 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14977 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14978 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14979 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14980 with `completing-read'.
14981 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14982 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14983 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14984 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14985 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14986 with point positioned at the end.
14987 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14988 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14989
14990 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14991
14992 ;;;***
14993 \f
14994 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (18468 40886))
14995 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14996 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14997
14998 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14999 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
15000 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
15001
15002 \(fn)" t nil)
15003
15004 ;;;***
15005 \f
15006 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
15007 ;;;;;; (18468 40886))
15008 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
15009
15010 (autoload 'turn-on-iimage-mode "iimage" "\
15011 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
15012
15013 \(fn)" t nil)
15014
15015 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
15016 Toggle inline image minor mode.
15017
15018 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15019
15020 ;;;***
15021 \f
15022 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
15023 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
15024 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
15025 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
15026 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (18534 20675))
15027 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
15028
15029 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
15030 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
15031 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15032 be determined.
15033
15034 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
15035
15036 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
15037 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
15038 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15039 be determined.
15040
15041 \(fn)" nil nil)
15042
15043 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
15044 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15045 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15046 be determined.
15047
15048 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15049
15050 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
15051 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15052 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15053 be determined.
15054
15055 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15056
15057 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
15058 Determine and return image type.
15059 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
15060 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15061 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15062 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
15063 use its file extension as image type.
15064 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
15065
15066 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15067
15068 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
15069 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15070 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15071
15072 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15073
15074 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
15075 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15076 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15077
15078 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15079 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15080 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
15081 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
15082 must be available.
15083
15084 \(fn)" nil nil)
15085
15086 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
15087 Create an image.
15088 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15089 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15090 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15091 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15092 use its file extension as image type.
15093 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15094 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15095 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15096 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15097
15098 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15099
15100 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15101 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15102 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15103
15104 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15105
15106 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15107 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15108 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15109 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15110 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15111 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15112 POS may be an integer or marker.
15113 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15114 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15115 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15116 means display it in the right marginal area.
15117
15118 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15119
15120 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15121 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15122 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15123 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15124 defaulted if you omit it.
15125 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15126 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15127 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15128 means display it in the right marginal area.
15129 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15130 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15131 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15132 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15133 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15134
15135 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15136
15137 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15138 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15139 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15140 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15141 defaulted if you omit it.
15142 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15143 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15144 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15145 means display it in the right marginal area.
15146 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
15147
15148 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15149
15150 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15151 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15152 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15153 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15154
15155 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15156
15157 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15158 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15159
15160 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15161
15162 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15163 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15164 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15165 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15166 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15167 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15168 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15169 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15170 satisfied.
15171
15172 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15173
15174 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15175
15176 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15177
15178 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15179 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15180
15181 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15182 documentation string.
15183
15184 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15185 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15186 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15187 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15188 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15189 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15190 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15191 define SYMBOL.
15192
15193 Example:
15194
15195 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15196 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15197
15198 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15199
15200 ;;;***
15201 \f
15202 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15203 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15204 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15205 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15206 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15207 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15208 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
15209 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (18516 15187))
15210 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15211
15212 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15213 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
15214
15215 \(fn)" t nil)
15216
15217 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15218 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15219
15220 Convenience command that:
15221
15222 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15223 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15224 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15225
15226 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15227 image files in dired and type
15228 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15229
15230 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15231
15232 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15233 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15234
15235 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15236
15237 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15238 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15239 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15240 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15241 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15242 another one).
15243
15244 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15245 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15246 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15247
15248 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15249 instead of erasing it first.
15250
15251 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15252 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15253 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15254 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15255 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15256 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15257
15258 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15259
15260 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15261 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15262 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15263 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15264 displayed.
15265
15266 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15267
15268 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15269
15270 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15271
15272 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15273 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15274
15275 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15276
15277 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15278 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15279 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15280
15281 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15282
15283 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15284 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15285
15286 \(fn)" t nil)
15287
15288 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15289 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15290 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15291 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15292
15293 \(fn)" t nil)
15294
15295 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15296 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15297
15298 \(fn)" t nil)
15299
15300 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15301 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15302
15303 \(fn)" t nil)
15304
15305 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15306 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15307
15308 \(fn)" t nil)
15309
15310 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15311 Display current image file.
15312 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15313 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15314
15315 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15316
15317 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15318 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15319
15320 \(fn)" t nil)
15321
15322 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15323 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15324 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15325 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15326 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15327 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15328 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
15329
15330 \(fn)" t nil)
15331
15332 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15333 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15334 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15335 easy-to-use form.
15336
15337 \(fn)" t nil)
15338
15339 ;;;***
15340 \f
15341 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15342 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15343 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (18468 40886))
15344 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15345
15346 (defvar image-file-name-extensions '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg") "\
15347 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15348 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15349 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15350
15351 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15352 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15353 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15354 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15355
15356 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15357
15358 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15359 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15360 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15361 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15362
15363 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15364 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15365 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15366 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15367
15368 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15369
15370 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15371 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15372
15373 \(fn)" nil nil)
15374
15375 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15376 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15377 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15378 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15379
15380 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15381
15382 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15383 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15384 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15385 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15386 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15387 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15388
15389 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15390
15391 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15392 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15393 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15394 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15395
15396 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15397 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15398 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15399
15400 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15401
15402 ;;;***
15403 \f
15404 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode
15405 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (18576 30280))
15406 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15407 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15408 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15409 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15410 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15411 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15412 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . c-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15413 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15414 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . xml-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15415 (push '("\\.svgz?\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15416
15417 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15418 Major mode for image files.
15419 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15420 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15421
15422 \(fn)" t nil)
15423
15424 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15425 Toggle Image minor mode.
15426 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15427 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15428
15429 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15430
15431 (autoload 'image-mode-maybe "image-mode" "\
15432 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15433 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15434 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15435 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15436 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15437
15438 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15439 information on these modes.
15440
15441 \(fn)" t nil)
15442
15443 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15444 Not documented
15445
15446 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15447
15448 ;;;***
15449 \f
15450 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15451 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (18468 40886))
15452 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15453
15454 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15455 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15456
15457 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15458
15459 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15460 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15461 in the buffer.
15462
15463 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15464
15465 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15466 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15467 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15468
15469 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15470
15471 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15472 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15473
15474 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15475 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15476 pattern's structure.
15477
15478 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15479 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15480 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15481 during matching.")
15482
15483 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15484
15485 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15486 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15487
15488 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15489 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15490 called within a `save-excursion'.
15491
15492 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15493
15494 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15495
15496 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15497 Function for finding the next index position.
15498
15499 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15500 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15501 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15502 file.
15503
15504 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15505 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15506
15507 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15508
15509 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15510 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15511
15512 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15513 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15514 It should return the name for that index item.")
15515
15516 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15517
15518 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15519 Function to compare string with index item.
15520
15521 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15522 non-nil if they match.
15523
15524 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15525 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15526 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15527 arguments match\".")
15528
15529 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15530
15531 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15532 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15533 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15534
15535 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15536
15537 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15538
15539 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15540
15541 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15542 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15543 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15544 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15545
15546 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15547
15548 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15549 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15550
15551 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15552
15553 \(fn)" t nil)
15554
15555 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15556 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15557 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15558 for more information.
15559
15560 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15561
15562 ;;;***
15563 \f
15564 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15565 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15566 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (18468 40890))
15567 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15568
15569 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15570 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15571
15572 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15573
15574 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15575 Not documented
15576
15577 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15578
15579 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15580 Not documented
15581
15582 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15583
15584 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15585 Not documented
15586
15587 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15588
15589 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15590 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15591
15592 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15593
15594 ;;;***
15595 \f
15596 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15597 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15598 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (18468 40892))
15599 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15600
15601 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15602 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15603 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15604 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15605 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15606
15607 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
15608
15609 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15610 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15611
15612 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
15613
15614 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15615 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15616 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15617 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15618 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15619 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15620 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15621 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15622
15623 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
15624
15625 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15626 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15627 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15628 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15629 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15630
15631 This variable is only used if the variable
15632 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15633
15634 More precise choices:
15635 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15636 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15637 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15638
15639 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15640
15641 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
15642
15643 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
15644 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15645
15646 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15647 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15648 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15649 to that buffer.
15650 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15651 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15652 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15653 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15654
15655 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15656 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15657
15658 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15659
15660 ;;;***
15661 \f
15662 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15663 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15664 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15665 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (18576 40811))
15666 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15667
15668 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15669 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15670
15671 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15672 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15673 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15674
15675 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15676 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15677 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15678 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15679 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15680 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15681 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15682 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15683 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15684 with the top-level Info directory.
15685
15686 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15687 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15688 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15689 appended to the Info buffer name.
15690
15691 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15692 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15693 in all the directories in that path.
15694
15695 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15696
15697 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15698
15699 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15700 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15701
15702 \(fn)" t nil)
15703
15704 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15705 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15706 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15707 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15708
15709 \(fn)" nil nil)
15710
15711 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15712 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15713 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15714 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15715
15716 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15717
15718 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15719 Go to the Info directory node.
15720
15721 \(fn)" t nil)
15722
15723 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15724 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15725 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15726 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15727 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15728 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15729
15730 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15731
15732 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15733 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15734 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15735
15736 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15737
15738 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15739 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15740 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15741 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15742 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15743
15744 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15745 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15746
15747 Selecting other nodes:
15748 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15749 Follow a node reference you click on.
15750 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15751 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15752 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15753 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15754 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15755 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15756 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15757 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15758 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15759 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15760 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15761 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15762 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15763 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15764 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15765 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15766 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15767 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15768 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15769 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15770
15771 Moving within a node:
15772 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15773 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15774 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15775 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15776 move up to the parent node.
15777 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15778 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15779 if there is none.
15780 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15781
15782 Advanced commands:
15783 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15784 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15785 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15786 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15787 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15788 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15789 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15790 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15791 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15792 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15793 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15794 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15795 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15796 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15797 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15798 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15799 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15800
15801 \(fn)" nil nil)
15802 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15803
15804 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15805 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15806 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15807 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15808 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15809 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15810
15811 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15812 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15813
15814 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15815 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15816 KEY is a string.
15817 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15818 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15819 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15820 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15821
15822 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15823
15824 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15825 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15826 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15827
15828 \(fn)" t nil)
15829
15830 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15831 Not documented
15832
15833 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15834
15835 ;;;***
15836 \f
15837 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15838 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15839 ;;;;;; (18577 57511))
15840 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15841
15842 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15843 Throw away all cached data.
15844 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15845 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15846 system.
15847
15848 \(fn)" t nil)
15849 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15850
15851 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15852 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15853 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15854 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15855 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15856 one found at point.
15857
15858 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15859
15860 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15861 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15862
15863 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15864 Display the documentation of a file.
15865 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15866 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15867 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15868 The default file name is the one found at point.
15869
15870 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15871
15872 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15873
15874 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15875 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15876
15877 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15878
15879 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15880 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15881
15882 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15883
15884 ;;;***
15885 \f
15886 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15887 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (18468 40886))
15888 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15889
15890 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15891 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15892
15893 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15894
15895 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15896 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15897 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15898
15899 \(fn)" t nil)
15900
15901 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15902 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15903 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15904
15905 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15906 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15907 quite a while.
15908
15909 \(fn)" t nil)
15910
15911 ;;;***
15912 \f
15913 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15914 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (18468 40886))
15915 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15916
15917 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15918 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15919
15920 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15921
15922 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15923 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15924 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15925
15926 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15927 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15928 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15929
15930 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15931 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15932 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15933 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15934
15935 \(fn)" t nil)
15936
15937 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15938 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15939 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15940
15941 \(fn)" t nil)
15942
15943 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15944 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15945 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15946 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15947 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15948
15949 \(fn)" nil nil)
15950
15951 ;;;***
15952 \f
15953 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15954 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15955 ;;;;;; (18468 40889))
15956 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15957
15958 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15959 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15960
15961 \(fn)" t nil)
15962
15963 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15964 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15965
15966 \(fn)" t nil)
15967
15968 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15969 Not documented
15970
15971 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15972
15973 ;;;***
15974 \f
15975 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (18468
15976 ;;;;;; 40886))
15977 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15978
15979 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15980 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15981 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15982 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15983 accessed via isearchb.
15984
15985 \(fn)" t nil)
15986
15987 ;;;***
15988 \f
15989 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15990 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15991 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15992 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (18468 40889))
15993 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15994
15995 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15996 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15997 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15998 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15999 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16000
16001 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16002
16003 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
16004 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16005 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16006 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16007 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16008
16009 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16010
16011 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16012 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16013 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16014 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16015 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16016
16017 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16018
16019 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16020 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16021 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16022 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16023 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16024
16025 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16026
16027 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16028 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16029 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16030 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16031 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16032
16033 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16034
16035 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16036 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16037 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16038 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16039 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16040
16041 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16042
16043 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16044 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16045 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16046 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16047 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16048
16049 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16050
16051 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16052 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16053 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16054 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16055
16056 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16057
16058 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16059 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16060 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16061 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16062
16063 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16064
16065 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16066 Warn that format is read-only.
16067
16068 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16069
16070 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16071 Warn that format is write-only.
16072
16073 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16074
16075 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16076 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16077
16078 \(fn)" t nil)
16079
16080 ;;;***
16081 \f
16082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16083 ;;;;;; (18575 10855))
16084 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16085 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
16086 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16087 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16088
16089 ;;;***
16090 \f
16091 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
16092 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
16093 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
16094 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
16095 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (18468 40893))
16096 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16097 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16098
16099 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16100 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16101 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
16102 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
16103
16104 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16105 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16106
16107 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16108 Key map for ispell menu.")
16109
16110 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16111 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16112 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16113 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16114
16115 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16116
16117 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] '(menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] '(menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] '(menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] '(menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help "Customize spell checking options")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] '(menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] '(menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] '(menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] '(menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor"))))
16118
16119 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] '(menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings"))))
16120
16121 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help "Skip headers and included message text")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] '(menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer")) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16122
16123 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist '((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)")) "\
16124 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16125 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16126 Valid forms include:
16127 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16128 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16129 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16130 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16131
16132 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}"))) "\
16133 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16134 First list is used raw.
16135 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16136
16137 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16138 for skipping in latex mode.")
16139
16140 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16141 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16142 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
16143 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16144 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16145 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16146 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16147
16148 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16149 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16150 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16151 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16152
16153 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16154 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16155 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16156 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16157 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16158
16159 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16160 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16161
16162 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16163 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16164
16165 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16166 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16167
16168 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16169 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16170
16171 Return values:
16172 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16173 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16174 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16175 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16176 quit spell session exited.
16177
16178 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16179
16180 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16181 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16182 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16183
16184 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16185
16186 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16187 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16188
16189 Selections are:
16190
16191 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16192 SPC: Accept word this time.
16193 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16194 `a': Accept word for this session.
16195 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16196 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16197 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16198 `?': Show these commands.
16199 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16200 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16201 the aborted check to be completed later.
16202 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16203 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16204 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16205 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16206 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16207 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16208 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16209
16210 \(fn)" nil nil)
16211
16212 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16213 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16214 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16215
16216 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16217
16218 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16219 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16220 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16221 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16222
16223 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16224
16225 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16226
16227 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16228 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16229 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16230 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16231
16232 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16233
16234 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16235 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16236
16237 \(fn)" t nil)
16238
16239 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16240 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16241
16242 \(fn)" t nil)
16243
16244 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16245 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16246
16247 \(fn)" t nil)
16248
16249 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16250 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16251 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16252 sequence inside of a word.
16253
16254 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16255
16256 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16257
16258 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16259 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16260
16261 \(fn)" t nil)
16262
16263 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16264 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16265 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16266 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16267
16268 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16269 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16270 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16271 available on the net.
16272
16273 \(fn)" t nil)
16274
16275 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16276 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16277 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
16278 otherwise turn it off.
16279
16280 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16281 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16282
16283 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16284 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16285
16286 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16287
16288 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16289 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16290 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16291 Don't check included messages.
16292
16293 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16294 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16295 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16296
16297 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16298 in your .emacs file:
16299 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16300 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16301 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16302 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16303
16304 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16305 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16306 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16307
16308 \(fn)" t nil)
16309
16310 ;;;***
16311 \f
16312 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (18566
16313 ;;;;;; 26931))
16314 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16315
16316 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16317 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16318 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16319 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16320 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16321 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16322
16323 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16324
16325 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16326 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16327 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
16328 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16329 `iswitchb' for details.
16330
16331 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16332
16333 ;;;***
16334 \f
16335 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16336 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16337 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16338 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (18468 40890))
16339 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16340
16341 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16342 Not documented
16343
16344 \(fn)" nil nil)
16345
16346 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16347 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16348 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16349 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16350 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16351 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16352 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16353 necessary to represent OBJ.
16354
16355 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16356
16357 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16358 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16359 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16360 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16361
16362 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16363
16364 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16365 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16366 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16367 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16368 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16369
16370 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16371
16372 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16373 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16374 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16375 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16376
16377 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16378
16379 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16380 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16381 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16382 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16383
16384 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16385
16386 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16387 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16388
16389 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16390
16391 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16392 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16393 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16394 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16395 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16396
16397 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16398
16399 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16400 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16401 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16402 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16403 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16404
16405 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16406
16407 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16408 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16409 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16410
16411 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16412
16413 ;;;***
16414 \f
16415 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16416 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (18508 22727))
16417 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16418
16419 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16420 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16421 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16422 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16423
16424 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16425 Not documented
16426
16427 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16428
16429 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16430 Uninstall jka-compr.
16431 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16432 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16433 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16434
16435 \(fn)" nil nil)
16436
16437 ;;;***
16438 \f
16439 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16440 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16441 ;;;;;; (18468 40888))
16442 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16443
16444 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16445 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16446 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16447 decimal key must be specified.")
16448
16449 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16450
16451 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16452 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16453 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16454 decimal key must be specified.")
16455
16456 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16457
16458 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16459 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16460 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16461 decimal key must be specified.")
16462
16463 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16464
16465 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16466 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16467 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16468 decimal key must be specified.")
16469
16470 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16471
16472 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16473 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16474 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16475 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16476 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16477 keys are bound.
16478
16479 Setup Binding
16480 -------------------------------------------------------------
16481 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16482 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16483 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16484 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16485 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16486 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16487 in the global and local keymaps.
16488
16489 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16490 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16491
16492 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16493
16494 ;;;***
16495 \f
16496 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16497 ;;;;;; (18468 40889))
16498 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16499
16500 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16501 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16502 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16503
16504 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16505 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16506 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16507 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16508 shorter.
16509
16510 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16511 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16512 the context of text formatting.
16513
16514 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16515
16516 ;;;***
16517 \f
16518 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (18468
16519 ;;;;;; 40889))
16520 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16521
16522 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16523 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16524 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16525 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16526 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16527 positions that contains the current selection.")
16528
16529 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16530 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16531 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16532 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16533 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16534 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16535 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16536
16537 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16538
16539 ;;;***
16540 \f
16541 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16542 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16543 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16544 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (18533 1974))
16545 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16546 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16547 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16548 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16549 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16550 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16551 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16552 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16553
16554 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16555 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16556 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16557 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16558 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16559
16560 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16561
16562 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16563 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16564 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16565
16566 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16567 defining the macro.
16568
16569 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16570 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16571 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16572
16573 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16574 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16575
16576 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16577
16578 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16579 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16580 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16581 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16582 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16583 under that name.
16584
16585 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16586 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16587 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16588
16589 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16590
16591 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16592 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16593 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16594
16595 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16596 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16597 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16598 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16599
16600 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16601 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16602
16603 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16604
16605 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16606 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16607 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16608
16609 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16610 macro.
16611
16612 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16613 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16614
16615 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16616 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16617 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16618
16619 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16620 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16621
16622 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16623
16624 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16625 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16626 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16627 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16628
16629 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16630
16631 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16632 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16633 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16634 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16635
16636 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16637 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16638
16639 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16640
16641 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16642 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16643 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16644
16645 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16646
16647 ;;;***
16648 \f
16649 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16650 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (18468 40890))
16651 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16652
16653 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16654 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16655 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16656
16657 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16658 Not documented
16659
16660 \(fn)" nil nil)
16661
16662 ;;;***
16663 \f
16664 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16665 ;;;;;; (18468 40892))
16666 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16667
16668 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'lm-test-run)
16669
16670 (autoload 'lm-test-run "landmark" "\
16671 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16672
16673 \(fn)" t nil)
16674
16675 (defalias 'landmark 'lm)
16676
16677 (autoload 'lm "landmark" "\
16678 Start or resume an Lm game.
16679 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16680 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16681
16682 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16683 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16684 none / 1 | yes | no
16685 2 | yes | yes
16686 3 | no | yes
16687 4 | no | no
16688
16689 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16690 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16691 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16692
16693 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16694
16695 ;;;***
16696 \f
16697 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16698 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16699 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (18468 40890))
16700 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16701
16702 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16703 Not documented
16704
16705 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16706
16707 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16708 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16709 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16710 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16711 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16712 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16713
16714 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16715 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16716
16717 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16718
16719 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16720 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16721
16722 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16723
16724 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16725 Not documented
16726
16727 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
16728
16729 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16730 Not documented
16731
16732 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16733
16734 ;;;***
16735 \f
16736 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16737 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16738 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (18577 57514))
16739 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16740
16741 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8)) "\
16742 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16743 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16744 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16745
16746 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16747
16748 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16749 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16750 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16751
16752 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16753
16754 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16755 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16756 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16757
16758 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16759
16760 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16761 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16762 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16763 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16764
16765 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16766
16767 ;;;***
16768 \f
16769 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16770 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (18468 40889))
16771 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16772
16773 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16774 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16775 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16776 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16777 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16778 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16779 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16780 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16781
16782 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16783 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16784
16785 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16786 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16787
16788 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16789
16790 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16791 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16792 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16793 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16794 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16795 `latin1-display-setup'.
16796
16797 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16798
16799 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16800 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16801 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16802 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16803
16804 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16805 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16806
16807 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16808
16809 ;;;***
16810 \f
16811 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16812 ;;;;;; (18468 40892))
16813 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16814
16815 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode))
16816
16817 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode))
16818
16819 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16820 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16821
16822 \(fn)" t nil)
16823
16824 ;;;***
16825 \f
16826 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16827 ;;;;;; (18468 40887))
16828 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16829
16830 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16831 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16832
16833 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16834 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16835
16836 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16837 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16838
16839 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
16840 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16841 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16842 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16843 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16844 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16845 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16846 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16847 and transmit saved text.
16848
16849 \\{ledit-mode-map}
16850 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16851 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16852
16853 \(fn)" t nil)
16854
16855 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
16856 Not documented
16857
16858 \(fn)" nil nil)
16859
16860 ;;;***
16861 \f
16862 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (18468 40892))
16863 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16864
16865 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16866 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16867 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16868 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16869 generations (this defaults to 1).
16870
16871 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16872
16873 ;;;***
16874 \f
16875 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
16876 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (18468 40887))
16877 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16878
16879 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
16880 Format used to display line numbers.
16881 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
16882 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
16883 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
16884 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
16885
16886 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
16887
16888 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16889 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin.
16890
16891 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16892
16893 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16894 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16895 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16896 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16897 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16898 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16899
16900 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16901
16902 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16903 Toggle Linum mode in every possible buffer.
16904 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Linum mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
16905 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where `linum-on' would do it.
16906 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16907
16908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16909
16910 ;;;***
16911 \f
16912 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (18468
16913 ;;;;;; 40887))
16914 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16915
16916 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16917 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16918 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16919 is nil, raise an error.
16920
16921 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16922 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16923 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16924 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16925 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16926 defined by the library.
16927
16928 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16929 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16930 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16931 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16932 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16933 proceeds.
16934
16935 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16936 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16937 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16938 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16939
16940 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16941
16942 ;;;***
16943 \f
16944 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16945 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (18468 40887))
16946 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16947
16948 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16949 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16950 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16951
16952 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16953
16954 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16955 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16956 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16957 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16958
16959 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16960 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16961 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16962 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16963 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16964 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16965 the version.)
16966
16967 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16968 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16969
16970 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16971 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16972
16973 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
16974
16975 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16976
16977 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16978 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16979 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16980 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16981 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16982 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16983 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16984 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16985 to constrain a big search.
16986
16987 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16988
16989 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16990 except that FILTER is not optional.
16991
16992 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16993
16994 ;;;***
16995 \f
16996 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (18468 40887))
16997 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16998
16999 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17000 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17001 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
17002 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
17003 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
17004 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
17005 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
17006 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17007
17008 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
17009 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17010 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17011 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17012 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17013
17014 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
17015 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
17016 uses the current buffer.
17017
17018 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17019
17020 ;;;***
17021 \f
17022 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (18530
17023 ;;;;;; 36602))
17024 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
17025
17026 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17027 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17028
17029 \(fn)" t nil)
17030
17031 ;;;***
17032 \f
17033 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (18518
17034 ;;;;;; 50232))
17035 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
17036
17037 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
17038 Toggle Long Lines mode.
17039 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
17040 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
17041 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
17042
17043 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
17044 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
17045 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
17046
17047 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
17048 are indicated with a symbol.
17049
17050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17051
17052 ;;;***
17053 \f
17054 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
17055 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (18468
17056 ;;;;;; 40887))
17057 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17058
17059 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt)))
17060
17061 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)))
17062
17063 (defvar printer-name (and (memq system-type '(emx ms-dos)) "PRN") "\
17064 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17065 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17066
17067 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17068 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17069
17070 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17071 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17072 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17073 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17074 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17075 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17076 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17077
17078 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17079
17080 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17081 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17082 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17083 switch on this list.
17084 See `lpr-command'.")
17085
17086 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17087
17088 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
17089 *Name of program for printing a file.
17090
17091 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17092 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17093 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17094 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17095 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17096 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17097 argument.")
17098
17099 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17100
17101 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17102 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17103 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17104 for customization of the printer command.
17105
17106 \(fn)" t nil)
17107
17108 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17109 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17110
17111 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17112 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17113 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17114 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17115
17116 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17117 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17118
17119 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17120 for further customization of the printer command.
17121
17122 \(fn)" t nil)
17123
17124 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17125 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17126 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17127 for customization of the printer command.
17128
17129 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17130
17131 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17132 Paginate and print the region contents.
17133
17134 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17135 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17136 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17137 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17138
17139 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17140 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17141
17142 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17143 for further customization of the printer command.
17144
17145 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17146
17147 ;;;***
17148 \f
17149 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17150 ;;;;;; (18577 57511))
17151 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17152
17153 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17154 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17155 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17156
17157 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17158
17159 ;;;***
17160 \f
17161 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (18533
17162 ;;;;;; 1974))
17163 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17164
17165 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17166 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17167 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17168 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17169
17170 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17171
17172 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17173
17174 ;;;***
17175 \f
17176 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (18468
17177 ;;;;;; 40892))
17178 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17179
17180 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17181 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17182 \\{m4-mode-map}
17183
17184 \(fn)" t nil)
17185
17186 ;;;***
17187 \f
17188 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17189 ;;;;;; (18468 40888))
17190 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17191
17192 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
17193 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17194 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17195 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17196 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17197
17198 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17199
17200 ;;;***
17201 \f
17202 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17203 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (18508 22727))
17204 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17205
17206 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17207 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17208 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17209 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17210 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17211
17212 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17213
17214 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17215 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17216 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17217 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17218
17219 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17220 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17221 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17222 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17223 bindings.
17224
17225 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17226 use this command, and then save the file.
17227
17228 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17229
17230 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17231 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17232 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17233 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17234 each time the macro executes.
17235 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17236 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17237 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17238 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17239 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17240 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17241 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17242
17243 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17244
17245 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17246 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17247 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17248 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17249
17250 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17251 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17252 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17253 execute.
17254
17255 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17256 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17257
17258 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17259 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17260 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17261 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17262 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17263
17264 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17265 looked like this:
17266
17267 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17268 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17269 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17270
17271 You could enter the names in this format:
17272
17273 foo
17274 bar
17275 baz
17276
17277 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17278
17279 \\C-x (
17280 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17281 \\C-x )
17282
17283 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17284 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17285
17286 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17287 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17288
17289 ;;;***
17290 \f
17291 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17292 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (18468 40890))
17293 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17294
17295 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17296 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17297 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17298 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17299 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17300 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17301
17302 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17303 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17304 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17305 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17306 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17307
17308 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17309 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17310 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17311 consing a string.)
17312
17313 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17314
17315 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17316 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17317
17318 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17319
17320 ;;;***
17321 \f
17322 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17323 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17324 ;;;;;; (18468 40890))
17325 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17326
17327 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17328 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17329
17330 \(fn)" nil nil)
17331
17332 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17333 Not documented
17334
17335 \(fn)" nil nil)
17336
17337 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17338 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17339
17340 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17341
17342 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17343 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17344 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17345 message.
17346
17347 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17348
17349 \(fn)" nil nil)
17350
17351 ;;;***
17352 \f
17353 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17354 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17355 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (18468
17356 ;;;;;; 40890))
17357 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17358
17359 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17360 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17361 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17362 often correct parser.")
17363
17364 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17365
17366 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17367 Not documented
17368
17369 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17370
17371 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17372 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17373 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17374 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17375
17376 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17377
17378 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17379 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17380 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17381 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17382
17383 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17384
17385 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17386 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17387 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17388 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17389 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17390 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17391 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17392 as Rmail does.
17393
17394 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17395
17396 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17397 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17398 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17399 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17400 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17401 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17402
17403 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17404
17405 ;;;***
17406 \f
17407 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
17408 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (18533
17409 ;;;;;; 1975))
17410 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17411
17412 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17413 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17414 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17415 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17416 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17417 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17418
17419 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17420
17421 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17422 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
17423
17424 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17425
17426 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17427 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17428
17429 \(fn)" nil nil)
17430
17431 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17432 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17433 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17434
17435 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17436
17437 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17438 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17439 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17440
17441 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17442
17443 ;;;***
17444 \f
17445 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17446 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (18468
17447 ;;;;;; 40890))
17448 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17449
17450 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17451 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17452 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17453 king@grassland.com
17454 If `parens', they look like:
17455 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17456 If `angles', they look like:
17457 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17458
17459 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17460
17461 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17462 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17463 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17464 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17465 their `Resent-' variants.
17466
17467 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17468 removed from alias expansions.
17469
17470 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17471
17472 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17473 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17474 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17475
17476 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17477 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17478 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17479 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17480
17481 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17482
17483 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17484 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17485 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17486 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17487
17488 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17489
17490 ;;;***
17491 \f
17492 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17493 ;;;;;; (18468 40890))
17494 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17495
17496 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17497 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17498 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17499 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17500
17501 \(fn)" nil nil)
17502
17503 ;;;***
17504 \f
17505 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17506 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17507 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (18508 22731))
17508 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17509
17510 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17511 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17512
17513 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17514 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17515 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17516 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17517 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17518 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17519
17520 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17521 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17522 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17523 dependency, despite the colon.
17524
17525 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17526
17527 In the browser, use the following keys:
17528
17529 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17530
17531 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17532
17533 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17534 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17535
17536 `makefile-target-colon':
17537 The string that gets appended to all target names
17538 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17539 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17540
17541 `makefile-macro-assign':
17542 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17543 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17544 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17545 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17546 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17547 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17548
17549 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17550 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17551 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17552
17553 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17554 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17555
17556 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17557 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17558 up or down in the browser.
17559
17560 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17561 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17562
17563 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17564 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17565
17566 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17567 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17568 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17569 has been selected in the browser.
17570
17571 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17572 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17573 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17574 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17575 filenames are omitted.
17576
17577 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17578 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17579 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17580 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17581 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17582 the backslash itself intact.
17583 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17584 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17585
17586 `makefile-browser-hook':
17587 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17588 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17589
17590 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17591 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17592 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17593 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17594
17595 \(fn)" t nil)
17596
17597 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17598 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17599
17600 \(fn)" t nil)
17601
17602 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17603 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17604
17605 \(fn)" t nil)
17606
17607 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17608 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17609
17610 \(fn)" t nil)
17611
17612 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17613 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17614
17615 \(fn)" t nil)
17616
17617 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17618 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17619
17620 \(fn)" t nil)
17621
17622 ;;;***
17623 \f
17624 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (18468
17625 ;;;;;; 40887))
17626 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17627
17628 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17629 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17630 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17631
17632 \(fn)" t nil)
17633
17634 ;;;***
17635 \f
17636 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (18533 1974))
17637 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17638
17639 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17640
17641 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17642 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17643 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17644 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17645 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17646 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17647 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17648
17649 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17650 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17651 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17652 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17653
17654 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17655
17656 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17657 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17658
17659 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17660
17661 ;;;***
17662 \f
17663 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (18468 40887))
17664 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17665
17666 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17667 Toggle Master mode.
17668 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17669 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17670 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17671
17672 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17673 following commands:
17674
17675 \\{master-mode-map}
17676
17677 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17678 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17679 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17680
17681 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17682
17683 ;;;***
17684 \f
17685 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17686 ;;;;;; (18468 40887))
17687 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17688
17689 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17690 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17691 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17692 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17693 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17694 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17695
17696 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17697
17698 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17699 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17700 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
17701 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
17702 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17703
17704 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17705 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17706
17707 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17708
17709 ;;;***
17710 \f
17711 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-history-position-indicate-mode) "mb-pos"
17712 ;;;;;; "mb-pos.el" (18249 47281))
17713 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-pos.el
17714
17715 (defvar minibuffer-history-position-indicate-mode nil "\
17716 Non-nil if Minibuffer-History-Position-Indicate mode is enabled.
17717 See the command `minibuffer-history-position-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17718 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17719 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17720 or call the function `minibuffer-history-position-indicate-mode'.")
17721
17722 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-history-position-indicate-mode "mb-pos" nil)
17723
17724 (autoload 'minibuffer-history-position-indicate-mode "mb-pos" "\
17725 Toggle Minibuffer History Position Indication mode.
17726 When active, navigating in the minibuffer history with M-p or M-n keys
17727 will show the current history position in the minibuffer prompt.
17728
17729 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17730 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17731
17732 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17733
17734 ;;;***
17735 \f
17736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (18573 48342))
17737 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17738
17739 (put 'menu-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
17740
17741 ;;;***
17742 \f
17743 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17744 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17745 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17746 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17747 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17748 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17749 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (18577 57514))
17750 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17751
17752 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17753
17754 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17755 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17756 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17757 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17758 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17759 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17760 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17761 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17762 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17763 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17764 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17765 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17766 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17767 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17768 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17769 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17770 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17771 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17772 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17773 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17774 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17775 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17776 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17777 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17778 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17779 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17780 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17781 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17782 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17783 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17784 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17785 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17786 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17787 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17788 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17789 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17790 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17791 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17792
17793 \(fn)" t nil)
17794
17795 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17796 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17797 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17798 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17799 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17800
17801 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17802
17803 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17804 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17805
17806 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17807
17808 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17809 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17810
17811 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17812
17813 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17814 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17815
17816 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17817
17818 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17819 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17820 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17821
17822 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17823
17824 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17825 Cancel an article you posted.
17826 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17827
17828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17829
17830 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17831 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17832 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17833 header line with the old Message-ID.
17834
17835 \(fn)" t nil)
17836
17837 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17838 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17839
17840 \(fn)" t nil)
17841
17842 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17843 Forward the current message via mail.
17844 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17845 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17846
17847 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17848
17849 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17850 Not documented
17851
17852 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17853
17854 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17855 Not documented
17856
17857 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17858
17859 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17860 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17861
17862 \(fn)" t nil)
17863
17864 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17865 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17866
17867 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17868
17869 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17870 Re-mail the current message.
17871 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17872 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17873 you.
17874
17875 \(fn)" t nil)
17876
17877 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17878 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17879
17880 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17881
17882 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17883 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17884
17885 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17886
17887 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17888 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17889
17890 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17891
17892 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17893 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17894
17895 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17896
17897 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17898 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17899 Works by overstriking characters.
17900 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17901 which specify the range to operate on.
17902
17903 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17904
17905 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17906 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17907 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17908 which specify the range to operate on.
17909
17910 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17911
17912 ;;;***
17913 \f
17914 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17915 ;;;;;; (18468 40892))
17916 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17917
17918 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17919 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17920 Special commands:
17921 \\{meta-mode-map}
17922
17923 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17924 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17925
17926 \(fn)" t nil)
17927
17928 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17929 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17930 Special commands:
17931 \\{meta-mode-map}
17932
17933 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17934 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17935
17936 \(fn)" t nil)
17937
17938 ;;;***
17939 \f
17940 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17941 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17942 ;;;;;; (18468 40890))
17943 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17944
17945 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17946 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17947 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17948
17949 \(fn)" t nil)
17950
17951 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17952 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17953 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17954 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17955 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17956 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17957 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17958
17959 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17960
17961 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17962 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17963 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17964 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17965 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17966 means current).
17967 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17968 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17969
17970 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17971
17972 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17973 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17974 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17975 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17976 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17977 means current).
17978 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17979 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17980
17981 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17982
17983 ;;;***
17984 \f
17985 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17986 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17987 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (18508 22730))
17988 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17989
17990 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17991 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17992 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17993
17994 \(fn)" t nil)
17995
17996 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17997 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17998 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17999
18000 \(fn)" t nil)
18001
18002 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18003 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18004
18005 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18006 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18007 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18008
18009 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18010 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18011
18012 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18013 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18014
18015 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18016
18017 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18018
18019 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18020 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18021 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18022 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18023 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18024 as `compose-mail'.
18025
18026 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18027 initial Subject field, respectively.
18028
18029 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18030 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18031 are strings.
18032
18033 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
18034 ignored.
18035
18036 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
18037
18038 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18039 Save draft and send message.
18040
18041 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18042 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18043 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18044 Mail Delivery*\".
18045
18046 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18047 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18048 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18049
18050 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18051 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18052 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18053 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18054 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18055 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18056
18057 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18058 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18059
18060 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18061
18062 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18063 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18064
18065 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18066 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18067 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18068 delete the draft message.
18069
18070 \(fn)" t nil)
18071
18072 ;;;***
18073 \f
18074 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (18535 42315))
18075 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18076
18077 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18078
18079 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18080
18081 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18082
18083 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18084 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18085
18086 \(fn)" t nil)
18087
18088 ;;;***
18089 \f
18090 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18091 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (18516 15190))
18092 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18093
18094 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18095 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18096 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18097
18098 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18099 the MH mail system.
18100
18101 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18102
18103 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18104 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18105 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18106
18107 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18108 the MH mail system.
18109
18110 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18111
18112 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18113 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18114
18115 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18116 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18117 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18118 separate command.
18119
18120 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18121 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18122 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18123 format.
18124
18125 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18126
18127 Ranges
18128 ======
18129 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18130 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18131 can be used in several ways.
18132
18133 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18134 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18135 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18136 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18137 page):
18138
18139 <num1>-<num2>
18140 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18141 The range must be nonempty.
18142
18143 <num>:N
18144 <num>:+N
18145 <num>:-N
18146 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18147 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18148 last.
18149
18150 first:N
18151 prev:N
18152 next:N
18153 last:N
18154 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18155
18156 all
18157 All of the messages.
18158
18159 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18160 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18161
18162 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18163 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18164 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18165
18166 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18167
18168 \(fn)" t nil)
18169
18170 ;;;***
18171 \f
18172 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18173 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (18468 40887))
18174 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18175
18176 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18177 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18178 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18179 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18180 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18181 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18182 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18183 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18184 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18185 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18186 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18187
18188 \(fn)" t nil)
18189
18190 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18191 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18192 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18193 to its second argument TM.
18194
18195 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18196
18197 ;;;***
18198 \f
18199 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18200 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (18468 40887))
18201 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18202
18203 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18204 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18205 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18206 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18207 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18208 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18209
18210 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18211
18212 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18213 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18214 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18215 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18216 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18217 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18218 default indication.
18219
18220 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18221 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18222
18223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18224
18225 ;;;***
18226 \f
18227 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
18228 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
18229 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (18566 36364))
18230 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18231 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18232
18233 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18234 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18235
18236 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18237 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18238 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18239 next occurrence.
18240
18241 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18242 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18243 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18244 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18245 should return the previous buffer to search. If the second argument of
18246 this function WRAP is non-nil, then it should return the first buffer
18247 in the series; and for the backward search, it should return the last
18248 buffer in the series.")
18249
18250 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18251 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18252 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18253 Isearch starts.")
18254
18255 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18256 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18257 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18258
18259 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18260 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18261 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18262
18263 \(fn)" nil nil)
18264
18265 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18266 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18267
18268 \(fn BUFFERS)" nil nil)
18269
18270 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18271 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18272
18273 \(fn BUFFERS)" nil nil)
18274
18275 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18276 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18277
18278 \(fn FILES)" nil nil)
18279
18280 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18281 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18282
18283 \(fn FILES)" nil nil)
18284
18285 ;;;***
18286 \f
18287 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18288 ;;;;;; (18508 22731))
18289 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18290
18291 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18292 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18293 \\{mixal-mode-map}
18294
18295 \(fn)" t nil)
18296
18297 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode))
18298
18299 ;;;***
18300 \f
18301 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18302 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (18468 40889))
18303 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18304
18305 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18306 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18307
18308 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18309
18310 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18311 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18312 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18313 the entire message.
18314 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18315
18316 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18317
18318 ;;;***
18319 \f
18320 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18321 ;;;;;; (18468 40889))
18322 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18323
18324 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18325 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18326 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18327 the entire message.
18328 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18329
18330 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18331
18332 ;;;***
18333 \f
18334 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18335 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (18468 40889))
18336 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18337
18338 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18339 Insert file contents of URL.
18340 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18341
18342 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18343
18344 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18345 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18346
18347 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18348
18349 ;;;***
18350 \f
18351 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18352 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (18468 40889))
18353 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18354
18355 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18356 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18357 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18358 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18359 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18360
18361 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18362
18363 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18364 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18365 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18366
18367 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18368
18369 ;;;***
18370 \f
18371 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18372 ;;;;;; (18533 1975))
18373 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18374
18375 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18376 Not documented
18377
18378 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18379
18380 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18381 Not documented
18382
18383 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18384
18385 ;;;***
18386 \f
18387 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18388 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18389 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (18516 15189))
18390 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18391
18392 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18393 Not documented
18394
18395 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18396
18397 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18398 Not documented
18399
18400 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18401
18402 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18403 Not documented
18404
18405 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18406
18407 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18408 Not documented
18409
18410 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18411
18412 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18413 Not documented
18414
18415 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18416
18417 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18418 Not documented
18419
18420 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18421
18422 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18423 Not documented
18424
18425 \(fn)" nil nil)
18426
18427 ;;;***
18428 \f
18429 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18430 ;;;;;; (18433 5712))
18431 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18432
18433 (autoload 'modula-2-mode "modula2" "\
18434 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18435 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18436 followed by the first character of the construct.
18437 \\<m2-mode-map>
18438 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18439 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18440 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18441 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18442 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18443 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18444 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18445 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18446 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18447 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18448 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18449 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18450 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18451 \\[m2-link] link
18452
18453 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18454 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18455 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18456
18457 \(fn)" t nil)
18458
18459 ;;;***
18460 \f
18461 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18462 ;;;;;; (18468 40892))
18463 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18464
18465 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18466 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18467
18468 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18469
18470 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18471 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18472
18473 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18474
18475 ;;;***
18476 \f
18477 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
18478 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (18550 15777))
18479 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18480
18481 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18482 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18483
18484 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18485 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18486 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18487
18488 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18489 assume that the user didn't want to scdebugroll but wanted to whatever
18490 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18491
18492 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18493 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18494
18495 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18496 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18497 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18498 hemisphere you're in.)
18499
18500 To test this function, evaluate:
18501 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18502
18503 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18504
18505 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18506 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18507
18508 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18509 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18510
18511 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18512 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18513 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18514
18515 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18516 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18517
18518 To test this function, evaluate:
18519 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18520
18521 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18522
18523 ;;;***
18524 \f
18525 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (18533
18526 ;;;;;; 1974))
18527 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18528
18529 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18530 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18531 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18532 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18533 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18534 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18535
18536 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
18537
18538 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
18539 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18540 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18541 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18542
18543 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18544
18545 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18546
18547 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18548
18549 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18550 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18551 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18552 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18553 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18554 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18555
18556 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18557 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18558 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18559 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18560 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18561
18562 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18563 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18564
18565 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18566 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18567
18568 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18569
18570 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18571 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18572 primary selection and region.
18573
18574 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18575
18576 ;;;***
18577 \f
18578 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (18468 40892))
18579 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18580
18581 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18582 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18583
18584 \(fn)" t nil)
18585
18586 ;;;***
18587 \f
18588 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (18468 40887))
18589 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18590
18591 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18592 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18593 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18594 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18595 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18596 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18597
18598 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18599
18600 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18601 Toggle Msb mode.
18602 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18603 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18604 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18605
18606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18607
18608 ;;;***
18609 \f
18610 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log unicode-data unicodedata-file mule-diag
18611 ;;;;;; list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font
18612 ;;;;;; list-coding-categories list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system
18613 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system-briefly describe-coding-system
18614 ;;;;;; describe-character-set list-charset-chars read-charset list-character-sets)
18615 ;;;;;; "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (18516 15190))
18616 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18617
18618 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18619 Display a list of all character sets.
18620
18621 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18622 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18623 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18624 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18625
18626 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18627 but still shows the full information.
18628
18629 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18630
18631 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18632 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18633 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18634
18635 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18636 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18637 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18638 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18639 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18640
18641 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18642
18643 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18644 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18645
18646 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18647
18648 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18649 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18650
18651 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18652
18653 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18654 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18655
18656 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18657
18658 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18659 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18660
18661 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18662 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18663 in place of `..':
18664 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18665 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18666 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18667 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18668 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18669 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18670 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18671 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18672 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18673 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18674 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18675 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18676 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18677 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18678 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18679 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18680
18681 \(fn)" t nil)
18682
18683 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18684 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18685
18686 \(fn)" t nil)
18687
18688 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18689 Display a list of all coding systems.
18690 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18691
18692 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18693 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18694
18695 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18696
18697 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18698 Display a list of all coding categories.
18699
18700 \(fn)" nil nil)
18701
18702 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18703 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18704 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18705
18706 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18707
18708 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18709 Display information about FONTSET.
18710 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18711
18712 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18713
18714 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18715 Display a list of all fontsets.
18716 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18717 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18718 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18719
18720 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18721
18722 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18723 Display information about all input methods.
18724
18725 \(fn)" t nil)
18726
18727 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18728 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18729
18730 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18731 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18732 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18733 system which uses fontsets).
18734
18735 \(fn)" t nil)
18736
18737 (defvar unicodedata-file nil "\
18738 Location of UnicodeData file.
18739 This is the UnicodeData.txt file from the Unicode consortium, used for
18740 diagnostics. If it is non-nil `describe-char-after' will print data
18741 looked up from it.")
18742
18743 (custom-autoload 'unicodedata-file "mule-diag" t)
18744
18745 (autoload 'unicode-data "mule-diag" "\
18746 Return a list of Unicode data for unicode CHAR.
18747 Each element is a list of a property description and the property value.
18748 The list is null if CHAR isn't found in `unicodedata-file'.
18749
18750 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18751
18752 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18753 Show log of font listing and opening.
18754
18755 \(fn)" t nil)
18756
18757 ;;;***
18758 \f
18759 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18760 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18761 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18762 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18763 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18764 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (18516 15190))
18765 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18766
18767 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
18768 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18769 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18770
18771 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18772
18773 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18774
18775 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18776 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18777
18778 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18779 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18780
18781 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18782 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18783
18784 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18785
18786 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18787 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18788 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18789 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18790 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18791 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18792 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18793
18794 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18795 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18796 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18797 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18798 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18799 middle of a character in STR.
18800
18801 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18802 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18803
18804 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18805 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18806 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18807 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18808 defaults to \"...\".
18809
18810 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18811
18812 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18813 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18814
18815 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18816 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18817 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18818
18819 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18820 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18821 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18822
18823 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18824 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18825 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18826 is considered.
18827 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18828 longer than KEYSEQ.
18829 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18830
18831 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18832
18833 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18834 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18835 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18836 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18837 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18838 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18839 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18840 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18841 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18842 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18843 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18844
18845 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18846
18847 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18848 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18849
18850 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18851
18852 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18853 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18854
18855 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18856
18857 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18858 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18859
18860 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18861
18862 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18863 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18864
18865 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18866
18867 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18868 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18869 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See
18870 `set-coding-priority'. This affects the implicit sorting of lists of
18871 coding sysems returned by operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18872
18873 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
18874
18875 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18876 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18877 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18878 coding systems ordered by priority.
18879
18880 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18881
18882 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18883 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18884 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18885 language environment LANG-ENV.
18886
18887 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18888
18889 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18890 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18891 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18892 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18893 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18894 basis, this may not be accurate.
18895
18896 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18897
18898 ;;;***
18899 \f
18900 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18901 ;;;;;; (18573 48342))
18902 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18903
18904 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18905 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18906 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18907 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18908 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18909 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18910
18911 (custom-autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" nil)
18912
18913 (autoload 'mouse-wheel-mode "mwheel" "\
18914 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18915 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18916 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18917
18918 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18919
18920 (autoload 'mwheel-install "mwheel" "\
18921 Enable mouse wheel support.
18922
18923 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18924
18925 ;;;***
18926 \f
18927 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18928 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18929 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat iwconfig ifconfig
18930 ;;;;;; ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (18468 40890))
18931 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18932
18933 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18934 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18935
18936 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18937
18938 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18939 Ping HOST.
18940 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18941 `ping-program-options'.
18942
18943 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18944
18945 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18946 Run ifconfig program.
18947
18948 \(fn)" t nil)
18949
18950 (defalias 'ipconfig 'ifconfig)
18951
18952 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18953 Run iwconfig program.
18954
18955 \(fn)" t nil)
18956
18957 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18958 Run netstat program.
18959
18960 \(fn)" t nil)
18961
18962 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18963 Run arp program.
18964
18965 \(fn)" t nil)
18966
18967 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18968 Run route program.
18969
18970 \(fn)" t nil)
18971
18972 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18973 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18974
18975 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18976
18977 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18978 Run nslookup program.
18979
18980 \(fn)" t nil)
18981
18982 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18983 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18984
18985 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18986
18987 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18988 Run dig program.
18989
18990 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18991
18992 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18993 Run ftp program.
18994
18995 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18996
18997 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18998 Finger USER on HOST.
18999
19000 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19001
19002 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19003 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19004 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19005 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19006
19007 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19008
19009 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19010 Not documented
19011
19012 \(fn)" t nil)
19013
19014 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19015 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19016
19017 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19018
19019 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19020 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19021
19022 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19023
19024 ;;;***
19025 \f
19026 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
19027 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
19028 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
19029 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
19030 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
19031 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (18468 40887))
19032 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
19033
19034 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
19035
19036 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
19037
19038 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
19039
19040 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
19041
19042 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
19043 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
19044 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
19045 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
19046 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
19047 Major modes should set this variable.")
19048
19049 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
19050 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
19051 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
19052 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
19053 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
19054 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
19055
19056 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
19057 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
19058
19059 (defvar comment-start nil "\
19060 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
19061 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19062
19063 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
19064 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
19065 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
19066 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
19067 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19068
19069 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
19070 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
19071 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19072
19073 (defvar comment-end "" "\
19074 *String to insert to end a new comment.
19075 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
19076 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19077
19078 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
19079 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
19080 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
19081 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
19082 column indentation or nil.
19083 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
19084
19085 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
19086 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
19087 The function has no args.
19088
19089 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
19090 comments always start in column zero.")
19091
19092 (defvar comment-style 'indent-or-triple "\
19093 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
19094 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
19095
19096 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
19097
19098 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
19099 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
19100 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
19101 of the corresponding number of spaces.
19102
19103 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
19104 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
19105
19106 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
19107
19108 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
19109 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
19110 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
19111 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
19112 customize this variable.
19113
19114 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
19115 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
19116
19117 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
19118
19119 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
19120 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19121 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19122 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19123 the variables are properly set.
19124
19125 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19126
19127 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
19128 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19129
19130 \(fn)" nil nil)
19131
19132 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
19133 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19134 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19135
19136 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19137
19138 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
19139 Set the comment column based on point.
19140 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19141 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19142 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19143 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19144
19145 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19146
19147 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
19148 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
19149 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19150
19151 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19152
19153 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19154 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19155 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19156 comment markers.
19157
19158 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19159
19160 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
19161 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19162 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19163 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19164 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19165 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
19166 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
19167 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
19168
19169 The strings used as comment starts are built from
19170 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
19171
19172 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19173
19174 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
19175 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19176 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19177 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19178
19179 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19180
19181 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
19182 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19183 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19184 is passed on to the respective function.
19185
19186 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19187
19188 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
19189 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19190 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19191 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19192 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19193 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
19194 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
19195 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19196 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19197 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19198
19199 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19200
19201 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19202 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19203 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19204
19205 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
19206
19207 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
19208 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19209 This indents the body of the continued comment
19210 under the previous comment line.
19211
19212 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19213 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19214 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19215
19216 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19217 or comment indentation.
19218
19219 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19220 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19221
19222 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19223
19224 ;;;***
19225 \f
19226 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
19227 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (18550 15778))
19228 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19229
19230 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19231 Check whether newsticker is running.
19232 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19233 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19234
19235 \(fn)" nil nil)
19236
19237 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19238 Start the newsticker.
19239 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19240 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19241 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19242 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19243
19244 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19245
19246 ;;;***
19247 \f
19248 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19249 ;;;;;; (18517 23724))
19250 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19251
19252 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19253 Start newsticker plainview.
19254
19255 \(fn)" t nil)
19256
19257 ;;;***
19258 \f
19259 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
19260 ;;;;;; (18517 23724))
19261 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19262
19263 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19264 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19265
19266 \(fn)" t nil)
19267
19268 ;;;***
19269 \f
19270 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
19271 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (18514 45473))
19272 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19273
19274 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19275 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19276 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19277 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19278 empty.
19279
19280 \(fn)" nil nil)
19281
19282 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19283 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19284 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19285 running already.
19286
19287 \(fn)" t nil)
19288
19289 ;;;***
19290 \f
19291 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
19292 ;;;;;; (18530 36604))
19293 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19294
19295 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19296 Start newsticker treeview.
19297
19298 \(fn)" t nil)
19299
19300 ;;;***
19301 \f
19302 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19303 ;;;;;; (18468 40889))
19304 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19305
19306 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19307 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19308
19309 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19310
19311 ;;;***
19312 \f
19313 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (18468
19314 ;;;;;; 40889))
19315 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19316
19317 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19318 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19319 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19320 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19321 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19322 symbol in the alist.
19323
19324 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19325
19326 ;;;***
19327 \f
19328 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19329 ;;;;;; (18516 15189))
19330 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19331
19332 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19333 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19334 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19335
19336 \(fn)" t nil)
19337
19338 ;;;***
19339 \f
19340 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19341 ;;;;;; (18530 36603))
19342 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19343
19344 (autoload 'nnkiboze-generate-groups "nnkiboze" "\
19345 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19346 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19347
19348 \(fn)" t nil)
19349
19350 ;;;***
19351 \f
19352 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19353 ;;;;;; (18516 15189))
19354 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19355
19356 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19357 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19358
19359 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19360
19361 ;;;***
19362 \f
19363 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19364 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (18468 40889))
19365 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19366
19367 (autoload 'nnsoup-pack-replies "nnsoup" "\
19368 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19369
19370 \(fn)" t nil)
19371
19372 (autoload 'nnsoup-set-variables "nnsoup" "\
19373 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19374
19375 \(fn)" t nil)
19376
19377 (autoload 'nnsoup-revert-variables "nnsoup" "\
19378 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19379
19380 \(fn)" t nil)
19381
19382 ;;;***
19383 \f
19384 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19385 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (18468 40887))
19386 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19387
19388 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19389 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19390 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19391
19392 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19393
19394 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19395 Not documented
19396
19397 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19398
19399 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19400 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19401 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19402 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19403 to future sessions.
19404
19405 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19406
19407 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19408 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19409 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19410 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19411 to future sessions.
19412
19413 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19414
19415 ;;;***
19416 \f
19417 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19418 ;;;;;; (18468 40893))
19419 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19420
19421 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19422 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19423 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19424 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19425 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19426 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19427
19428 \(fn)" t nil)
19429
19430 ;;;***
19431 \f
19432 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
19433 ;;;;;; (18550 15778))
19434 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19435
19436 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19437 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19438 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19439 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19440
19441 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19442
19443 ;;;***
19444 \f
19445 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (18550
19446 ;;;;;; 15778))
19447 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19448
19449 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19450 Major mode for editing XML.
19451
19452 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19453 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19454 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19455 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19456 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19457 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19458 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19459
19460 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19461
19462 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19463 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19464
19465 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19466 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19467 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19468 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19469 instead of C-c.
19470
19471 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19472 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19473 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19474 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19475 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19476 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19477
19478 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19479 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19480 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19481
19482 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19483 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19484 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19485
19486 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19487 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19488 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19489 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19490 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19491 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19492 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19493 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19494 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19495
19496 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19497
19498 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19499 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19500
19501 \(fn)" t nil)
19502
19503 ;;;***
19504 \f
19505 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19506 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (18550 15778))
19507 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19508
19509 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19510 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19511 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19512 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19513
19514 \(fn)" t nil)
19515
19516 ;;;***
19517 \f
19518 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19519 ;;;;;; (18468 40892))
19520 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19521
19522 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19523 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19524 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19525
19526 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19527
19528 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19529 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19530
19531 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19532 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19533 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19534
19535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19536
19537 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19538
19539 ;;;***
19540 \f
19541 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19542 ;;;;;; (18468 40892))
19543 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19544
19545 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19546 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19547
19548 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19549 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19550 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc.. in different faces (with
19551 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19552
19553 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19554 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19555 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19556 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19557 is why you need this mode!).
19558
19559 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19560 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19561 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19562
19563 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19564
19565 Keybindings
19566 ===========
19567
19568 \\{octave-mode-map}
19569
19570 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19571 ==============================================
19572
19573 `octave-auto-indent'
19574 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19575 Default is nil.
19576
19577 `octave-auto-newline'
19578 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19579 Default is nil.
19580
19581 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19582 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19583 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19584
19585 `octave-block-offset'
19586 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19587 Default is 2.
19588
19589 `octave-continuation-offset'
19590 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19591 Default is 4.
19592
19593 `octave-continuation-string'
19594 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19595 Default is a backslash.
19596
19597 `octave-send-echo-input'
19598 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19599 command to the inferior Octave process.
19600
19601 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19602 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19603 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19604
19605 `octave-send-echo-input'
19606 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19607
19608 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19609
19610 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19611 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19612
19613 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19614
19615 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19616 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19617
19618 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19619 (lambda ()
19620 (abbrev-mode 1)
19621 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19622
19623 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19624 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19625 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19626 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19627
19628 \(fn)" t nil)
19629
19630 ;;;***
19631 \f
19632 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-require-autoloaded-modules org-cycle-agenda-files
19633 ;;;;;; org-iswitchb org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string org-open-at-point-global
19634 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link org-run-like-in-org-mode
19635 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle
19636 ;;;;;; org-cycle org-mode) "org" "org/org.el" (18573 48348))
19637 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19638
19639 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19640 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19641 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19642
19643 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19644 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19645 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19646 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19647 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19648 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19649 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19650 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19651 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19652 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19653
19654 The following commands are available:
19655
19656 \\{org-mode-map}
19657
19658 \(fn)" t nil)
19659
19660 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19661 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19662
19663 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19664 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19665 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19666 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19667 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19668 When called with two C-c C-u prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19669 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19670 properties in the buffer.
19671
19672 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19673 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19674 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19675 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19676 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19677 and zoom in further.
19678 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19679
19680 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19681 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19682 is negative, go up that many levels.
19683
19684 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19685 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19686 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19687
19688 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19689 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19690 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19691
19692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19693
19694 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19695 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19696 With C-u prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19697 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19698
19699 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19700
19701 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19702 Toggle the minor more `orgstruct-mode'.
19703 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other modes.
19704 The following key behave as if Org-mode was active, if the cursor
19705 is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both in the definition
19706 of Org-mode).
19707
19708 M-up Move entry/item up
19709 M-down Move entry/item down
19710 M-left Promote
19711 M-right Demote
19712 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19713 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19714 M-S-left Promote subtree
19715 M-S-right Demote subtree
19716 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19717 C-c ^ Sort entries
19718 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19719 TAB Cycle item visibility
19720 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19721 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Chekbox item
19722 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19723
19724 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19725
19726 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19727 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19728
19729 \(fn)" nil nil)
19730
19731 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19732 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode', and force org-mode indentations.
19733 In addition to setting orgstruct-mode, this also exports all indentation and
19734 autofilling variables from org-mode into the buffer. Note that turning
19735 off orgstruct-mode will *not* remove these additional settings.
19736
19737 \(fn)" nil nil)
19738
19739 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19740 Not documented
19741
19742 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19743
19744 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19745 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19746 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19747 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19748
19749 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19750 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19751 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19752
19753 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19754
19755 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19756 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19757 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19758
19759 \(fn)" t nil)
19760
19761 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19762 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19763 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19764 Org-mode syntax.
19765
19766 \(fn)" t nil)
19767
19768 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19769 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19770
19771 \(fn S &optional ARG)" t nil)
19772
19773 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
19774 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
19775
19776 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
19777 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
19778 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
19779 returned as a list.
19780
19781 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
19782 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
19783 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
19784 visited by the iteration.
19785
19786 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
19787
19788 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
19789 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
19790 file The current buffer, without restriction
19791 file-with-archives
19792 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
19793 agenda All agenda files
19794 agenda-with-archives
19795 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
19796 \(file1 file2 ...)
19797 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
19798
19799 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
19800 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
19801
19802 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
19803 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
19804 function or Emacs Lisp form:
19805 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
19806 the the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
19807 entry and search will continue from the point where the
19808 function leaves it.
19809
19810 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
19811
19812 (autoload 'org-iswitchb "org" "\
19813 Use `iswitchb-read-buffer' to prompt for an Org buffer to switch to.
19814 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
19815 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19816
19817 Due to some yet unresolved reason, global function
19818 `iswitchb-mode' needs to be active for this function to work.
19819
19820 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19821
19822 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19823 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19824 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19825 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19826
19827 \(fn)" t nil)
19828
19829 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
19830 Not documented
19831
19832 \(fn)" t nil)
19833
19834 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19835 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19836
19837 \(fn)" t nil)
19838
19839 ;;;***
19840 \f
19841 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-diary
19842 ;;;;;; org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
19843 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
19844 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19845 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (18573 48348))
19846 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19847
19848 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19849 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19850 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19851 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19852
19853 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19854 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19855 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19856 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19857 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19858 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19859 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19860 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19861 e Export views to associated files.
19862
19863 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19864 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19865 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19866
19867 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19868 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19869 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19870 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19871 \(if active).
19872
19873 \(fn ARG &optional KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19874
19875 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19876 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19877 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19878 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19879 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19880 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19881 before running the agenda command.
19882
19883 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19884
19885 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19886 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19887 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19888 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19889 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19890 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19891 before running the agenda command.
19892
19893 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19894 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19895
19896 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19897
19898 category The category of the item
19899 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19900 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19901 todo selected in TODO match
19902 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19903 diary imported from diary
19904 deadline a deadline on given date
19905 scheduled scheduled on given date
19906 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19907 closed entry was closed on given date
19908 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19909 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19910 block entry has date block including g. date
19911 todo The todo keyword, if any
19912 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19913 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19914 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19915 extra Sting with extra planning info
19916 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19917 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19918 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19919
19920 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19921
19922 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19923 Not documented
19924
19925 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19926
19927 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19928 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19929
19930 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19931
19932 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19933 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19934 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19935 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19936
19937 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
19938 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
19939 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
19940 agenda instead.
19941
19942 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19943 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify NDAYS to change
19944 the number of days. NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19945
19946 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19947 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19948
19949 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19950
19951 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19952 Show all entries that contain words or regular expressions.
19953 If the first character of the search string is an asterisks,
19954 search only the headlines.
19955
19956 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19957 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19958 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19959 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19960 EDIT-AT.
19961
19962 The search string is broken into \"words\" by splitting at whitespace.
19963 The individual words are then interpreted as a boolean expression with
19964 logical AND. Words prefixed with a minus must not occur in the entry.
19965 Words without a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry.
19966 Matching is case-insensitive and the words are enclosed by word delimiters.
19967
19968 Words enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as regular expressions
19969 that must or must not match in the entry.
19970
19971 If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19972 If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19973 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19974 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19975
19976 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19977 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19978
19979 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19980
19981 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19982 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19983 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19984 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19985 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19986 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19987
19988 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19989
19990 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19991 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19992 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19993
19994 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19995
19996 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19997 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19998 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19999 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
20000 `org-stuck-projects'.
20001 MATCH is being ignored.
20002
20003 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20004
20005 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
20006 Return diary information from org-files.
20007 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20008 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20009 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20010 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
20011
20012 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
20013 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
20014 also be listed, on the expiration day.
20015
20016 :sexp List entries resulting from diary-like sexps.
20017
20018 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
20019 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
20020 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
20021 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
20022
20023 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
20024 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
20025 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
20026
20027 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
20028 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
20029 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
20030 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
20031
20032 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20033
20034 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20035
20036 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20037 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20038
20039 &%%(org-diary)
20040
20041 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
20042 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
20043 So the example above may also be written as
20044
20045 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20046
20047 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20048 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20049 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20050
20051 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20052
20053 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20054 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20055 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20056
20057 \(fn)" t nil)
20058
20059 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20060 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20061 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20062 appointements.
20063
20064 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20065 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20066
20067 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20068 for filtering entries out.
20069
20070 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20071 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
20072
20073 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20074 (category \"Work\"))
20075
20076 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20077 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20078
20079 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER)" t nil)
20080
20081 ;;;***
20082 \f
20083 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
20084 ;;;;;; (18573 48348))
20085 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
20086
20087 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
20088 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
20089
20090 \(fn)" nil nil)
20091
20092 ;;;***
20093 \f
20094 ;;;### (autoloads (org-get-clocktable) "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el"
20095 ;;;;;; (18573 48348))
20096 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
20097
20098 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
20099 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
20100 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
20101 fontified, and then returned.
20102
20103 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
20104
20105 ;;;***
20106 \f
20107 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files
20108 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-this-file
20109 ;;;;;; org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html org-export-region-as-html
20110 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer org-export-as-html-batch
20111 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-and-open org-insert-export-options-template
20112 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export-as-ascii org-export) "org-exp"
20113 ;;;;;; "org/org-exp.el" (18573 48348))
20114 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
20115
20116 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20117
20118 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20119
20120 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
20121 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
20122 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
20123 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
20124 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20125
20126 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
20127 ARG is a double universal prefix `C-u C-u', that means to inverse the
20128 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20129
20130 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20131
20132 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-exp" "\
20133 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
20134 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20135 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20136 underlined headlines. The default is 3.
20137
20138 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20139
20140 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
20141 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
20142 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
20143 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also select the export command in
20144 the `C-c C-e' export dispatcher.
20145 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
20146 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
20147 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
20148 command.
20149
20150 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
20151
20152 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
20153 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
20154
20155 \(fn)" t nil)
20156
20157 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-exp" "\
20158 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
20159 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20160 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20161 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
20162
20163 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20164
20165 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-exp" "\
20166 Call `org-export-as-html', may be used in batch processing as
20167 emacs --batch
20168 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20169 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20170 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
20171
20172 \(fn)" nil nil)
20173
20174 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-exp" "\
20175 Call `org-exort-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
20176 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
20177
20178 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20179
20180 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-exp" "\
20181 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
20182 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
20183 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
20184 command to convert it.
20185
20186 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20187
20188 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-exp" "\
20189 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
20190 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20191 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20192 cut-and-paste operations.
20193 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20194 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20195 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20196 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20197
20198 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
20199
20200 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20201 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20202
20203 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20204
20205 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-exp" "\
20206 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
20207 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20208 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20209 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20210 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the HTML buffer.
20211 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20212 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20213 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20214 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20215 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20216 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20217 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
20218 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
20219 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20220
20221 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20222
20223 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-exp" "\
20224 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
20225 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
20226 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
20227 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
20228 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
20229 need into your CSS file.
20230
20231 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
20232 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
20233 that uses these same face definitions.
20234
20235 \(fn)" t nil)
20236
20237 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-exp" "\
20238 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
20239 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20240 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20241
20242 \(fn)" t nil)
20243
20244 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-exp" "\
20245 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
20246 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20247 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20248
20249 \(fn)" t nil)
20250
20251 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-exp" "\
20252 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
20253 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
20254
20255 \(fn)" t nil)
20256
20257 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-exp" "\
20258 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
20259 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
20260
20261 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20262
20263 ;;;***
20264 \f
20265 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-latex org-export-region-as-latex
20266 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
20267 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-export-latex" "org/org-export-latex.el"
20268 ;;;;;; (18573 48348))
20269 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-export-latex.el
20270
20271 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-export-latex" "\
20272 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing as
20273 emacs --batch
20274 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20275 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20276 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
20277
20278 \(fn)" nil nil)
20279
20280 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-export-latex" "\
20281 Call `org-exort-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
20282 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
20283
20284 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20285
20286 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20287 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
20288 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20289 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20290 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
20291 then use this command to convert it.
20292
20293 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20294
20295 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20296 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
20297 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20298 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20299 cut-and-paste operations.
20300 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20301 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20302 produced LaTeX as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20303 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20304
20305 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
20306
20307 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20308 in a window. A non-interactive call will only retunr the buffer.
20309
20310 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20311
20312 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-export-latex" "\
20313 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
20314 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20315 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20316 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
20317 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
20318 convert them as description lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't
20319 display the LaTeX buffer. EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20320 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20321 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20322 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20323 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20324 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
20325 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20326 simply return the content of \begin{document}...\end{document},
20327 without even the \begin{document} and \end{document} commands.
20328 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20329
20330 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20331
20332 ;;;***
20333 \f
20334 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-find org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling
20335 ;;;;;; org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion org-id-get org-id-copy
20336 ;;;;;; org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el" (18573 48348))
20337 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
20338
20339 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
20340 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
20341 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
20342 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
20343
20344 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20345
20346 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
20347 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
20348 Create an ID if necessary.
20349
20350 \(fn)" t nil)
20351
20352 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
20353 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
20354 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
20355 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
20356 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
20357 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
20358 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
20359
20360 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
20361
20362 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
20363 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20364 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
20365 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
20366 eligible.
20367 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20368
20369 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20370
20371 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
20372 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20373 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
20374 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20375
20376 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20377
20378 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
20379 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
20380 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
20381
20382 \(fn ID)" t nil)
20383
20384 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
20385 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
20386 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
20387 if there is no entry with that ID.
20388 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
20389
20390 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
20391
20392 ;;;***
20393 \f
20394 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
20395 ;;;;;; (18573 48348))
20396 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
20397
20398 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
20399 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
20400
20401 \(fn)" nil nil)
20402
20403 ;;;***
20404 \f
20405 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
20406 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
20407 ;;;;;; (18573 48348))
20408 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
20409
20410 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
20411 Publish PROJECT.
20412
20413 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20414
20415 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
20416 Publish all projects.
20417 With prefix argument, force publish all files.
20418
20419 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20420
20421 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
20422 Publish the current file.
20423 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
20424
20425 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20426
20427 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
20428 Publish the project associated with the current file.
20429 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
20430 the project.
20431
20432 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20433
20434 ;;;***
20435 \f
20436 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
20437 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
20438 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (18573 48348))
20439 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
20440
20441 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
20442 Setup remember.el for use wiht Org-mode.
20443
20444 \(fn)" nil nil)
20445
20446 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
20447 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
20448 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
20449 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
20450 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
20451
20452 \(fn)" nil nil)
20453
20454 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
20455 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
20456 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
20457 to be run from that hook to function properly.
20458
20459 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
20460
20461 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
20462 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
20463 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
20464 of the remember buffer.
20465
20466 When called interactively with a `C-u' prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
20467 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
20468 stores its notes. With a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', go to the last
20469 note stored by remember.
20470
20471 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
20472 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
20473
20474 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
20475
20476 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
20477 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
20478 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
20479 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
20480 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
20481 file the text at a specific location.
20482 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
20483 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
20484 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
20485
20486 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
20487 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
20488 RET buffer-start as level 1 heading at end of file
20489 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
20490 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
20491 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
20492 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
20493 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
20494
20495 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
20496 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
20497 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el.
20498 You can also get the fast execution without prompting by using
20499 C-u C-c C-c to exit the remember buffer. See also the variable
20500 `org-remember-store-without-prompt'.
20501
20502 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
20503 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
20504 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
20505
20506 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
20507 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
20508 \(i.e. after the stars).
20509
20510 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
20511
20512 \(fn)" nil nil)
20513
20514 ;;;***
20515 \f
20516 ;;;### (autoloads (orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl) "org-table" "org/org-table.el"
20517 ;;;;;; (18573 48348))
20518 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
20519
20520 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
20521 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
20522
20523 \(fn)" nil nil)
20524
20525 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
20526 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
20527
20528 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20529
20530 ;;;***
20531 \f
20532 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20533 ;;;;;; (18468 40887))
20534 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20535 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20536
20537 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20538 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20539 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20540 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20541
20542 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20543 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20544 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20545 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20546
20547 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20548 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20549 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20550 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20551 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20552 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20553
20554 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20555 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20556 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20557
20558 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20559 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20560 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20561 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20562 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20563 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20564 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20565 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20566 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20567 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20568 The subheadings remain visible.
20569 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20570
20571 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20572 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20573 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20574
20575 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20576 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20577
20578 \(fn)" t nil)
20579
20580 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20581 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20582 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
20583 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20584
20585 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20586
20587 ;;;***
20588 \f
20589 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (18468 40887))
20590 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20591
20592 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20593 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20594 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20595 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20596 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20597 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20598
20599 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20600
20601 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20602 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20603 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20604 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20605
20606 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20607 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20608
20609 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20610
20611 ;;;***
20612 \f
20613 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20614 ;;;;;; (18508 22728))
20615 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20616
20617 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20618 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20619 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20620 unknown are returned as nil.
20621
20622 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20623
20624 ;;;***
20625 \f
20626 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (18468
20627 ;;;;;; 40892))
20628 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20629
20630 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20631 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20632 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20633
20634 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20635 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20636
20637 Other useful functions are:
20638
20639 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20640 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20641 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20642 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20643 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20644 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20645 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20646 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20647 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20648
20649 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20650
20651 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
20652 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20653 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
20654 Indentation for case statements.
20655 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
20656 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20657 mark after an end.
20658 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
20659 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20660 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
20661 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20662 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20663 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
20664 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20665 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20666 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
20667 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20668
20669 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
20670 pascal-separator-keywords.
20671
20672 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20673 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20674
20675 \(fn)" t nil)
20676
20677 ;;;***
20678 \f
20679 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20680 ;;;;;; (18468 40888))
20681 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20682
20683 (autoload 'pc-bindings-mode "pc-mode" "\
20684 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20685 The keys affected are:
20686 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20687 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20688 M-Backspace does undo.
20689 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20690 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20691 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20692
20693 \(fn)" t nil)
20694
20695 ;;;***
20696 \f
20697 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "emulation/pc-select.el"
20698 ;;;;;; (18533 1975))
20699 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20700
20701 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20702 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20703 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20704 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20705 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20706 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20707
20708 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
20709
20710 (autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" "\
20711 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20712
20713 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20714
20715 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20716 which modify the status of the mark.
20717
20718 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20719 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20720
20721 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20722 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20723
20724 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20725 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20726 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20727 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20728 turning PC Selection mode on.
20729
20730 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20731 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20732
20733 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20734 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20735 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20736
20737 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20738 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20739 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20740
20741 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20742 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20743
20744 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20745 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20746 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20747
20748 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20749 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20750 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20751
20752 F6 other-window
20753 DELETE delete-char
20754 C-DELETE kill-line
20755 M-DELETE kill-word
20756 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20757 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20758 M-BACKSPACE undo
20759
20760 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20761
20762 ;;;***
20763 \f
20764 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (18468
20765 ;;;;;; 40887))
20766 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20767
20768 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20769 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20770
20771 \(fn)" nil nil)
20772
20773 ;;;***
20774 \f
20775 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20776 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (18468 40887))
20777 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20778
20779 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20780 Completion for `gzip'.
20781
20782 \(fn)" nil nil)
20783
20784 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20785 Completion for `bzip2'.
20786
20787 \(fn)" nil nil)
20788
20789 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20790 Completion for GNU `make'.
20791
20792 \(fn)" nil nil)
20793
20794 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20795 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20796
20797 \(fn)" nil nil)
20798
20799 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20800
20801 ;;;***
20802 \f
20803 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20804 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (18468 40887))
20805 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20806
20807 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20808 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20809
20810 \(fn)" nil nil)
20811
20812 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20813 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20814
20815 \(fn)" nil nil)
20816
20817 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20818 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20819
20820 \(fn)" nil nil)
20821
20822 ;;;***
20823 \f
20824 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (18468
20825 ;;;;;; 40887))
20826 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20827
20828 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20829 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
20830 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
20831 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
20832 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
20833 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
20834
20835 \(fn)" nil nil)
20836
20837 ;;;***
20838 \f
20839 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
20840 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
20841 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (18468 40887))
20842 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20843
20844 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20845 Completion for `cd'.
20846
20847 \(fn)" nil nil)
20848
20849 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20850
20851 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20852 Completion for `rmdir'.
20853
20854 \(fn)" nil nil)
20855
20856 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20857 Completion for `rm'.
20858
20859 \(fn)" nil nil)
20860
20861 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20862 Completion for `xargs'.
20863
20864 \(fn)" nil nil)
20865
20866 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20867
20868 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20869 Completion for `which'.
20870
20871 \(fn)" nil nil)
20872
20873 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20874 Completion for the `chown' command.
20875
20876 \(fn)" nil nil)
20877
20878 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20879 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20880
20881 \(fn)" nil nil)
20882
20883 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20884 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20885
20886 \(fn)" nil nil)
20887
20888 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20889 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20890 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20891
20892 \(fn)" nil nil)
20893
20894 ;;;***
20895 \f
20896 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20897 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20898 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (18468
20899 ;;;;;; 40887))
20900 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20901
20902 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20903 Support extensible programmable completion.
20904 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20905 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20906
20907 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20908
20909 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20910 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20911
20912 \(fn)" t nil)
20913
20914 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20915 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20916 This will modify the current buffer.
20917
20918 \(fn)" t nil)
20919
20920 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20921 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20922
20923 \(fn)" t nil)
20924
20925 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20926 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20927 This will modify the current buffer.
20928
20929 \(fn)" t nil)
20930
20931 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20932 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20933
20934 \(fn)" t nil)
20935
20936 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20937 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20938
20939 \(fn)" t nil)
20940
20941 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20942 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20943 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20944 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20945 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20946
20947 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20948
20949 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20950 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
20951
20952 \(fn)" nil nil)
20953
20954 ;;;***
20955 \f
20956 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20957 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20958 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (18468 40887))
20959 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20960
20961 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20962 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20963 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20964 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20965
20966 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20967
20968 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20969
20970 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20971 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20972 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20973 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20974 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20975 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20976 FLAGS is ignored.
20977
20978 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20979
20980 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20981 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20982 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20983 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20984 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20985 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20986 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20987 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20988
20989 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20990
20991 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20992 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20993 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20994 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20995 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20996 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20997 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20998 passed to cvs.
20999
21000 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
21001
21002 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
21003 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21004 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21005 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21006 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21007 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21008 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21009
21010 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21011
21012 (add-to-list 'completion-ignored-extensions "CVS/")
21013
21014 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
21015 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
21016 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
21017
21018 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
21019
21020 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
21021 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
21022 A value of nil means never do it.
21023 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
21024 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
21025 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
21026
21027 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
21028
21029 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
21030 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
21031 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
21032
21033 ;;;***
21034 \f
21035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (18468 40887))
21036 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
21037
21038 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] '(menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea")) (define-key m [checkout] '(menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository")) (define-key m [update] '(menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository")) (define-key m [examine] '(menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea")) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
21039
21040 ;;;***
21041 \f
21042 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
21043 ;;;;;; (18508 22731))
21044 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
21045 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21046 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21047 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21048 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21049 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21050 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21051
21052 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
21053 Major mode for editing Perl code.
21054 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
21055 Tab indents for Perl code.
21056 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
21057 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21058 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21059 \\{perl-mode-map}
21060 Variables controlling indentation style:
21061 `perl-tab-always-indent'
21062 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
21063 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21064 `perl-tab-to-comment'
21065 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
21066 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
21067 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
21068 `perl-nochange'
21069 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
21070 `perl-indent-level'
21071 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
21072 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
21073 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
21074 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
21075 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
21076 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
21077 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
21078 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
21079 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
21080 `perl-brace-offset'
21081 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
21082 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
21083 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
21084 this far to the right of the start of its line.
21085 `perl-label-offset'
21086 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
21087 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
21088 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
21089
21090 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
21091 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
21092 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
21093 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
21094 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
21095 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
21096 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
21097
21098 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
21099
21100 \(fn)" t nil)
21101
21102 ;;;***
21103 \f
21104 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
21105 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
21106 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
21107 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (18468 40887))
21108 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
21109
21110 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-region "pgg" "\
21111 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
21112
21113 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
21114
21115 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21116 passphrase cache or user.
21117
21118 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21119
21120 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region "pgg" "\
21121 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
21122
21123 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21124 cache or user.
21125
21126 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21127
21128 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric "pgg" "\
21129 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
21130
21131 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
21132 the region.
21133
21134 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21135 passphrase cache or user.
21136
21137 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21138
21139 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt "pgg" "\
21140 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
21141
21142 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
21143
21144 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
21145 the region.
21146
21147 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21148 passphrase cache or user.
21149
21150 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21151
21152 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt-region "pgg" "\
21153 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
21154
21155 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21156 passphrase cache or user.
21157
21158 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21159
21160 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt "pgg" "\
21161 Decrypt the current buffer.
21162
21163 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
21164 the region.
21165
21166 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21167 passphrase cache or user.
21168
21169 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21170
21171 (autoload 'pgg-sign-region "pgg" "\
21172 Make the signature from text between START and END.
21173
21174 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
21175 a detached signature.
21176
21177 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
21178 and the output is displayed.
21179
21180 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21181 passphrase cache or user.
21182
21183 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21184
21185 (autoload 'pgg-sign "pgg" "\
21186 Sign the current buffer.
21187
21188 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
21189 detached signature.
21190
21191 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
21192 within the region.
21193
21194 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
21195 and the output is displayed.
21196
21197 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21198 passphrase cache or user.
21199
21200 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21201
21202 (autoload 'pgg-verify-region "pgg" "\
21203 Verify the current region between START and END.
21204 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
21205 the detached signature of the current region.
21206
21207 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
21208 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
21209
21210 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
21211
21212 (autoload 'pgg-verify "pgg" "\
21213 Verify the current buffer.
21214 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
21215 the detached signature of the current region.
21216 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
21217 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
21218 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
21219 within the region.
21220
21221 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
21222
21223 (autoload 'pgg-insert-key "pgg" "\
21224 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
21225
21226 \(fn)" t nil)
21227
21228 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys-region "pgg" "\
21229 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
21230
21231 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21232
21233 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys "pgg" "\
21234 Import public keys in the current buffer.
21235
21236 \(fn)" t nil)
21237
21238 ;;;***
21239 \f
21240 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
21241 ;;;;;; (18468 40887))
21242 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
21243
21244 (autoload 'pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p "pgg-gpg" "\
21245 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
21246
21247 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
21248
21249 ;;;***
21250 \f
21251 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
21252 ;;;;;; (18468 40893))
21253 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21254
21255 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21256 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21257 \\<picture-mode-map>
21258 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21259 afterwards settable by these commands:
21260
21261 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21262 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21263 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21264 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21265
21266 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21267 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21268 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21269 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21270
21271 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21272 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21273 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21274 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21275
21276 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21277 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21278 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21279 with these commands:
21280
21281 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21282 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21283 Move to column following last
21284 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21285 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21286 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21287 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21288 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21289 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21290
21291 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21292
21293 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21294 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21295 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21296 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21297 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21298 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21299
21300 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21301 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21302 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
21303 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21304 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21305 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21306 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21307
21308 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21309 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21310 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21311 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21312 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21313 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21314 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21315 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
21316
21317 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21318 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21319 by supplying an argument.
21320
21321 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21322
21323 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21324 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
21325
21326 \(fn)" t nil)
21327
21328 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21329
21330 ;;;***
21331 \f
21332 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
21333 ;;;;;; (18468 40893))
21334 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21335
21336 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21337 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21338 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21339
21340 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21341
21342 ;;;***
21343 \f
21344 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (18468 40892))
21345 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21346
21347 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21348 Play pong and waste time.
21349 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21350 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21351
21352 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21353
21354 \\{pong-mode-map}
21355
21356 \(fn)" t nil)
21357
21358 ;;;***
21359 \f
21360 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
21361 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
21362 ;;;;;; (18468 40888))
21363 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21364
21365 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21366 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21367 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21368 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21369
21370 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21371
21372 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21373 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21374
21375 \(fn)" nil nil)
21376
21377 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21378 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21379 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21380 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21381 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21382
21383 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21384
21385 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21386 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21387 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21388
21389 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21390
21391 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21392 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21393
21394 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21395
21396 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21397 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21398 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21399 Ignores leading comment characters.
21400
21401 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21402
21403 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21404 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21405 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21406 Ignores leading comment characters.
21407
21408 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21409
21410 ;;;***
21411 \f
21412 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
21413 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
21414 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
21415 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
21416 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
21417 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
21418 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
21419 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
21420 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
21421 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
21422 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
21423 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
21424 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
21425 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
21426 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
21427 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
21428 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
21429 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
21430 ;;;;;; (18577 57511))
21431 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21432
21433 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21434 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21435
21436 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21437
21438 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21439
21440 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21441
21442 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21443 Preview directory using ghostview.
21444
21445 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21446 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21447 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21448 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21449
21450 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21451 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21452 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21453 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21454 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21455 file name.
21456
21457 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21458
21459 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21460
21461 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21462 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21463
21464 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21465 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21466 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21467 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21468
21469 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21470 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21471 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21472 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21473 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21474 file name.
21475
21476 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21477
21478 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21479
21480 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21481 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21482
21483 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21484 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21485 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21486 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21487
21488 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21489 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21490 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21491 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21492 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21493 file name.
21494
21495 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21496
21497 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21498
21499 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21500 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21501
21502 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21503
21504 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21505 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21506 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21507 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21508
21509 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21510 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21511 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21512 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21513 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21514 file name.
21515
21516 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21517
21518 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21519
21520 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21521 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21522
21523 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21524 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21525 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21526
21527 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21528 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21529 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21530 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21531
21532 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21533
21534 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21535 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21536
21537 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21538 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21539 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21540
21541 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21542 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21543 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21544 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21545
21546 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21547
21548 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21549 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21550
21551 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21552 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21553 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21554
21555 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21556 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21557 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21558 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21559
21560 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21561
21562 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21563 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21564
21565 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21566
21567 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21568 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21569 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21570
21571 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21572 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21573 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21574 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21575
21576 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21577
21578 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21579 Preview region using ghostview.
21580
21581 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21582
21583 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21584
21585 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21586 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21587
21588 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21589
21590 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21591
21592 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21593 Print region using PostScript printer.
21594
21595 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21596
21597 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21598
21599 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21600 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21601
21602 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21603
21604 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21605
21606 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21607 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21608
21609 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21610
21611 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21612
21613 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21614 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21615
21616 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21617
21618 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21619
21620 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21621 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21622
21623 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21624
21625 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21626
21627 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21628 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21629
21630 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21631
21632 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21633
21634 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21635 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21636 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21637 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21638
21639 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21640 matching.
21641
21642 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21643 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21644
21645 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21646
21647 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21648
21649 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21650 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21651 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21652 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21653
21654 \(fn)" t nil)
21655
21656 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21657 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21658 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21659 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21660
21661 \(fn)" t nil)
21662
21663 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21664 Print directory using text printer.
21665
21666 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21667 matching.
21668
21669 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21670 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21671
21672 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21673
21674 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21675
21676 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21677 Print buffer using text printer.
21678
21679 \(fn)" t nil)
21680
21681 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21682 Print region using text printer.
21683
21684 \(fn)" t nil)
21685
21686 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21687 Print major mode using text printer.
21688
21689 \(fn)" t nil)
21690
21691 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21692 Preview spooled PostScript.
21693
21694 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21695 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21696 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21697
21698 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21699 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21700 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21701
21702 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21703
21704 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21705 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21706
21707 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21708 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21709 instead of sending it to the printer.
21710
21711 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21712 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21713 image in a file with that name.
21714
21715 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21716
21717 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21718 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21719
21720 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21721 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21722 instead of sending it to the printer.
21723
21724 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21725 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21726 image in a file with that name.
21727
21728 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21729
21730 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21731 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21732
21733 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21734 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21735 instead of sending it to the printer.
21736
21737 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21738 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21739 image in a file with that name.
21740
21741 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21742
21743 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21744 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21745
21746 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21747
21748 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21749 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21750
21751 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21752
21753 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21754 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21755
21756 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21757
21758 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21759 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21760
21761 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21762
21763 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21764 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21765
21766 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21767
21768 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21769 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21770
21771 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21772 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21773 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21774 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21775
21776 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21777 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21778 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21779 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21780 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21781 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21782 file name.
21783
21784 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21785
21786 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21787 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21788
21789 \(fn)" t nil)
21790
21791 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21792 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21793
21794 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21795 right.
21796 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21797 bottom.
21798
21799 \(fn)" t nil)
21800
21801 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21802 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21803
21804 \(fn)" t nil)
21805
21806 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21807 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21808
21809 \(fn)" t nil)
21810
21811 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21812 Toggle printing with faces.
21813
21814 \(fn)" t nil)
21815
21816 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21817 Toggle spooling.
21818
21819 \(fn)" t nil)
21820
21821 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21822 Toggle duplex.
21823
21824 \(fn)" t nil)
21825
21826 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21827 Toggle tumble.
21828
21829 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21830 right.
21831 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21832 bottom.
21833
21834 \(fn)" t nil)
21835
21836 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21837 Toggle landscape.
21838
21839 \(fn)" t nil)
21840
21841 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21842 Toggle upside-down.
21843
21844 \(fn)" t nil)
21845
21846 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21847 Toggle line number.
21848
21849 \(fn)" t nil)
21850
21851 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21852 Toggle zebra stripes.
21853
21854 \(fn)" t nil)
21855
21856 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21857 Toggle printing header.
21858
21859 \(fn)" t nil)
21860
21861 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21862 Toggle printing header frame.
21863
21864 \(fn)" t nil)
21865
21866 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21867 Toggle menu lock.
21868
21869 \(fn)" t nil)
21870
21871 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21872 Toggle auto region.
21873
21874 \(fn)" t nil)
21875
21876 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21877 Toggle auto mode.
21878
21879 \(fn)" t nil)
21880
21881 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21882 Customization of the `printing' group.
21883
21884 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21885
21886 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21887 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21888
21889 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21890
21891 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21892 Help for the printing package.
21893
21894 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21895
21896 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21897 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21898
21899 \(fn)" t nil)
21900
21901 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21902 Interactively select a text printer.
21903
21904 \(fn)" t nil)
21905
21906 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21907 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21908
21909 \(fn)" t nil)
21910
21911 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21912 Show current ps-print settings.
21913
21914 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21915
21916 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21917 Show current printing settings.
21918
21919 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21920
21921 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21922 Show current lpr settings.
21923
21924 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21925
21926 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21927 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21928
21929 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21930 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21931 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21932 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21933
21934
21935 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21936
21937 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21938 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21939 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21940
21941 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21942 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21943 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21944 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21945 current active printer.
21946
21947 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21948 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21949 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21950 printer.
21951
21952 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21953 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21954 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21955 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21956 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21957
21958
21959 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21960 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21961
21962 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21963
21964 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21965 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21966 be done using the new current active printer.
21967
21968 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21969 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21970 printer.
21971
21972 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21973 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21974 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21975 instead of sending it to the printer.
21976
21977 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21978 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21979 printer.
21980
21981 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21982
21983
21984 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21985 are both set to t.
21986
21987 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21988
21989 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21990 Fast fire function for text printing.
21991
21992 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21993 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21994 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21995 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21996
21997 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21998 user for a new active text printer.
21999
22000 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
22001
22002 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
22003
22004 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
22005 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
22006 printer.
22007
22008 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
22009
22010 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22011 are both set to t.
22012
22013 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
22014
22015 ;;;***
22016 \f
22017 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (18508 22727))
22018 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
22019
22020 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
22021 Mode for displaying UNIX system processes and sending signals to them.
22022 Type \\<proced-mode-map>\\[proced-mark] to mark a process for later commands.
22023 Type \\[proced-send-signal] to send signals to marked processes.
22024
22025 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
22026 information will be displayed but not selected.
22027
22028 \\{proced-mode-map}
22029
22030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22031
22032 ;;;***
22033 \f
22034 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
22035 ;;;;;; (18468 40892))
22036 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
22037
22038 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
22039 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
22040 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
22041 Commands:
22042 \\{prolog-mode-map}
22043 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
22044 if that value is non-nil.
22045
22046 \(fn)" t nil)
22047
22048 (defalias 'run-prolog 'switch-to-prolog)
22049
22050 (autoload 'switch-to-prolog "prolog" "\
22051 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
22052 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
22053
22054 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
22055
22056 ;;;***
22057 \f
22058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (18468 40887))
22059 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
22060
22061 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
22062 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
22063 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
22064
22065 ;;;***
22066 \f
22067 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (18468
22068 ;;;;;; 40892))
22069 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
22070
22071 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
22072 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
22073
22074 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
22075
22076 The following variables hold user options, and can
22077 be set through the `customize' command:
22078
22079 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
22080 `ps-mode-tab'
22081 `ps-mode-paper-size'
22082 `ps-mode-print-function'
22083 `ps-run-prompt'
22084 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
22085 `ps-run-x'
22086 `ps-run-dumb'
22087 `ps-run-init'
22088 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
22089 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
22090
22091 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
22092
22093
22094 \\{ps-mode-map}
22095
22096
22097 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
22098 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
22099 The keymap for this second window is:
22100
22101 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
22102
22103
22104 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
22105 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
22106 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
22107 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
22108 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
22109
22110 \(fn)" t nil)
22111
22112 ;;;***
22113 \f
22114 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
22115 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
22116 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
22117 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
22118 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
22119 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (18468
22120 ;;;;;; 40887))
22121 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
22122
22123 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
22124 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
22125 See `ps-paper-type'.")
22126
22127 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
22128
22129 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
22130 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
22131 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
22132 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
22133
22134 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
22135
22136 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
22137 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
22138
22139 Valid values are:
22140
22141 nil Do not print colors.
22142
22143 t Print colors.
22144
22145 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
22146 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
22147
22148 Any other value is treated as t.")
22149
22150 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
22151
22152 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
22153 Customization of ps-print group.
22154
22155 \(fn)" t nil)
22156
22157 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
22158 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22159
22160 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22161 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
22162 sending it to the printer.
22163
22164 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22165 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22166 image in a file with that name.
22167
22168 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22169
22170 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22171 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22172 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22173 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22174 so it has a way to determine color values.
22175
22176 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22177
22178 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22179 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22180 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22181
22182 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22183
22184 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22185 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22186 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22187 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22188 so it has a way to determine color values.
22189
22190 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22191
22192 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22193 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22194 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22195 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22196
22197 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22198
22199 \(fn)" t nil)
22200
22201 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22202 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22203 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22204 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22205 so it has a way to determine color values.
22206
22207 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22208
22209 \(fn)" t nil)
22210
22211 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22212 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22213 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22214
22215 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22216
22217 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22218
22219 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22220 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22221 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22222 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22223 so it has a way to determine color values.
22224
22225 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22226
22227 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22228
22229 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22230 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22231
22232 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22233 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22234 instead of sending it to the printer.
22235
22236 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22237 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22238 image in a file with that name.
22239
22240 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22241
22242 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22243 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22244 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22245 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
22246 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
22247
22248 \(fn)" t nil)
22249
22250 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22251 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22252 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22253
22254 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22255
22256 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22257 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22258 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22259
22260 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22261
22262 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22263 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22264
22265 \(fn)" nil nil)
22266
22267 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22268 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22269
22270 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22271 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22272
22273 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22274 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22275
22276 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22277
22278 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22279
22280 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22281
22282 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22283 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22284
22285 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22286 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22287
22288 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22289 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22290
22291 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22292
22293 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22294
22295 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22296
22297 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22298 foreground and background colors respectively.
22299
22300 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22301 bold - use bold font.
22302 italic - use italic font.
22303 underline - put a line under text.
22304 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22305 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22306 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22307 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22308 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22309
22310 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22311
22312 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22313
22314 ;;;***
22315 \f
22316 ;;;### (autoloads (python-shell jython-mode python-mode run-python)
22317 ;;;;;; "python" "progmodes/python.el" (18468 40892))
22318 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22319
22320 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("jython" . jython-mode))
22321
22322 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("python" . python-mode))
22323
22324 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.py\\'" . python-mode))
22325
22326 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22327 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
22328 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
22329 buffer automatically.
22330
22331 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
22332 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
22333 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
22334 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
22335 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
22336 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
22337 documentation for `python-buffer'.
22338
22339 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
22340 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
22341 buffer for a list of commands.)
22342
22343 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
22344
22345 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22346 Major mode for editing Python files.
22347 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
22348 for correct parsing of the source.
22349 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
22350 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
22351 commands for running Python under Emacs.
22352
22353 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
22354 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
22355 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
22356 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
22357 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
22358 \\<python-mode-map>
22359 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
22360 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
22361 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
22362 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
22363 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
22364 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
22365
22366 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
22367 effect outside them.
22368
22369 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
22370 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
22371 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
22372 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
22373 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
22374 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
22375 form x.y only works if the components are literal
22376 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
22377 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
22378
22379 \\{python-mode-map}
22380
22381 \(fn)" t nil)
22382
22383 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
22384 Major mode for editing Jython files.
22385 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
22386 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
22387
22388 \(fn)" t nil)
22389
22390 (autoload 'python-shell "python" "\
22391 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
22392 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
22393 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
22394 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
22395 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
22396
22397 With optional \\[universal-argument], the user is prompted for the
22398 flags to pass to the Python interpreter. This has no effect when this
22399 command is used to switch to an existing process, only when a new
22400 process is started. If you use this, you will probably want to ensure
22401 that the current arguments are retained (they will be included in the
22402 prompt). This argument is ignored when this function is called
22403 programmatically, or when running in Emacs 19.34 or older.
22404
22405 Note: You can toggle between using the CPython interpreter and the
22406 JPython interpreter by hitting \\[python-toggle-shells]. This toggles
22407 buffer local variables which control whether all your subshell
22408 interactions happen to the `*JPython*' or `*Python*' buffers (the
22409 latter is the name used for the CPython buffer).
22410
22411 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
22412 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
22413 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
22414 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
22415 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
22416 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
22417 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
22418 mode.
22419
22420 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
22421 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
22422 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
22423 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
22424 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
22425 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
22426 filter.
22427
22428 \(fn &optional ARGPROMPT)" t nil)
22429
22430 ;;;***
22431 \f
22432 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
22433 ;;;;;; (18468 40889))
22434 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22435
22436 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22437 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22438 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22439 coding-system.
22440
22441 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22442 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22443
22444 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22445 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22446 them into characters should be done separately.
22447
22448 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22449
22450 ;;;***
22451 \f
22452 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
22453 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
22454 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
22455 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
22456 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (18468 40890))
22457 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22458
22459 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22460 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22461
22462 \(fn)" nil nil)
22463
22464 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22465 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22466 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
22467
22468 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22469 `quail-activate', which see.
22470
22471 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22472
22473 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22474 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22475 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22476 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22477 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22478 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22479 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22480
22481 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22482 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22483 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22484 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22485 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22486 shown.
22487 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22488
22489 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22490 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22491 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22492 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22493 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22494 list of candidates.
22495
22496 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22497 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22498 command to be called.
22499
22500 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22501 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22502 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22503 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22504
22505 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22506 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22507 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22508 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22509 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22510 to t.
22511
22512 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22513 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22514 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22515 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22516
22517 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22518 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22519 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22520 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22521
22522 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22523 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22524 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22525 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22526 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22527 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22528
22529 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22530 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22531 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22532 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22533 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22534 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22535
22536 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22537 covers Quail translation region.
22538
22539 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22540 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22541 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22542 for it) is inserted.
22543
22544 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22545 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22546 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22547
22548 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22549 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22550 non-Quail commands.
22551
22552 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22553
22554 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22555 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22556
22557 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22558 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22559 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22560 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22561 you type is correctly handled.
22562
22563 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22564
22565 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22566 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22567
22568 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22569 keyboard type.
22570
22571 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22572
22573 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22574 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22575 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22576 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22577 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22578 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22579 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22580 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22581 for the translation.
22582 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22583
22584 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22585 it is used to handle KEY.
22586
22587 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22588 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22589 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22590 the following annotation types are supported.
22591
22592 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22593 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22594
22595 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22596 candidate list.
22597
22598 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22599 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22600 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22601 inserted.
22602
22603 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22604 generated for the following translations.
22605
22606 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22607
22608 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22609 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22610
22611 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22612 which to install MAP.
22613
22614 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22615
22616 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22617
22618 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22619 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22620
22621 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22622 which to install MAP.
22623
22624 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22625
22626 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22627
22628 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22629 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22630 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22631 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22632 a function, or a cons.
22633 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22634 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22635 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22636 for the translation.
22637 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22638 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22639 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22640 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22641 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22642
22643 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22644 it is used to handle KEY.
22645
22646 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22647 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22648 current Quail package.
22649
22650 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22651 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22652
22653 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22654
22655 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22656 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22657
22658 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22659 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22660
22661 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22662
22663 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22664 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22665
22666 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22667
22668 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22669 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22670 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22671 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22672 of the Emacs source tree.
22673
22674 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22675 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22676
22677 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22678 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22679 of each directory.
22680
22681 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22682
22683 ;;;***
22684 \f
22685 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22686 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22687 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (18468
22688 ;;;;;; 40890))
22689 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22690
22691 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22692 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22693 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22694 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22695
22696 To make use of this do something like:
22697
22698 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22699
22700 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22701
22702 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22703 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22704
22705 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22706 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22707 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22708
22709 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22710
22711 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22712 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22713
22714 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22715
22716 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22717 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22718
22719 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22720 is decided.
22721
22722 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22723
22724 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22725 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22726
22727 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22728 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22729 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22730
22731 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22732
22733 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22734 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22735
22736 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22737
22738 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22739 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22740
22741 \(fn)" t nil)
22742
22743 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22744 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22745
22746 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22747
22748 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22749
22750 \(fn)" t nil)
22751
22752 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22753 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22754
22755 \(fn)" t nil)
22756
22757 ;;;***
22758 \f
22759 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22760 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (18537 13676))
22761 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22762
22763 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22764 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22765
22766 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22767
22768 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22769
22770 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22771
22772 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22773
22774 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22775 Not documented
22776
22777 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22778
22779 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22780 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22781 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22782 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22783 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22784 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22785
22786 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22787
22788 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22789 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22790
22791 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22792
22793 ;;;***
22794 \f
22795 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (18468
22796 ;;;;;; 40890))
22797 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22798
22799 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22800 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22801 See \\[compile].
22802
22803 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22804
22805 ;;;***
22806 \f
22807 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22808 ;;;;;; (18468 40888))
22809 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22810
22811 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22812
22813 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22814 Construct a regexp interactively.
22815
22816 \(fn)" t nil)
22817
22818 ;;;***
22819 \f
22820 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (18577 57511))
22821 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22822
22823 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22824 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22825 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22826 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22827 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22828 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22829
22830 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22831
22832 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22833 Toggle recentf mode.
22834 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22835 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22836
22837 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22838 that were operated on recently.
22839
22840 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22841
22842 ;;;***
22843 \f
22844 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22845 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22846 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22847 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (18537
22848 ;;;;;; 13084))
22849 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22850 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
22851 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
22852 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
22853 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
22854 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
22855 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
22856
22857 (autoload 'move-to-column-force "rect" "\
22858 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22859 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22860 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22861
22862 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22863
22864 (make-obsolete 'move-to-column-force 'move-to-column "21.2")
22865
22866 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22867 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22868 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22869 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22870 ends.
22871
22872 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22873 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22874 to be deleted.
22875
22876 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22877
22878 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22879 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22880 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22881
22882 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22883 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22884 deleted.
22885
22886 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22887
22888 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22889 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22890 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22891
22892 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22893
22894 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22895 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22896
22897 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22898 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22899
22900 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22901 deleted.
22902
22903 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22904 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22905 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22906 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22907 even beep.)
22908
22909 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22910
22911 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22912 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22913
22914 \(fn)" t nil)
22915
22916 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22917 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22918 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22919 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22920 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22921 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22922 and point is at the lower right corner.
22923
22924 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22925
22926 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22927 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22928
22929 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22930 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22931
22932 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22933 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
22934 on the right side of the rectangle.
22935
22936 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22937
22938 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22939
22940 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22941 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22942 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22943 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22944 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22945
22946 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22947 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22948
22949 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22950
22951 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22952 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22953 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22954
22955 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22956
22957 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22958
22959 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22960
22961 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22962 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22963
22964 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22965 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22966 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22967
22968 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22969
22970 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22971 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22972 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22973
22974 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22975 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22976 rectangle which were empty.
22977
22978 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22979
22980 ;;;***
22981 \f
22982 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (18468
22983 ;;;;;; 40893))
22984 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22985
22986 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22987 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22988 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22989
22990 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22991 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22992 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22993
22994 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22995
22996 ;;;***
22997 \f
22998 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22999 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (18508 22731))
23000 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
23001
23002 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
23003 Turn on RefTeX mode.
23004
23005 \(fn)" nil nil)
23006
23007 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
23008 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
23009
23010 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
23011 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
23012
23013 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
23014 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
23015 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
23016 \\ref macro.
23017
23018 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
23019 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
23020 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
23021
23022 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
23023 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
23024 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
23025
23026 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
23027 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
23028
23029 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
23030 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
23031
23032 \\{reftex-mode-map}
23033 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
23034 on the menu bar.
23035
23036 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23037
23038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23039
23040 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
23041 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
23042 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
23043
23044 \(fn)" nil nil)
23045
23046 ;;;***
23047 \f
23048 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
23049 ;;;;;; (18468 40893))
23050 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
23051
23052 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
23053 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
23054 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
23055 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
23056 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
23057 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
23058
23059 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
23060
23061 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
23062
23063 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
23064 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
23065 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
23066 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
23067 `reftex-cite-format'.
23068
23069 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
23070 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
23071 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
23072 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
23073
23074 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
23075
23076 ;;;***
23077 \f
23078 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
23079 ;;;;;; (18468 40893))
23080 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
23081
23082 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
23083 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
23084 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
23085 the current TeX document.
23086
23087 With no argument, this command toggles
23088 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
23089 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23090
23091 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23092
23093 ;;;***
23094 \f
23095 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
23096 ;;;;;; (18468 40893))
23097 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
23098
23099 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
23100 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
23101 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
23102
23103 To insert new phrases, use
23104 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
23105 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
23106
23107 To index phrases use one of:
23108
23109 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
23110 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
23111 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
23112 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
23113 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
23114
23115 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
23116 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
23117
23118 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
23119
23120 Here are all local bindings.
23121
23122 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
23123
23124 \(fn)" t nil)
23125
23126 ;;;***
23127 \f
23128 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
23129 ;;;;;; (18468 40893))
23130 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
23131
23132 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
23133 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
23134 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
23135 of master file.
23136
23137 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
23138
23139 ;;;***
23140 \f
23141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (18508
23142 ;;;;;; 22731))
23143 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
23144 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23145 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23146 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
23147 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
23148
23149 ;;;***
23150 \f
23151 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
23152 ;;;;;; (18508 22728))
23153 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
23154
23155 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
23156 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
23157 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
23158 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
23159 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
23160 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
23161
23162 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
23163 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
23164
23165 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23166 by \\=\\< and \\>.
23167
23168 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
23169
23170 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
23171 Return the depth of REGEXP.
23172 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
23173 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
23174
23175 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
23176
23177 ;;;***
23178 \f
23179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "register" "register.el" (18535 56550))
23180 ;;; Generated autoloads from register.el
23181 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "\C-@" 'point-to-register)
23182 (define-key ctl-x-r-map [?\C-\ ] 'point-to-register)
23183 (define-key ctl-x-r-map " " 'point-to-register)
23184 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "j" 'jump-to-register)
23185 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "s" 'copy-to-register)
23186 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "x" 'copy-to-register)
23187 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "i" 'insert-register)
23188 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "g" 'insert-register)
23189 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "r" 'copy-rectangle-to-register)
23190 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "n" 'number-to-register)
23191 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "+" 'increment-register)
23192 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "w" 'window-configuration-to-register)
23193 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "f" 'frame-configuration-to-register)
23194
23195 ;;;***
23196 \f
23197 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
23198 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
23199 ;;;;;; (18468 40893))
23200 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
23201
23202 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
23203 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
23204 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
23205 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
23206
23207 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
23208
23209 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23210
23211 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
23212 Call `remember' in another frame.
23213
23214 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23215
23216 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
23217 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
23218 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
23219 application.
23220
23221 \(fn)" t nil)
23222
23223 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
23224 Extract diary entries from the region.
23225
23226 \(fn)" nil nil)
23227
23228 ;;;***
23229 \f
23230 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (18468 40887))
23231 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
23232
23233 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
23234 Repeat most recently executed command.
23235 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
23236 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
23237 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
23238
23239 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
23240 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
23241 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
23242 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
23243
23244 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
23245 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
23246 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
23247
23248 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
23249
23250 ;;;***
23251 \f
23252 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
23253 ;;;;;; (18468 40890))
23254 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
23255
23256 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
23257 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
23258
23259 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
23260 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
23261 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
23262 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
23263 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
23264 and point is left after the salutation.
23265
23266 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
23267 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
23268 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
23269 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
23270 left after that text.
23271
23272 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
23273 is non-nil.
23274
23275 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
23276 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
23277 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
23278 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
23279
23280 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23281
23282 ;;;***
23283 \f
23284 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
23285 ;;;;;; (18468 40887))
23286 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23287
23288 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23289 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23290 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23291 visibility of comments that precede it.
23292 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23293 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23294 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23295 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23296 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23297 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23298 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23299 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23300 the comment lines.
23301 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23302 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23303 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23304 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23305 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23306
23307 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23308
23309 ;;;***
23310 \f
23311 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (18468
23312 ;;;;;; 40887))
23313 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
23314
23315 (autoload 'resume-suspend-hook "resume" "\
23316 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
23317
23318 \(fn)" nil nil)
23319
23320 ;;;***
23321 \f
23322 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
23323 ;;;;;; (18468 40887))
23324 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23325
23326 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23327 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
23328 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23329
23330 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23331 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23332 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23333
23334 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23335
23336 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23337 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
23338 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23339 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23340 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23341 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23342
23343 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23344
23345 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23346 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
23347 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23348
23349 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23350 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23351 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23352
23353 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23354
23355 ;;;***
23356 \f
23357 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
23358 ;;;;;; (18468 40888))
23359 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23360
23361 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23362 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23363
23364 \(fn X)" nil nil)
23365
23366 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23367 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23368
23369 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23370
23371 ;;;***
23372 \f
23373 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (18468 40890))
23374 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23375 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
23376
23377 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23378 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23379 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23380 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23381
23382 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23383
23384 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23385 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23386 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23387 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23388
23389 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23390 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23391
23392 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23393 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23394
23395 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23396 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23397 INPUT-ARGS.
23398
23399 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23400 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23401 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23402 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23403 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23404
23405 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23406 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23407 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23408 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23409
23410 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23411 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23412 variable.
23413
23414 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23415
23416 ;;;***
23417 \f
23418 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
23419 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
23420 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
23421 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
23422 ;;;;;; rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers
23423 ;;;;;; rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names rmail-movemail-variant-p)
23424 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (18468 40890))
23425 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23426
23427 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23428 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23429 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23430
23431 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23432
23433 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23434 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
23435 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
23436 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
23437
23438 (custom-autoload 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names "rmail" t)
23439
23440 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
23441 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
23442 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
23443 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
23444 value is the user's email address and name.)
23445 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
23446
23447 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
23448 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23449 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23450 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23451 which normally happens once for each message,
23452 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23453 To make a change in this variable take effect
23454 for a message that you have already viewed,
23455 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23456
23457 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23458
23459 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23460 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23461 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23462 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23463
23464 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23465
23466 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
23467 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23468
23469 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23470
23471 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
23472 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23473 A value of nil means don't highlight.")
23474
23475 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23476
23477 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
23478 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
23479
23480 (custom-autoload 'rmail-delete-after-output "rmail" t)
23481
23482 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23483 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
23484 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
23485 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
23486 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
23487
23488 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23489
23490 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
23491 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
23492 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
23493 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
23494
23495 (custom-autoload 'rmail-mail-new-frame "rmail" t)
23496
23497 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
23498 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23499
23500 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23501
23502 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
23503 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23504
23505 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23506
23507 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge 'y-or-n-p "\
23508 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
23509
23510 (custom-autoload 'rmail-confirm-expunge "rmail" t)
23511
23512 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23513 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23514
23515 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
23516 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
23517
23518 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23519 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23520
23521 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23522
23523 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
23524 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
23525
23526 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
23527 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
23528 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
23529 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
23530
23531 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23532 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23533
23534 This is set to nil by default.")
23535
23536 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
23537 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
23538 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
23539 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
23540 until a user explicitly requires it.
23541
23542 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
23543 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
23544 in your session.")
23545
23546 (custom-autoload 'rmail-enable-mime "rmail" t)
23547
23548 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
23549 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
23550 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23551 It is called with no argument.")
23552
23553 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23554 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23555 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
23556 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
23557 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23558 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23559 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23560
23561 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
23562 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
23563 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23564 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23565 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23566 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23567
23568 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
23569 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
23570 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23571 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
23572 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
23573
23574 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
23575 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
23576 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23577 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
23578 MSG is the message number,
23579 REGEXP is the regular expression,
23580 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
23581
23582 (defvar rmail-mime-feature 'rmail-mime "\
23583 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
23584 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
23585 this feature is required with `require'.
23586
23587 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
23588 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
23589
23590 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
23591 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
23592 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
23593 the message is decoded as normal way.
23594
23595 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
23596 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
23597 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
23598
23599 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
23600 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
23601 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
23602
23603 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23604 Read and edit incoming mail.
23605 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
23606 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
23607 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23608
23609 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23610 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23611 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23612 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23613
23614 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23615
23616 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23617
23618 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23619 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23620 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23621 Instead, these commands are available:
23622
23623 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23624 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23625 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23626 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23627 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23628 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23629 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23630 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23631 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23632 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23633 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23634 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23635 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23636 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23637 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23638 till a deleted message is found.
23639 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23640 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23641 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23642 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23643 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23644 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23645 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23646 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23647 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23648 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23649 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23650 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
23651 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
23652 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23653 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23654 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23655 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23656 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23657 (label defaults to last one specified).
23658 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23659 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23660 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23661 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23662 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23663 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23664 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23665 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23666 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23667
23668 \(fn)" t nil)
23669
23670 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23671 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23672
23673 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23674
23675 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23676 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23677
23678 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23679
23680 ;;;***
23681 \f
23682 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
23683 ;;;;;; (18516 15190))
23684 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
23685
23686 (autoload 'rmail-edit-current-message "rmailedit" "\
23687 Edit the contents of this message.
23688
23689 \(fn)" t nil)
23690
23691 ;;;***
23692 \f
23693 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
23694 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
23695 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (18468 40890))
23696 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
23697
23698 (autoload 'rmail-add-label "rmailkwd" "\
23699 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23700 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
23701
23702 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23703
23704 (autoload 'rmail-kill-label "rmailkwd" "\
23705 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23706 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
23707
23708 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23709
23710 (autoload 'rmail-read-label "rmailkwd" "\
23711 Not documented
23712
23713 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
23714
23715 (autoload 'rmail-previous-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
23716 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
23717 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23718 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23719 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
23720
23721 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23722
23723 (autoload 'rmail-next-labeled-message "rmailkwd" "\
23724 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
23725 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23726 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23727 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
23728
23729 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23730
23731 ;;;***
23732 \f
23733 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
23734 ;;;;;; (18468 40890))
23735 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
23736
23737 (autoload 'set-rmail-inbox-list "rmailmsc" "\
23738 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
23739 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
23740 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
23741
23742 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23743
23744 ;;;***
23745 \f
23746 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
23747 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
23748 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (18468 40890))
23749 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23750
23751 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
23752 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
23753 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
23754 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
23755 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
23756 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
23757 a file name as a string.")
23758
23759 (custom-autoload 'rmail-output-file-alist "rmailout" t)
23760
23761 (autoload 'rmail-output-to-rmail-file "rmailout" "\
23762 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
23763 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
23764 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
23765 buffer visiting that file.
23766 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
23767 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
23768
23769 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
23770 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23771
23772 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23773 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23774
23775 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
23776 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
23777
23778 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
23779
23780 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
23781 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
23782
23783 (custom-autoload 'rmail-fields-not-to-output "rmailout" t)
23784
23785 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23786 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
23787 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23788 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23789 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
23790
23791 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
23792 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
23793 will be appended with their original headers.
23794
23795 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23796 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23797
23798 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
23799 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
23800
23801 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
23802
23803 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
23804
23805 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23806 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23807 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
23808
23809 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23810
23811 ;;;***
23812 \f
23813 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
23814 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
23815 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (18468
23816 ;;;;;; 40890))
23817 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
23818
23819 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-date "rmailsort" "\
23820 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
23821 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23822
23823 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23824
23825 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-subject "rmailsort" "\
23826 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
23827 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23828
23829 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23830
23831 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-author "rmailsort" "\
23832 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
23833 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23834
23835 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23836
23837 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-recipient "rmailsort" "\
23838 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
23839 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23840
23841 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23842
23843 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-correspondent "rmailsort" "\
23844 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
23845 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23846
23847 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23848
23849 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-lines "rmailsort" "\
23850 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
23851 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23852
23853 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23854
23855 (autoload 'rmail-sort-by-labels "rmailsort" "\
23856 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
23857 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23858 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
23859
23860 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
23861
23862 ;;;***
23863 \f
23864 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
23865 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
23866 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
23867 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
23868 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (18468 40890))
23869 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
23870
23871 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
23872 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
23873
23874 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages "rmailsum" t)
23875
23876 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
23877 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
23878
23879 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-line-count-flag "rmailsum" t)
23880
23881 (autoload 'rmail-summary "rmailsum" "\
23882 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
23883
23884 \(fn)" t nil)
23885
23886 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-labels "rmailsum" "\
23887 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
23888 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
23889
23890 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
23891
23892 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-recipients "rmailsum" "\
23893 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
23894 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
23895 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23896 only look in the To and From fields.
23897 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23898
23899 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
23900
23901 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-regexp "rmailsum" "\
23902 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
23903 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
23904 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
23905 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
23906
23907 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
23908
23909 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-topic "rmailsum" "\
23910 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
23911 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
23912 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23913 look in the whole message.
23914 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23915
23916 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
23917
23918 (autoload 'rmail-summary-by-senders "rmailsum" "\
23919 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
23920 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
23921
23922 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
23923
23924 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder #'identity "\
23925 *Function to decode summary-line.
23926
23927 By default, `identity' is set.")
23928
23929 (custom-autoload 'rmail-summary-line-decoder "rmailsum" t)
23930
23931 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23932 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23933 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23934 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23935 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23936 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23937 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23938
23939 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23940 sent by you under different user names.
23941 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23942
23943 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23944
23945 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmailsum" t)
23946
23947 ;;;***
23948 \f
23949 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23950 ;;;;;; (18550 15778))
23951 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23952
23953 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23954 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23955 Return a pattern.
23956
23957 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23958
23959 ;;;***
23960 \f
23961 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23962 ;;;;;; (18550 15778))
23963 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23964
23965 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23966 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23967 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23968 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23969
23970 \(fn)" t nil)
23971
23972 ;;;***
23973 \f
23974 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23975 ;;;;;; (18550 15778))
23976 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23977
23978 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23979 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23980
23981 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23982 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23983 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23984 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23985 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23986 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23987 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23988 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23989 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23990 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23991
23992 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23993 document. A schema can be specified explictly using
23994 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23995 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23996 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23997 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23998 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23999 to use for finding the schema.
24000
24001 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
24002
24003 ;;;***
24004 \f
24005 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (18550
24006 ;;;;;; 15778))
24007 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
24008
24009 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
24010
24011 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
24012 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
24013 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
24014 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
24015 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
24016 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
24017 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
24018 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
24019 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
24020 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
24021 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
24022 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
24023 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
24024 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
24025 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
24026 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
24027 must be equal.
24028
24029 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
24030
24031 ;;;***
24032 \f
24033 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
24034 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (18468 40890))
24035 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
24036
24037 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
24038 Define a robin package.
24039
24040 NAME is the string of this robin package.
24041 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
24042 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
24043 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
24044
24045 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
24046 one replaces the old one.
24047
24048 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
24049
24050 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
24051 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
24052
24053 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
24054 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
24055 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
24056
24057 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
24058
24059 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
24060 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
24061
24062 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
24063
24064 ;;;***
24065 \f
24066 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
24067 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (18468 40887))
24068 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
24069
24070 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
24071 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
24072
24073 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
24074
24075 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
24076 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
24077
24078 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
24079
24080 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
24081 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
24082
24083 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24084
24085 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
24086 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
24087 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
24088
24089 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
24090 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
24091 in ROT13.
24092
24093 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
24094
24095 \(fn)" t nil)
24096
24097 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
24098 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
24099
24100 \(fn)" t nil)
24101
24102 ;;;***
24103 \f
24104 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
24105 ;;;;;; (18550 15780))
24106 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
24107 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode))
24108
24109 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
24110 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
24111
24112 There are a number of convenient keybindings provided by
24113 Rst mode. The main one is \\[rst-adjust], it updates or rotates
24114 the section title around point or promotes/demotes the
24115 decorations within the region (see full details below).
24116 Use negative prefix arg to rotate in the other direction.
24117 \\{rst-mode-map}
24118
24119 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24120 `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock highlighting.
24121 You may customize `rst-mode-lazy' to toggle font-locking of
24122 blocks.
24123
24124 \(fn)" t nil)
24125
24126 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
24127 ReST Minor Mode.
24128 Toggle ReST minor mode.
24129 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
24130 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
24131 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
24132
24133 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
24134 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
24135 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
24136
24137 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24138
24139 ;;;***
24140 \f
24141 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (18468
24142 ;;;;;; 40887))
24143 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
24144
24145 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
24146 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
24147
24148 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24149
24150 ;;;***
24151 \f
24152 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (18508
24153 ;;;;;; 22728))
24154 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
24155
24156 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
24157 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
24158 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
24159 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
24160
24161 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
24162
24163 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
24164 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
24165 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
24166 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
24167
24168 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
24169 notation.
24170
24171 STRING
24172 matches string STRING literally.
24173
24174 CHAR
24175 matches character CHAR literally.
24176
24177 `not-newline', `nonl'
24178 matches any character except a newline.
24179
24180 `anything'
24181 matches any character
24182
24183 `(any SET ...)'
24184 `(in SET ...)'
24185 `(char SET ...)'
24186 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
24187 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
24188 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
24189
24190 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
24191 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
24192 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
24193 `word', or one of their synonyms.
24194
24195 `(not (any SET ...))'
24196 matches any character not in SET ...
24197
24198 `line-start', `bol'
24199 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
24200 in the text being matched
24201
24202 `line-end', `eol'
24203 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
24204
24205 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
24206 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24207 string being matched against.
24208
24209 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
24210 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24211 string being matched against.
24212
24213 `buffer-start'
24214 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24215 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
24216
24217 `buffer-end'
24218 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24219 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
24220
24221 `point'
24222 matches the empty string, but only at point.
24223
24224 `word-start', `bow'
24225 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
24226
24227 `word-end', `eow'
24228 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
24229
24230 `word-boundary'
24231 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
24232 word.
24233
24234 `(not word-boundary)'
24235 `not-word-boundary'
24236 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
24237 word.
24238
24239 `symbol-start'
24240 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
24241
24242 `symbol-end'
24243 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
24244
24245 `digit', `numeric', `num'
24246 matches 0 through 9.
24247
24248 `control', `cntrl'
24249 matches ASCII control characters.
24250
24251 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
24252 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
24253
24254 `blank'
24255 matches space and tab only.
24256
24257 `graphic', `graph'
24258 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
24259 space, and DEL.
24260
24261 `printing', `print'
24262 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
24263 and DEL.
24264
24265 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
24266 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24267 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24268
24269 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
24270 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24271 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24272
24273 `ascii'
24274 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
24275
24276 `nonascii'
24277 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
24278
24279 `lower', `lower-case'
24280 matches anything lower-case.
24281
24282 `upper', `upper-case'
24283 matches anything upper-case.
24284
24285 `punctuation', `punct'
24286 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24287 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
24288
24289 `space', `whitespace', `white'
24290 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
24291
24292 `word', `wordchar'
24293 matches anything that has word syntax.
24294
24295 `not-wordchar'
24296 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
24297
24298 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
24299 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
24300 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
24301 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
24302
24303 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
24304 `punctuation' (\\s.)
24305 `word' (\\sw)
24306 `symbol' (\\s_)
24307 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
24308 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
24309 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
24310 `string-quote' (\\s\")
24311 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
24312 `escape' (\\s\\)
24313 `character-quote' (\\s/)
24314 `comment-start' (\\s<)
24315 `comment-end' (\\s>)
24316 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
24317 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
24318
24319 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
24320 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
24321
24322 `(category CATEGORY)'
24323 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
24324 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
24325
24326 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
24327 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
24328 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
24329 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
24330 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
24331 `symbol' (\\c5)
24332 `digit' (\\c6)
24333 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
24334 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
24335 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
24336 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
24337 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
24338 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
24339 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
24340 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
24341 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
24342 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
24343 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
24344 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
24345 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
24346 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
24347 `ascii' (\\ca)
24348 `arabic' (\\cb)
24349 `chinese' (\\cc)
24350 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
24351 `greek' (\\cg)
24352 `korean' (\\ch)
24353 `indian' (\\ci)
24354 `japanese' (\\cj)
24355 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
24356 `latin' (\\cl)
24357 `lao' (\\co)
24358 `tibetan' (\\cq)
24359 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
24360 `thai' (\\ct)
24361 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
24362 `hebrew' (\\cw)
24363 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
24364 `can-break' (\\c|)
24365
24366 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
24367 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
24368
24369 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24370 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24371 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24372 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24373 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
24374
24375 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24376 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24377 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
24378 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
24379
24380 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24381 another name for `submatch'.
24382
24383 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24384 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24385 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
24386 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
24387 regular expression.
24388
24389 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
24390 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
24391 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
24392 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
24393 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
24394
24395 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
24396 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
24397
24398 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
24399 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
24400
24401 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
24402 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
24403 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
24404
24405 `(* SEXP ...)'
24406 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
24407 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24408
24409 `(*? SEXP ...)'
24410 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
24411 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24412
24413 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
24414 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
24415 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
24416
24417 `(+ SEXP ...)'
24418 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24419
24420 `(+? SEXP ...)'
24421 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24422
24423 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
24424 `(optional SEXP ...)'
24425 `(opt SEXP ...)'
24426 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
24427
24428 `(? SEXP ...)'
24429 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24430
24431 `(?? SEXP ...)'
24432 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24433
24434 `(repeat N SEXP)'
24435 `(= N SEXP ...)'
24436 matches N occurrences.
24437
24438 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
24439 matches N or more occurrences.
24440
24441 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
24442 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
24443 matches N to M occurrences.
24444
24445 `(backref N)'
24446 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24447
24448 `(eval FORM)'
24449 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
24450 `regexp-quote' it.
24451
24452 `(regexp REGEXP)'
24453 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24454
24455 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
24456
24457 ;;;***
24458 \f
24459 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
24460 ;;;;;; (18468 40887))
24461 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24462
24463 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24464 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
24465 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
24466 interface.")
24467
24468 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24469
24470 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24471 Toggle savehist-mode.
24472 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
24473 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
24474 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
24475 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
24476
24477 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24478 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
24479 which is probably undesirable.
24480
24481 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24482
24483 ;;;***
24484 \f
24485 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
24486 ;;;;;; (18468 40892))
24487 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24488
24489 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24490 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24491 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24492
24493 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24494 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24495 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24496 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24497 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24498 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24499 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24500 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24501
24502 Commands:
24503 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24504 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24505 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24506 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
24507 if that value is non-nil.
24508
24509 \(fn)" t nil)
24510
24511 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24512 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24513 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24514
24515 Commands:
24516 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24517 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24518 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24519 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24520 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24521 that variable's value is a string.
24522
24523 \(fn)" t nil)
24524
24525 ;;;***
24526 \f
24527 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
24528 ;;;;;; (18468 40889))
24529 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24530
24531 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24532 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24533 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24534
24535 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24536
24537 \(fn)" t nil)
24538
24539 ;;;***
24540 \f
24541 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
24542 ;;;;;; (18468 40887))
24543 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24544
24545 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24546 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24547 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24548 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24549 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24550 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24551
24552 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24553
24554 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24555 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
24556 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24557 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
24558 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24559
24560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24561
24562 ;;;***
24563 \f
24564 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
24565 ;;;;;; (18468 40887))
24566 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24567
24568 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24569 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24570 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
24571 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
24572 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
24573 during scrolling.
24574
24575 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24576
24577 ;;;***
24578 \f
24579 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
24580 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
24581 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
24582 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
24583 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
24584 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
24585 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
24586 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
24587 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (18508 22730))
24588 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24589
24590 (defvar mail-from-style 'angles "\
24591 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24592
24593 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
24594 king@grassland.com
24595 If `parens', they look like:
24596 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24597 If `angles', they look like:
24598 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24599 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
24600 derived from the envelope-from address.
24601
24602 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
24603 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
24604 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
24605 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
24606
24607 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24608
24609 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24610 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24611 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24612 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24613
24614 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24615 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24616 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24617 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24618
24619 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24620
24621 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24622 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24623 This is done when the message is initialized,
24624 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24625
24626 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24627
24628 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24629 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24630 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
24631
24632 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24633
24634 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
24635
24636 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
24637 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24638 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24639 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24640 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24641 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24642 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24643
24644 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24645
24646 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
24647 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24648
24649 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24650
24651 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24652 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24653 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
24654
24655 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24656
24657 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24658 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24659 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24660 when you first send mail.")
24661
24662 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24663
24664 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
24665 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
24666 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
24667 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
24668 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
24669
24670 (custom-autoload 'mail-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24671
24672 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
24673 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24674 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24675 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24676 This file need not actually exist.")
24677
24678 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24679
24680 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24681 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
24682 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
24683
24684 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24685
24686 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24687 Alist of mail address aliases,
24688 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24689 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24690 can specify a different file name.)
24691 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24692 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24693
24694 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
24695 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24696 nil means use indentation.")
24697
24698 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24699
24700 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24701 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24702 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24703
24704 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24705
24706 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24707 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24708 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24709 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24710 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24711 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24712 in the cited portion of the message.
24713
24714 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24715 instead of no action.")
24716
24717 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24718
24719 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
24720 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24721 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24722 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24723 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24724
24725 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24726
24727 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
24728 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24729 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24730 If a string, that string is inserted.
24731 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24732 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24733 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24734 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24735
24736 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24737
24738 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
24739 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24740
24741 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24742
24743 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
24744 Directory for mail buffers.
24745 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
24746 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
24747
24748 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24749
24750 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24751 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24752 It is inserted before you edit the message,
24753 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
24754
24755 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24756
24757 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
24758 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
24759 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
24760 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
24761 is non-nil.")
24762
24763 (custom-autoload 'mail-bury-selects-summary "sendmail" t)
24764
24765 (defvar mail-send-nonascii 'mime "\
24766 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
24767 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
24768 `query' means ask the user each time.
24769 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
24770 The default is `mime'.
24771 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
24772 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
24773
24774 (custom-autoload 'mail-send-nonascii "sendmail" t)
24775
24776 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24777 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24778 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24779
24780 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24781 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24782
24783 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24784 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24785 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24786 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24787 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24788 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24789 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24790 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24791 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24792 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24793 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
24794 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24795 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24796
24797 \(fn)" t nil)
24798
24799 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24800 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24801
24802 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24803 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24804
24805 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24806
24807 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24808 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24809 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
24810 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24811 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24812 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24813
24814 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24815 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24816 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24817
24818 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24819 User should not set this variable manually,
24820 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24821 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24822 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24823 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
24824
24825 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24826 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24827 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24828 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24829
24830 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24831 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24832
24833 \\<mail-mode-map>
24834 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24835
24836 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24837 to move to message header fields:
24838 \\{mail-mode-map}
24839
24840 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24841 when the message is initialized.
24842
24843 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24844 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24845
24846 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24847 is inserted.
24848
24849 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24850 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24851
24852 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24853 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24854 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24855 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24856 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24857 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24858 buffer without erasing the contents.
24859
24860 The second through fifth arguments,
24861 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24862 the initial contents of those header fields.
24863 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24864 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24865 original message being replied to, or else an action
24866 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24867 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24868 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24869 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24870 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24871 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24872
24873 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24874
24875 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24876 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24877
24878 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24879
24880 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24881 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24882
24883 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24884
24885 ;;;***
24886 \f
24887 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24888 ;;;;;; server-start) "server" "server.el" (18468 40887))
24889 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24890
24891 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24892 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24893 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24894 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24895 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24896 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24897
24898 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24899 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24900
24901 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24902
24903 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24904 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24905 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24906 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24907 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24908 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24909
24910 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24911
24912 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24913 Toggle Server mode.
24914 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24915 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24916 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24917
24918 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24919
24920 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24921 Offer to save each buffer, then kill PROC.
24922
24923 With prefix arg, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24924
24925 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24926 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24927
24928 \(fn PROC &optional ARG)" nil nil)
24929
24930 ;;;***
24931 \f
24932 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (18508 22727))
24933 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24934
24935 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24936 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24937 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24938
24939 Key definitions:
24940 \\{ses-mode-map}
24941 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24942 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24943 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24944 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24945
24946 \(fn)" t nil)
24947
24948 ;;;***
24949 \f
24950 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24951 ;;;;;; (18550 15780))
24952 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24953
24954 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24955 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24956 Makes > match <.
24957 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24958 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24959
24960 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24961 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24962 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24963
24964 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24965 in your `.emacs' file.
24966
24967 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24968
24969 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24970 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24971 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24972
24973 \(fn)" t nil)
24974
24975 (defalias 'xml-mode 'sgml-mode)
24976
24977 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24978 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24979 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24980 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24981 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24982 which this is based.
24983
24984 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24985
24986 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24987 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24988 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24989 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24990
24991 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24992 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24993 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24994
24995 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24996 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24997 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24998 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24999
25000 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
25001 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
25002 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
25003 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
25004
25005 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
25006
25007 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
25008 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
25009 To work around that, do:
25010 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
25011
25012 \\{html-mode-map}
25013
25014 \(fn)" t nil)
25015
25016 ;;;***
25017 \f
25018 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
25019 ;;;;;; (18566 26932))
25020 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
25021 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
25022
25023 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
25024 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
25025 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
25026 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
25027 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
25028 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
25029
25030 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
25031 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
25032 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
25033 shell-specific features.
25034
25035 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
25036 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
25037 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
25038 \\<sh-mode-map>
25039 \\[sh-case] case statement
25040 \\[sh-for] for loop
25041 \\[sh-function] function definition
25042 \\[sh-if] if statement
25043 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
25044 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
25045 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
25046 \\[sh-select] select loop
25047 \\[sh-until] until loop
25048 \\[sh-while] while loop
25049
25050 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
25051 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
25052 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
25053 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
25054 would indent to the way it currently is.
25055 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
25056 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
25057
25058
25059 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
25060 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
25061 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
25062 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
25063 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
25064 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
25065
25066 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
25067 {, (, [, ', \", `
25068 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
25069
25070 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
25071 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
25072 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
25073
25074 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
25075 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
25076
25077 \(fn)" t nil)
25078
25079 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
25080
25081 ;;;***
25082 \f
25083 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "sha1.el" (18468 40887))
25084 ;;; Generated autoloads from sha1.el
25085
25086 (autoload 'sha1 "sha1" "\
25087 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
25088 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
25089 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
25090 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
25091 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
25092
25093 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
25094
25095 ;;;***
25096 \f
25097 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
25098 ;;;;;; (18468 40888))
25099 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
25100
25101 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
25102 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
25103
25104 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
25105 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
25106 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
25107 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
25108 the earlier.
25109
25110 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
25111
25112 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
25113
25114 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
25115 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
25116 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
25117
25118 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
25119 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
25120
25121 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
25122 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
25123 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
25124 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
25125 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
25126 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
25127 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
25128 Emacs version).
25129
25130 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
25131 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
25132 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
25133 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
25134 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
25135
25136 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
25137 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
25138 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
25139
25140 \(fn)" t nil)
25141
25142 ;;;***
25143 \f
25144 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
25145 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (18577
25146 ;;;;;; 57511))
25147 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
25148
25149 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
25150 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
25151 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
25152 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
25153 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
25154 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
25155 sites in the cluster.
25156
25157 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
25158
25159 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
25160 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
25161 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
25162 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
25163 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
25164
25165 \(fn)" t nil)
25166
25167 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
25168 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
25169 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
25170 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
25171 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
25172 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
25173 `shadow-define-cluster').
25174
25175 \(fn)" t nil)
25176
25177 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
25178 Set up file shadowing.
25179
25180 \(fn)" t nil)
25181
25182 ;;;***
25183 \f
25184 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
25185 ;;;;;; (18567 50848))
25186 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
25187
25188 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
25189 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
25190 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
25191 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
25192 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
25193 arguments.")
25194
25195 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
25196
25197 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
25198 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
25199 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
25200 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
25201 to change if called with a prefix arg.
25202
25203 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
25204 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
25205 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
25206 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
25207 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
25208 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
25209 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
25210 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
25211 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
25212 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
25213 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
25214
25215 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25216 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25217 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25218 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
25219 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25220 `default-process-coding-system'.
25221
25222 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
25223 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
25224 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
25225 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
25226
25227 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
25228
25229 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25230 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
25231
25232 ;;;***
25233 \f
25234 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
25235 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (18468 40889))
25236 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
25237
25238 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
25239 Not documented
25240
25241 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
25242
25243 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
25244 Not documented
25245
25246 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25247
25248 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
25249 Not documented
25250
25251 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25252
25253 ;;;***
25254 \f
25255 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
25256 ;;;;;; (18468 40889))
25257 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
25258
25259 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
25260 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
25261 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
25262 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
25263 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
25264
25265 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
25266
25267 \(fn)" t nil)
25268
25269 ;;;***
25270 \f
25271 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (18468
25272 ;;;;;; 40892))
25273 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
25274
25275 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
25276 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
25277 \\{simula-mode-map}
25278 Variables controlling indentation style:
25279 `simula-tab-always-indent'
25280 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
25281 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25282 `simula-indent-level'
25283 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
25284 `simula-substatement-offset'
25285 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
25286 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
25287 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
25288 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
25289 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
25290 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
25291 `simula-label-offset' -4711
25292 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
25293 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
25294 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
25295 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
25296 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
25297 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
25298 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
25299 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
25300 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
25301 `simula-electric-indent' nil
25302 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
25303 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
25304 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
25305 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
25306 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
25307 or nil if they should not be changed.
25308 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
25309 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
25310 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
25311 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
25312
25313 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
25314 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
25315
25316 \(fn)" t nil)
25317
25318 ;;;***
25319 \f
25320 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
25321 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (18468 40887))
25322 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
25323
25324 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
25325 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
25326
25327 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
25328 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
25329 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
25330 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
25331
25332 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
25333
25334 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25335 Insert SKELETON.
25336 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25337 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25338 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25339 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25340 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25341
25342 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25343 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25344
25345 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25346
25347 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25348 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25349
25350 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25351 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25352 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25353 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25354
25355 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25356 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25357 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25358 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25359
25360 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25361 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25362 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25363
25364 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25365 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25366
25367 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25368 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25369
25370 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
25371 _ interesting point, interregion here
25372 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25373 interesting point set by _
25374 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25375 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25376 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25377 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25378 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25379 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25380 nil skipped
25381
25382 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25383 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25384
25385 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
25386 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
25387 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
25388 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25389 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
25390 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25391 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
25392 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25393
25394 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25395 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25396 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25397 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25398 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25399 available:
25400
25401 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25402 then: insert previously read string once more
25403 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25404 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25405 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25406
25407 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25408 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25409
25410 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25411
25412 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25413 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25414
25415 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25416 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25417 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25418 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25419 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25420 such as backslash.
25421
25422 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25423 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
25424 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
25425
25426 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25427
25428 ;;;***
25429 \f
25430 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
25431 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (18566 26931))
25432 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
25433
25434 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25435 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25436 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25437 buffer names.
25438
25439 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25440
25441 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25442 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25443 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25444
25445 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25446
25447 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25448 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25449 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25450
25451 \(fn)" nil nil)
25452
25453 ;;;***
25454 \f
25455 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
25456 ;;;;;; (18468 40889))
25457 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25458
25459 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25460 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25461 A list of images is returned.
25462
25463 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25464
25465 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25466 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
25467 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
25468
25469 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25470
25471 ;;;***
25472 \f
25473 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
25474 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (18508 22730))
25475 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25476
25477 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25478 Not documented
25479
25480 \(fn)" nil nil)
25481
25482 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25483 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25484
25485 \(fn)" t nil)
25486
25487 ;;;***
25488 \f
25489 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (18468 40892))
25490 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25491
25492 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25493 Play the Snake game.
25494 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25495
25496 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25497
25498 Snake mode keybindings:
25499 \\<snake-mode-map>
25500 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25501 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25502 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25503 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25504 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25505 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25506 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25507
25508 \(fn)" t nil)
25509
25510 ;;;***
25511 \f
25512 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
25513 ;;;;;; (18468 40890))
25514 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25515
25516 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25517 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25518 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25519 Tab indents for C code.
25520 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25521 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25522 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25523 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25524 `snmp-mode-hook'.
25525
25526 \(fn)" t nil)
25527
25528 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25529 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25530 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25531 Tab indents for C code.
25532 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25533 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25534 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25535 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25536 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25537
25538 \(fn)" t nil)
25539
25540 ;;;***
25541 \f
25542 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (18533
25543 ;;;;;; 1975))
25544 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25545
25546 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25547 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25548 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25549 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25550 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25551
25552 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
25553
25554 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25555
25556 ;;;***
25557 \f
25558 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (18573
25559 ;;;;;; 48348))
25560 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25561
25562 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25563 Play Solitaire.
25564
25565 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25566 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25567 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25568 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25569 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25570 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25571 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25572 check after each move or undo.)
25573
25574 What is Solitaire?
25575
25576 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25577 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25578 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25579
25580 Le Solitaire
25581 ============
25582
25583 o o o
25584
25585 o o o
25586
25587 o o o o o o o
25588
25589 o o o . o o o
25590
25591 o o o o o o o
25592
25593 o o o
25594
25595 o o o
25596
25597 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25598 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25599 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25600 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25601
25602 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25603 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25604 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25605 this: o o .
25606
25607 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25608 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25609
25610 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25611
25612 o o o
25613
25614 . o o
25615
25616 o o . o o o o
25617
25618 o . o o o o o
25619
25620 o o o o o o o
25621
25622 o o o
25623
25624 o o o
25625
25626 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
25627
25628 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25629
25630 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25631
25632 ;;;***
25633 \f
25634 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
25635 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
25636 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (18577 57511))
25637 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25638 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25639
25640 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25641 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25642
25643 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25644 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25645 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25646 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25647 contiguous.
25648
25649 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25650 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25651 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25652 the sort order.
25653
25654 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25655 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25656
25657 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25658 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25659 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25660 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25661 is called.
25662
25663 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25664 It should move point to the end of the record.
25665
25666 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25667 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25668 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25669 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25670 starts at the beginning of the record.
25671
25672 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25673 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25674 same as ENDRECFUN.
25675
25676 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
25677 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
25678
25679 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25680
25681 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25682 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25683 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25684 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25685 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25686 the sort order.
25687
25688 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25689
25690 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25691 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25692 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25693 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25694 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25695 the sort order.
25696
25697 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25698
25699 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25700 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25701 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25702 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25703 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25704 the sort order.
25705
25706 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25707 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25708
25709 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25710 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25711 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25712 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25713 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25714 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25715 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25716 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25717 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25718
25719 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25720
25721 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25722 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25723 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25724 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25725 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25726 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25727 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25728 the sort order.
25729
25730 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25731
25732 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25733 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
25734 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
25735 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
25736 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
25737 is to be used for sorting.
25738 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
25739 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
25740 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
25741 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
25742 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
25743
25744 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
25745
25746 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25747 the sort order.
25748
25749 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25750 starting with the letter \"f\",
25751 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25752
25753 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25754
25755 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25756 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25757 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25758 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25759 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25760 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25761 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25762 the sort order.
25763
25764 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25765 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25766 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25767 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25768 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25769
25770 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25771
25772 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25773 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25774 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25775
25776 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25777
25778 ;;;***
25779 \f
25780 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (18516
25781 ;;;;;; 15190))
25782 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25783
25784 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25785 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25786 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25787 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25788 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25789 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25790
25791 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25792
25793 ;;;***
25794 \f
25795 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25796 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25797 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (18516 15190))
25798 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25799
25800 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25801 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25802
25803 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25804 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25805 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25806
25807 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25808
25809 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25810 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25811 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25812 server.
25813
25814 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25815
25816 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25817 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25818 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25819
25820 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25821
25822 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25823 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25824 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25825 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25826 Agent is plugged.
25827
25828 \(fn)" t nil)
25829
25830 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25831 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25832 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25833 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25834
25835 \(fn)" t nil)
25836
25837 ;;;***
25838 \f
25839 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25840 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (18468 40887))
25841 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25842
25843 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25844
25845 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25846 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25847 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25848 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25849 supported at a time.
25850 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25851 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25852
25853 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25854
25855 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25856 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25857 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25858 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25859
25860 \(fn)" t nil)
25861
25862 ;;;***
25863 \f
25864 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25865 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (18468 40893))
25866 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25867
25868 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
25869
25870 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
25871 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25872 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25873 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25874 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25875 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25876
25877 \(fn)" t nil)
25878
25879 (make-obsolete 'spell-buffer 'ispell-buffer "23.1")
25880
25881 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
25882 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25883 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25884 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25885
25886 \(fn)" t nil)
25887
25888 (make-obsolete 'spell-word 'ispell-word "23.1")
25889
25890 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
25891 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25892 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25893 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25894 for example, \"word\".
25895
25896 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25897
25898 (make-obsolete 'spell-region 'ispell-region "23.1")
25899
25900 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
25901 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25902
25903 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25904
25905 (make-obsolete 'spell-string "The `spell' package is obsolete - use `ispell'." "23.1")
25906
25907 ;;;***
25908 \f
25909 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (18468
25910 ;;;;;; 40892))
25911 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25912
25913 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25914 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25915
25916 \(fn)" t nil)
25917
25918 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25919 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25920
25921 \(fn)" nil nil)
25922
25923 ;;;***
25924 \f
25925 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25926 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25927 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25928 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (18533
25929 ;;;;;; 1976))
25930 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25931
25932 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25933 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25934
25935 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25936 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25937 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25938 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25939 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25940 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25941 of the current highlighting list.
25942
25943 For example:
25944
25945 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25946 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25947
25948 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25949 `_t' as data types.
25950
25951 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25952
25953 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
25954 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25955
25956 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25957 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25958
25959 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25960
25961 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25962 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25963 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25964
25965 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25966
25967 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25968 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25969 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25970 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25971 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25972 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25973 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
25974 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25975 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25976
25977 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25978
25979 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25980 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25981 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25982 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25983
25984 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25985 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25986 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25987 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25988
25989 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25990 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25991 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25992
25993 \(fn)" t nil)
25994
25995 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25996 Major mode to edit SQL.
25997
25998 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25999 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
26000 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
26001
26002 \\{sql-mode-map}
26003 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
26004
26005 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
26006 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
26007 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
26008 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
26009 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
26010 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
26011
26012 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
26013 `sql-interactive-mode'.
26014
26015 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
26016 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
26017 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
26018
26019 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
26020 (lambda ()
26021 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
26022
26023 \(fn)" t nil)
26024
26025 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
26026 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
26027
26028 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26029 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26030 `*SQL*'.
26031
26032 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26033
26034 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
26035
26036 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
26037 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
26038
26039 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26040 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26041 `*SQL*'.
26042
26043 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
26044 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26045 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
26046 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
26047
26048 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26049 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26050
26051 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26052 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26053 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26054 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26055 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26056 `default-process-coding-system'.
26057
26058 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26059
26060 \(fn)" t nil)
26061
26062 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
26063 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
26064
26065 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26066 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26067 `*SQL*'.
26068
26069 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
26070 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
26071 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26072 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
26073
26074 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26075 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26076
26077 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26078 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26079 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26080 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26081 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26082 `default-process-coding-system'.
26083
26084 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26085
26086 \(fn)" t nil)
26087
26088 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
26089 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
26090
26091 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26092 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26093 `*SQL*'.
26094
26095 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
26096 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26097
26098 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26099 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26100
26101 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26102 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26103 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26104 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26105 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26106 `default-process-coding-system'.
26107
26108 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26109
26110 \(fn)" t nil)
26111
26112 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
26113 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
26114
26115 SQLite is free software.
26116
26117 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26118 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26119 `*SQL*'.
26120
26121 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
26122 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26123 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26124 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
26125
26126 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26127 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26128
26129 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26130 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26131 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26132 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26133 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26134 `default-process-coding-system'.
26135
26136 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26137
26138 \(fn)" t nil)
26139
26140 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
26141 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
26142
26143 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
26144
26145 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26146 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26147 `*SQL*'.
26148
26149 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
26150 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26151 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26152 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
26153
26154 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26155 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26156
26157 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26158 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26159 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26160 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26161 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26162 `default-process-coding-system'.
26163
26164 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26165
26166 \(fn)" t nil)
26167
26168 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
26169 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
26170
26171 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26172 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26173 `*SQL*'.
26174
26175 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
26176 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
26177 defaults, if set.
26178
26179 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26180 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26181
26182 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26183 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26184 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26185 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26186 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26187 `default-process-coding-system'.
26188
26189 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26190
26191 \(fn)" t nil)
26192
26193 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
26194 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
26195
26196 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26197 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26198 `*SQL*'.
26199
26200 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
26201 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26202
26203 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26204 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26205
26206 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26207 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26208 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26209 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26210 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26211 `default-process-coding-system'.
26212
26213 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26214
26215 \(fn)" t nil)
26216
26217 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
26218 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
26219
26220 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26221 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26222 `*SQL*'.
26223
26224 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
26225 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
26226 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
26227 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
26228
26229 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26230 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26231
26232 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26233 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26234 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26235 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26236 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26237 `default-process-coding-system'.
26238
26239 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26240
26241 \(fn)" t nil)
26242
26243 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
26244 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
26245
26246 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26247 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26248 `*SQL*'.
26249
26250 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
26251 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
26252 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
26253 `sql-postgres-options'.
26254
26255 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26256 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26257
26258 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26259 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26260 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26261 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26262 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26263 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
26264 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
26265 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
26266
26267 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
26268 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
26269
26270 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26271
26272 \(fn)" t nil)
26273
26274 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
26275 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
26276
26277 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26278 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26279 `*SQL*'.
26280
26281 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26282 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26283 defaults, if set.
26284
26285 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26286 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26287
26288 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26289 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26290 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26291 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26292 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26293 `default-process-coding-system'.
26294
26295 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26296
26297 \(fn)" t nil)
26298
26299 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
26300 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
26301
26302 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26303 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26304 `*SQL*'.
26305
26306 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26307 automatic login.
26308
26309 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26310 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26311
26312 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26313 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26314 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26315 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26316
26317 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26318 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26319 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26320 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26321 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26322 `default-process-coding-system'.
26323
26324 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26325
26326 \(fn)" t nil)
26327
26328 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26329 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26330
26331 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26332 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26333 `*SQL*'.
26334
26335 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26336 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26337 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26338 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26339 parameters.
26340
26341 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26342 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26343 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26344 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26345 an empty password.
26346
26347 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
26348 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26349
26350 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26351
26352 \(fn)" t nil)
26353
26354 ;;;***
26355 \f
26356 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
26357 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
26358 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
26359 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
26360 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (18508
26361 ;;;;;; 22727))
26362 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26363
26364 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26365 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26366 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
26367 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
26368 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26369 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26370
26371 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26372
26373 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26374
26375 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26376 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26377 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26378 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26379 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26380 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26381 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26382
26383 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26384
26385 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26386 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26387 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26388 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26389 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26390 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26391 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26392
26393 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26394
26395 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26396 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26397 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26398
26399 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26400
26401 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26402 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26403 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26404
26405 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26406
26407 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26408 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26409
26410 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26411
26412 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26413 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26414
26415 \(fn)" t nil)
26416
26417 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26418 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26419
26420 \(fn)" t nil)
26421
26422 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26423 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26424 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
26425 chronologically by command name.
26426 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26427
26428 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26429
26430 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26431 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26432 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26433 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26434 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26435 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26436
26437 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26438
26439 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26440 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
26441 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
26442 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26443 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26444 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26445 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26446
26447 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26448 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26449 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26450 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26451
26452 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26453
26454 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26455
26456 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26457 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26458 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26459 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26460
26461 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26462
26463 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26464 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26465
26466 \(fn)" t nil)
26467
26468 ;;;***
26469 \f
26470 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
26471 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (18433 5711))
26472 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26473
26474 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26475 Studlify-case the region.
26476
26477 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26478
26479 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26480 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26481
26482 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26483
26484 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26485 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26486
26487 \(fn)" t nil)
26488
26489 ;;;***
26490 \f
26491 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
26492 ;;;;;; (18468 40890))
26493 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26494
26495 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26496 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26497 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26498 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26499 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26500 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26501 original message but it does require a few things:
26502
26503 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26504
26505 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26506 reply buffer.
26507
26508 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26509 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26510 original message.
26511
26512 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26513
26514 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26515
26516 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26517 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26518 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26519
26520 \(fn)" nil nil)
26521
26522 ;;;***
26523 \f
26524 ;;;### (autoloads (symbol-completion-try-complete symbol-complete)
26525 ;;;;;; "sym-comp" "progmodes/sym-comp.el" (18468 40892))
26526 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sym-comp.el
26527
26528 (autoload 'symbol-complete "sym-comp" "\
26529 Perform completion of the symbol preceding point.
26530 This is done in a way appropriate to the current major mode,
26531 perhaps by interrogating an inferior interpreter. Compare
26532 `complete-symbol'.
26533 If no characters can be completed, display a list of possible completions.
26534 Repeating the command at that point scrolls the list.
26535
26536 When called from a program, optional arg PREDICATE is a predicate
26537 determining which symbols are considered.
26538
26539 This function requires `symbol-completion-completions-function'
26540 to be set buffer-locally. Variables `symbol-completion-symbol-function',
26541 `symbol-completion-predicate-function' and
26542 `symbol-completion-transform-function' are also consulted.
26543
26544 \(fn &optional PREDICATE)" t nil)
26545
26546 (autoload 'symbol-completion-try-complete "sym-comp" "\
26547 Completion function for use with `hippie-expand'.
26548 Uses `symbol-completion-symbol-function' and
26549 `symbol-completion-completions-function'. It is intended to be
26550 used something like this in a major mode which provides symbol
26551 completion:
26552
26553 (if (featurep 'hippie-exp)
26554 (set (make-local-variable 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list)
26555 (cons 'symbol-completion-try-complete
26556 hippie-expand-try-functions-list)))
26557
26558 \(fn OLD)" nil nil)
26559
26560 ;;;***
26561 \f
26562 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (18516
26563 ;;;;;; 15188))
26564 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26565
26566 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26567
26568 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26569 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26570 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26571 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26572 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26573 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26574
26575 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26576
26577 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26578 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
26579 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
26580 otherwise turn it off.
26581
26582 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26583 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26584 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26585
26586 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26587
26588 ;;;***
26589 \f
26590 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (18468 40887))
26591 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26592
26593 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26594 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26595 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26596 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26597 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26598
26599 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26600
26601 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26602 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26603 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26604 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26605 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26606 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26607 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26608
26609 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26610
26611 ;;;***
26612 \f
26613 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
26614 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
26615 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
26616 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26617 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26618 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26619 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26620 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26621 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26622 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26623 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26624 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26625 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (18468 40893))
26626 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26627
26628 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26629 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26630 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26631
26632 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26633
26634 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26635 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26636
26637 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26638
26639 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26640 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26641
26642 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26643
26644 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26645 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26646
26647 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26648
26649 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26650 Insert an editable text table.
26651 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26652 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26653 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26654 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26655 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26656 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26657 delimiting them.
26658
26659 Examples:
26660
26661 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26662
26663 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26664 location of point.
26665
26666 -!-
26667
26668 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26669 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26670 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26671 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26672 first cell.
26673
26674 +-----+-----+-----+
26675 |-!- | | |
26676 +-----+-----+-----+
26677
26678 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26679
26680 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26681 width, which results as
26682
26683 +--------------+-----+-----+
26684 |-!- | | |
26685 +--------------+-----+-----+
26686
26687 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26688 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26689
26690 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26691 | | |-!- |
26692 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26693
26694 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26695 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26696 width information to `table-insert'.
26697
26698 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26699
26700 instead of
26701
26702 Cell width(s): 5
26703
26704 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26705 work all together.
26706
26707 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26708 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26709
26710 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26711 |-!- | | |
26712 | | | |
26713 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26714
26715 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26716
26717 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26718 |-!- | | |
26719 | | | |
26720 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26721 | | | |
26722 | | | |
26723 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26724
26725 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26726
26727 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26728 | | | |
26729 | | | |
26730 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26731 | | | |
26732 | | | |
26733 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26734 -!-
26735
26736 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26737 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26738 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26739
26740 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26741 | | | |
26742 | | | |
26743 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26744 | | | |
26745 | | | |
26746 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26747 |-!- | | |
26748 | | | |
26749 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26750
26751 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26752 results.
26753
26754 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26755 | | | |
26756 | | | |
26757 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26758 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26759 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26760 | | |expected results.-!- |
26761 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26762 | | | |
26763 | | | |
26764 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26765
26766 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26767
26768 \\{table-cell-map}
26769
26770 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26771
26772 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26773 Insert N table row(s).
26774 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26775 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26776 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26777 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26778
26779 \(fn N)" t nil)
26780
26781 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26782 Insert N table column(s).
26783 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26784 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26785 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26786 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26787
26788 \(fn N)" t nil)
26789
26790 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26791 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26792 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26793
26794 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26795
26796 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26797 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26798 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26799 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26800 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26801 all the table specific features.
26802
26803 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26804
26805 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26806 Not documented
26807
26808 \(fn)" t nil)
26809
26810 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26811 Recognize all tables within region.
26812 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26813 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26814 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26815 specific features.
26816
26817 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26818
26819 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26820 Not documented
26821
26822 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26823
26824 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26825 Recognize a table at point.
26826 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26827 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26828 the table specific features.
26829
26830 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26831
26832 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26833 Not documented
26834
26835 \(fn)" t nil)
26836
26837 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26838 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26839 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26840 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26841 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26842 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26843 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26844
26845 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26846
26847 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26848 Not documented
26849
26850 \(fn)" t nil)
26851
26852 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26853 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26854 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26855 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26856 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26857 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26858 specified.
26859
26860 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26861
26862 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26863 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26864 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26865 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26866 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26867 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26868 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26869 table structure.
26870
26871 \(fn N)" t nil)
26872
26873 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26874 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26875 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26876 table's rectangle structure.
26877
26878 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26879
26880 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26881 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26882 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26883 table's rectangle structure.
26884
26885 \(fn N)" t nil)
26886
26887 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26888 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26889 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26890 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26891 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26892
26893 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26894
26895 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26896 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26897 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26898
26899 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26900 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26901 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26902 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26903 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26904 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26905 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26906
26907 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26908 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26909 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26910 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26911 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26912 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26913 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26914
26915 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26916 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26917 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26918 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26919 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26920 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26921 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26922 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26923
26924 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26925
26926 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26927 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26928 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26929 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26930
26931 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26932
26933 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26934 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26935 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26936
26937 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26938
26939 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26940 Split current cell vertically.
26941 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26942
26943 \(fn)" t nil)
26944
26945 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26946 Split current cell horizontally.
26947 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26948
26949 \(fn)" t nil)
26950
26951 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26952 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26953 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26954
26955 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26956
26957 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26958 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26959 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26960 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26961
26962 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26963
26964 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26965 Justify cell contents.
26966 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26967 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26968 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26969 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26970
26971 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26972
26973 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26974 Justify cells of a row.
26975 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26976 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26977
26978 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26979
26980 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26981 Justify cells of a column.
26982 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26983 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26984
26985 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26986
26987 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26988 Toggle fixing width mode.
26989 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26990 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26991 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26992
26993 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26994
26995 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26996 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26997 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26998 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26999 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
27000 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
27001 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
27002 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
27003 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
27004 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
27005 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
27006
27007 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
27008
27009 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
27010 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
27011 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
27012 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
27013 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
27014 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
27015 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
27016 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
27017 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
27018 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
27019 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
27020 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
27021 untouched.
27022
27023 References used for this implementation:
27024
27025 HTML:
27026 http://www.w3.org
27027
27028 LaTeX:
27029 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
27030
27031 CALS (DocBook DTD):
27032 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
27033 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
27034
27035 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
27036
27037 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
27038 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
27039 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
27040 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
27041 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
27042 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
27043 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
27044 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
27045 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
27046 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
27047 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
27048 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
27049 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
27050 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
27051 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
27052 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
27053 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
27054
27055 Example:
27056
27057 (progn
27058 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
27059 (table-forward-cell 15)
27060 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
27061 (table-forward-cell 16)
27062 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
27063 (table-forward-cell 1)
27064 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
27065
27066 (progn
27067 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
27068 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
27069 (table-forward-cell 1)
27070 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
27071
27072 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27073
27074 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
27075 Delete N row(s) of cells.
27076 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
27077 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
27078 consists from cells of same height.
27079
27080 \(fn N)" t nil)
27081
27082 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
27083 Delete N column(s) of cells.
27084 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
27085 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
27086 column must consists from cells of same width.
27087
27088 \(fn N)" t nil)
27089
27090 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
27091 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
27092 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
27093 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
27094 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
27095 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
27096 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
27097 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
27098 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
27099 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
27100 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
27101 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
27102 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
27103 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
27104 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
27105
27106
27107 Example 1:
27108
27109 1, 2, 3, 4
27110 5, 6, 7, 8
27111 , 9, 10
27112
27113 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
27114 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
27115 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
27116 specified as 5.
27117
27118 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27119 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
27120 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27121 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
27122 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27123 | | 9 | 10 | |
27124 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27125
27126 Note:
27127
27128 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
27129 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
27130 of each row is optional.
27131
27132
27133 Example 2:
27134
27135 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
27136 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
27137 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
27138 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
27139 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
27140
27141 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
27142 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
27143
27144 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
27145 expression and raw delimiter regular
27146 expression, it parses the specified text
27147 area and extracts cell items from
27148 non-table text and then forms a table out
27149 of them.
27150
27151 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
27152 creates a single cell table. The text in
27153 the specified region is placed in that
27154 cell.-*-
27155
27156 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
27157 like this.
27158
27159 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27160 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27161 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27162 | |
27163 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
27164 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
27165 | expression, it parses the specified text |
27166 | area and extracts cell items from |
27167 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
27168 | of them. |
27169 | |
27170 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
27171 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
27172 | the specified region is placed in that |
27173 | cell. |
27174 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27175
27176 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
27177 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
27178 independently.
27179
27180 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27181 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27182 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27183 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27184 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
27185 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
27186 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
27187 | |area and extracts cell items from |
27188 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
27189 | |of them. |
27190 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27191 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
27192 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
27193 | |the specified region is placed in that |
27194 | |cell. |
27195 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27196
27197 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
27198 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
27199 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
27200
27201 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
27202
27203 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
27204 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
27205 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
27206 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
27207 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
27208
27209 \(fn)" t nil)
27210
27211 ;;;***
27212 \f
27213 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (18474 994))
27214 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
27215
27216 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
27217 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
27218
27219 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
27220
27221 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
27222 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
27223
27224 \(fn)" t nil)
27225
27226 ;;;***
27227 \f
27228 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (18508 22727))
27229 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
27230
27231 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
27232 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
27233 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
27234 Letters no longer insert themselves.
27235 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
27236 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
27237 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
27238
27239 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
27240 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
27241 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
27242 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
27243
27244 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
27245 \\{tar-mode-map}
27246
27247 \(fn)" t nil)
27248
27249 ;;;***
27250 \f
27251 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
27252 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (18468 40892))
27253 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27254
27255 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27256 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27257 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27258 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27259 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27260 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27261
27262 Variables controlling indentation style:
27263 `tcl-indent-level'
27264 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27265 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27266 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27267
27268 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27269 documentation for details):
27270 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27271 Controls action of TAB key.
27272 `tcl-auto-newline'
27273 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27274 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27275 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27276 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27277 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27278
27279 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27280 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27281 already exist.
27282
27283 Commands:
27284 \\{tcl-mode-map}
27285
27286 \(fn)" t nil)
27287
27288 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27289 Run inferior Tcl process.
27290 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27291 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27292
27293 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
27294
27295 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27296 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27297 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27298
27299 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27300
27301 ;;;***
27302 \f
27303 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (18516 15190))
27304 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27305 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
27306
27307 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27308 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27309 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27310 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27311
27312 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27313 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27314 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27315 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27316 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27317
27318 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27319 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
27320
27321 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27322 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27323 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27324 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27325
27326 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
27327
27328 ;;;***
27329 \f
27330 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
27331 ;;;;;; (18516 15188))
27332 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27333
27334 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27335 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27336 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27337 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27338 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27339 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27340
27341 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27342
27343 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27344 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27345 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27346 commands to use in that buffer.
27347
27348 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27349
27350 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27351
27352 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27353 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27354
27355 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27356
27357 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27358 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27359 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27360 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27361 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27362 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27363 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27364 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27365 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27366 use in that buffer.
27367 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27368
27369 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27370
27371 ;;;***
27372 \f
27373 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (18468
27374 ;;;;;; 40887))
27375 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
27376
27377 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
27378 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
27379 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
27380 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
27381 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
27382 program as keyboard input.
27383
27384 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
27385 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
27386 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
27387 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
27388
27389 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
27390 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
27391 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
27392 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
27393 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
27394
27395 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
27396
27397 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
27398 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
27399 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
27400 terminal-redisplay-interval.
27401
27402 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
27403 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
27404 subprocess started.
27405
27406 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
27407
27408 ;;;***
27409 \f
27410 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
27411 ;;;;;; (18468 40888))
27412 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27413
27414 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27415 Start coverage on function under point.
27416
27417 \(fn)" t nil)
27418
27419 ;;;***
27420 \f
27421 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (18468 40892))
27422 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27423
27424 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27425 Play the Tetris game.
27426 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27427 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27428 as to form complete rows.
27429
27430 tetris-mode keybindings:
27431 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27432 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27433 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27434 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27435 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27436 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27437 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27438 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27439 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27440
27441 \(fn)" t nil)
27442
27443 ;;;***
27444 \f
27445 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
27446 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
27447 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27448 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
27449 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
27450 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
27451 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
27452 ;;;;;; (18573 48349))
27453 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27454
27455 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27456 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27457
27458 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27459
27460 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
27461 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
27462 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27463 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27464 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27465
27466 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27467
27468 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27469 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27470 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27471 if it matches the first line of the file,
27472 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27473
27474 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27475
27476 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27477 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27478 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27479 if the variable is non-nil.")
27480
27481 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27482
27483 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27484 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27485
27486 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27487
27488 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
27489 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
27490 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27491 See the documentation of that variable.")
27492
27493 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27494
27495 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
27496 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27497 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27498 See the documentation of that variable.")
27499
27500 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27501
27502 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
27503 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27504 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27505 See the documentation of that variable.")
27506
27507 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27508
27509 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
27510 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27511 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27512 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27513 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27514
27515 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27516
27517 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
27518 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27519 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27520 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27521
27522 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27523
27524 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27525 *User defined LaTeX block names.
27526 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27527
27528 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27529
27530 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
27531 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27532 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27533 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27534
27535 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27536
27537 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
27538 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27539 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27540 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27541
27542 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27543
27544 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
27545 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27546 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27547 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27548
27549 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27550 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27551 for example,
27552
27553 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27554 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27555
27556 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27557 use.")
27558
27559 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27560
27561 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command '(cond ((eq window-system 'x) "xdvi") ((eq window-system 'w32) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s")) "\
27562 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27563 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27564 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27565 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27566
27567 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27568
27569 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27570
27571 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
27572 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27573 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27574
27575 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27576
27577 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27578 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27579 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27580 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27581 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27582
27583 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27584
27585 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
27586 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27587
27588 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27589
27590 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
27591 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27592
27593 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27594
27595 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27596 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27597 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27598 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27599 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27600 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27601 says which mode to use.
27602
27603 \(fn)" t nil)
27604
27605 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27606
27607 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27608
27609 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27610
27611 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27612 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27613 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27614 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27615 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27616
27617 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27618 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27619 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27620 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27621 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27622 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27623 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27624
27625 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27626 mismatched $'s or braces.
27627
27628 Special commands:
27629 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27630
27631 Mode variables:
27632 tex-run-command
27633 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27634 tex-directory
27635 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27636 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27637 tex-dvi-print-command
27638 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27639 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27640 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27641 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27642 tex-dvi-view-command
27643 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27644 tex-show-queue-command
27645 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27646 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27647
27648 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27649 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27650 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27651
27652 \(fn)" t nil)
27653
27654 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27655 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27656 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27657 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27658 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27659
27660 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27661 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27662 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27663 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27664 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27665 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27666 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27667
27668 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27669 mismatched $'s or braces.
27670
27671 Special commands:
27672 \\{latex-mode-map}
27673
27674 Mode variables:
27675 latex-run-command
27676 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27677 tex-directory
27678 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27679 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27680 tex-dvi-print-command
27681 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27682 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27683 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27684 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27685 tex-dvi-view-command
27686 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27687 tex-show-queue-command
27688 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27689 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27690
27691 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27692 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27693 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27694
27695 \(fn)" t nil)
27696
27697 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27698 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27699 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27700 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27701 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27702
27703 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27704 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27705 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27706 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27707 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27708 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27709 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27710
27711 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27712 mismatched $'s or braces.
27713
27714 Special commands:
27715 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27716
27717 Mode variables:
27718 slitex-run-command
27719 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27720 tex-directory
27721 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27722 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27723 tex-dvi-print-command
27724 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27725 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27726 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27727 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27728 tex-dvi-view-command
27729 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27730 tex-show-queue-command
27731 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27732 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27733
27734 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27735 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27736 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27737 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27738
27739 \(fn)" t nil)
27740
27741 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27742 Not documented
27743
27744 \(fn)" nil nil)
27745
27746 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27747 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27748
27749 \(fn)" t nil)
27750
27751 ;;;***
27752 \f
27753 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27754 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (18577 57514))
27755 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27756
27757 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27758 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27759 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27760 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27761
27762 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27763 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27764 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27765
27766 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27767
27768 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27769 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27770 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27771 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27772 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27773
27774 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27775
27776 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27777 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27778 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27779 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27780
27781 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27782 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27783 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27784 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27785
27786 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27787 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27788
27789 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27790
27791 ;;;***
27792 \f
27793 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27794 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (18468 40893))
27795 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27796
27797 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
27798 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27799
27800 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27801
27802 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
27803 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27804
27805 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27806
27807 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27808 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27809
27810 It has these extra commands:
27811 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27812
27813 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27814 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27815 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27816 modified version of TeX input format.
27817
27818 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27819 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27820 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27821 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27822
27823 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27824 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27825 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27826 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27827 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27828 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27829 in the Texinfo file.
27830
27831 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27832 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27833 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27834 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27835 move forward past the closing brace.
27836
27837 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27838 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27839
27840 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27841 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27842 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27843
27844 Here are the functions:
27845
27846 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27847 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27848 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27849
27850 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27851 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27852 texinfo-master-menu
27853
27854 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27855
27856 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27857 which menu descriptions are indented.
27858
27859 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27860 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27861 in the region.
27862
27863 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27864 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27865 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27866 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27867
27868 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27869 be the first node in the file.
27870
27871 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27872 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27873
27874 \(fn)" t nil)
27875
27876 ;;;***
27877 \f
27878 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27879 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27880 ;;;;;; (18468 40890))
27881 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27882
27883 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27884 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27885 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27886 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27887
27888 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27889
27890 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27891 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27892
27893 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27894
27895 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27896 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27897
27898 \(fn)" t nil)
27899
27900 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27901 Not documented
27902
27903 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
27904
27905 ;;;***
27906 \f
27907 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27908 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27909 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (18468 40887))
27910 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27911
27912 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27913 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27914
27915 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27916
27917 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27918 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27919 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27920 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27921 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27922
27923 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27924 a symbol as a valid THING.
27925
27926 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27927 of the textual entity that was found.
27928
27929 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27930
27931 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27932 Return the THING at point.
27933 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27934 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27935 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27936
27937 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27938 a symbol as a valid THING.
27939
27940 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27941
27942 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27943 Not documented
27944
27945 \(fn)" nil nil)
27946
27947 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27948 Not documented
27949
27950 \(fn)" nil nil)
27951
27952 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27953 Not documented
27954
27955 \(fn)" nil nil)
27956
27957 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27958 Not documented
27959
27960 \(fn)" nil nil)
27961
27962 ;;;***
27963 \f
27964 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27965 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27966 ;;;;;; (18516 15188))
27967 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27968
27969 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27970 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27971
27972 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27973
27974 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27975 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27976 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27977 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27978
27979 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27980
27981 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27982 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27983
27984 \(fn)" t nil)
27985
27986 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27987 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27988
27989 \(fn)" t nil)
27990
27991 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27992
27993 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27994 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27995
27996 \(fn)" t nil)
27997
27998 ;;;***
27999 \f
28000 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
28001 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
28002 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
28003 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
28004 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
28005 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (18468 40890))
28006 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
28007
28008 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
28009 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
28010 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
28011
28012 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
28013
28014 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
28015 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
28016
28017 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28018
28019 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
28020 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
28021 The returned string has no composition information.
28022
28023 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28024
28025 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
28026 Compose Tibetan string STR.
28027
28028 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28029
28030 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
28031 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
28032
28033 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28034
28035 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
28036 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
28037 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
28038 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28039
28040 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28041
28042 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
28043 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
28044 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
28045 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28046
28047 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28048
28049 (autoload 'tibetan-composition-function "tibet-util" "\
28050 Not documented
28051
28052 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28053
28054 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28055 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
28056 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
28057
28058 \(fn)" t nil)
28059
28060 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28061 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
28062 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
28063
28064 \(fn)" t nil)
28065
28066 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28067 Not documented
28068
28069 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28070
28071 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28072 Not documented
28073
28074 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28075
28076 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
28077 Not documented
28078
28079 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28080
28081 ;;;***
28082 \f
28083 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
28084 ;;;;;; (18468 40893))
28085 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
28086
28087 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
28088 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
28089 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28090 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28091 parameters.
28092 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28093
28094 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28095
28096 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
28097 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
28098 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28099 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28100 parameters.
28101 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28102
28103 \(fn)" t nil)
28104
28105 ;;;***
28106 \f
28107 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
28108 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
28109 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (18468 40887))
28110 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
28111
28112 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
28113 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
28114
28115 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
28116
28117 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
28118 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28119 This display updates automatically every minute.
28120 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28121 are displayed as well.
28122 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28123
28124 \(fn)" t nil)
28125
28126 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
28127 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
28128 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28129 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28130 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28131 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
28132
28133 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
28134
28135 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
28136 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28137 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
28138
28139 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
28140 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28141 are displayed as well.
28142 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28143
28144 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28145
28146 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
28147 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
28148 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
28149 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
28150
28151 \(fn)" t nil)
28152
28153 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
28154 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
28155 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
28156 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
28157
28158 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
28159
28160 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
28161 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
28162
28163 \(fn)" t nil)
28164
28165 ;;;***
28166 \f
28167 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
28168 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
28169 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
28170 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time time-to-seconds date-to-time) "time-date"
28171 ;;;;;; "calendar/time-date.el" (18468 40888))
28172 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
28173
28174 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
28175 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28176
28177 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28178
28179 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date" "\
28180 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
28181 You can use `float-time' instead.
28182
28183 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28184
28185 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
28186 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
28187
28188 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
28189
28190 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
28191 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
28192
28193 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28194
28195 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
28196 Convert DAYS into a time value.
28197
28198 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
28199
28200 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
28201 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
28202 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
28203
28204 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28205
28206 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
28207
28208 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
28209 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
28210 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
28211
28212 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28213
28214 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
28215 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
28216
28217 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28218
28219 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
28220 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
28221 DATE should be a date-time string.
28222
28223 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28224
28225 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
28226 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
28227 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
28228
28229 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
28230
28231 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
28232 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
28233
28234 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
28235
28236 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
28237 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
28238
28239 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28240
28241 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
28242 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
28243 TIME should be a time value.
28244 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
28245
28246 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28247
28248 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
28249 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28250 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
28251
28252 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28253
28254 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
28255 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
28256 The valid format specifiers are:
28257 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
28258 %d is the number of days.
28259 %h is the number of hours.
28260 %m is the number of minutes.
28261 %s is the number of seconds.
28262 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
28263 %% is a literal \"%\".
28264
28265 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
28266 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
28267
28268 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
28269 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
28270 return something of the form \"001 year\".
28271
28272 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
28273 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
28274 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28275
28276 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28277
28278 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28279
28280 ;;;***
28281 \f
28282 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
28283 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (18468 40887))
28284 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28285 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28286 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28287 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28288 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28289 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28290 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28291 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28292 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28293
28294 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28295 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28296 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28297 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
28298 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
28299 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28300 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28301 look like one of the following:
28302 Time-stamp: <>
28303 Time-stamp: \" \"
28304 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28305 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28306 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28307 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28308 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28309 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28310 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28311 the template.
28312
28313 \(fn)" t nil)
28314
28315 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28316 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28317 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28318
28319 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28320
28321 ;;;***
28322 \f
28323 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
28324 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
28325 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
28326 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
28327 ;;;;;; (18576 24565))
28328 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28329
28330 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
28331 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
28332 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28333 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
28334 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28335 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28336 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
28337 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
28338 display (non-nil means on).
28339
28340 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28341
28342 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28343 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28344 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28345 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28346 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28347 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28348 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28349 this function is called within a day.
28350
28351 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28352 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28353 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28354 discover the name of the project.
28355
28356 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28357
28358 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28359 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28360 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28361 begun during the last time segment.
28362
28363 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28364 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28365 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28366 discover the reason.
28367
28368 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28369
28370 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28371 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28372 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28373 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28374 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28375
28376 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28377
28378 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28379 Change to working on a different project.
28380 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28381 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28382 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28383 working on.
28384
28385 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28386
28387 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28388 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28389 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28390
28391 \(fn)" nil nil)
28392
28393 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28394 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28395 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28396
28397 \(fn)" t nil)
28398
28399 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28400 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28401 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28402 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28403 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28404 \"relative to today\".
28405
28406 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28407
28408 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28409 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28410 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28411 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28412
28413 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28414
28415 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28416 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28417 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28418 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28419 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28420 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28421
28422 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28423
28424 ;;;***
28425 \f
28426 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
28427 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (18468 40890))
28428 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28429
28430 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28431 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28432 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28433 the generated Quail package is saved.
28434
28435 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28436
28437 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28438 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28439 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28440 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28441 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28442 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28443 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28444
28445 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28446
28447 ;;;***
28448 \f
28449 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
28450 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (18468 40887))
28451 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28452 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28453 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28454
28455 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28456 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28457 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28458 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28459 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28460
28461 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28462
28463 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28464 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28465 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28466 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28467 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28468
28469 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28470
28471 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28472 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28473 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28474 in the menu in two ways:
28475 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28476 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28477 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28478
28479 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28480 keymap or an alist of alists.
28481 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28482 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28483
28484 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28485
28486 ;;;***
28487 \f
28488 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
28489 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
28490 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (18533 1975))
28491 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28492
28493 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
28494 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
28495
28496 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
28497
28498 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
28499 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
28500
28501 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
28502
28503 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
28504 Insert new TODO list entry.
28505 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
28506 category.
28507
28508 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28509
28510 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
28511 List top priorities for each category.
28512
28513 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
28514 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
28515
28516 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
28517 between each category.
28518
28519 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28520
28521 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
28522 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
28523 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
28524 between each category.
28525
28526 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
28527
28528 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28529
28530 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28531 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
28532
28533 \\{todo-mode-map}
28534
28535 \(fn)" t nil)
28536
28537 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
28538 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
28539
28540 \(fn)" nil nil)
28541
28542 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28543 Show TODO list.
28544
28545 \(fn)" t nil)
28546
28547 ;;;***
28548 \f
28549 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
28550 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
28551 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (18516 15188))
28552 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28553
28554 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28555 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28556 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28557
28558 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28559
28560 (put 'tool-bar-mode 'standard-value '(t))
28561
28562 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28563 Add an item to the tool bar.
28564 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28565 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28566 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28567 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28568
28569 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28570 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
28571 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28572 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28573
28574 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28575 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28576
28577 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28578
28579 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28580 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28581 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28582 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28583 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28584 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28585
28586 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28587 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28588 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28589 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28590
28591 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28592
28593 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28594 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28595 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28596 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28597 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28598 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28599 properties to add to the binding.
28600
28601 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28602
28603 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28604 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28605
28606 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28607
28608 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28609 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28610 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28611 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28612 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28613 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28614 properties to add to the binding.
28615
28616 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28617 holds a keymap.
28618
28619 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28620
28621 ;;;***
28622 \f
28623 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28624 ;;;;;; (18468 40888))
28625 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28626
28627 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28628 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28629 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28630 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28631 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28632 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28633
28634 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28635
28636 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28637 TPU/edt emulation.
28638
28639 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28640
28641 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28642
28643 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28644 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28645
28646 \(fn)" t nil)
28647
28648 ;;;***
28649 \f
28650 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
28651 ;;;;;; (18468 40888))
28652 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28653
28654 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28655 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28656
28657 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28658 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28659 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28660 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28661 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28662
28663 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28664 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28665 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28666 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28667 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
28668
28669 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28670 (tpu-edt)
28671
28672 Known Problems:
28673
28674 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28675 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28676 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28677 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28678 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28679 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28680
28681 \(fn)" t nil)
28682
28683 ;;;***
28684 \f
28685 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (18468 40888))
28686 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28687
28688 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28689 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28690 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28691 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28692 to a tcp server on another machine.
28693
28694 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28695
28696 ;;;***
28697 \f
28698 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28699 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (18516 15188))
28700 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28701
28702 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28703 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28704
28705 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28706
28707 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
28708 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28709 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28710 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28711 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28712 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28713 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28714 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28715
28716 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28717
28718 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28719 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28720 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28721 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28722 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28723 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28724 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28725 the window or buffer configuration.
28726
28727 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28728
28729 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28730
28731 ;;;***
28732 \f
28733 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28734 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28735 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
28736 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (18573 48348))
28737 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28738
28739 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28740 *Whether Tramp is enabled.
28741 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28742
28743 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28744
28745 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28746 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28747
28748 It can have the following values:
28749
28750 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28751 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28752 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28753
28754 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28755
28756 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
28757 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28758 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28759 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28760
28761 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28762 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28763 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28764 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28765
28766 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
28767 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28768 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28769
28770 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28771 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28772 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28773 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28774 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28775 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28776 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28777 files which are not really Tramp files.
28778
28779 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28780 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28781 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28782 updated after changing this variable.
28783
28784 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28785
28786 (defconst tramp-root-regexp (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/" "^/") "\
28787 Beginning of an incomplete Tramp file name.
28788 Usually, it is just \"^/\". On W32 systems, there might be a
28789 volume letter, which will be removed by `tramp-drop-volume-letter'.")
28790
28791 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]*$") "\
28792 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28793 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28794 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28795
28796 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (concat tramp-root-regexp "\\([[][^]]*\\)?$") "\
28797 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28798 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28799 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28800
28801 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?$") "\
28802 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28803 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28804
28805 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28806 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28807 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28808
28809 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28810 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28811 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28812 updated after changing this variable.
28813
28814 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28815
28816 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28817 Alist of completion handler functions.
28818 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
28819 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
28820 normal Emacs functions.")
28821
28822 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28823 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28824 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28825 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28826
28827 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28828 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28829 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28830 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28831
28832 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28833 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28834 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28835
28836 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28837
28838 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28839 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28840 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28841
28842 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handler nil "\
28843 Add Tramp file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28844 (tramp-register-file-name-handler)
28845
28846 (defsubst tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler nil "\
28847 Add Tramp completion file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28848 (add-hook
28849 'after-init-hook
28850 'tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler)
28851
28852 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28853 Not documented
28854
28855 \(fn)" nil nil)
28856
28857 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28858 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28859
28860 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28861
28862 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28863 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28864
28865 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28866
28867 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28868 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28869
28870 \(fn)" t nil)
28871
28872 ;;;***
28873 \f
28874 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28875 ;;;;;; (18537 13676))
28876 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28877
28878 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28879 Not documented
28880
28881 \(fn)" nil nil)
28882
28883 ;;;***
28884 \f
28885 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (18468
28886 ;;;;;; 40887))
28887 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28888
28889 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28890 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28891 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28892 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28893 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28894 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28895 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28896 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28897
28898 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28899 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28900 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28901
28902 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28903 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28904 resumed later.
28905
28906 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28907
28908 ;;;***
28909 \f
28910 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28911 ;;;;;; (18468 40890))
28912 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28913
28914 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28915 Not documented
28916
28917 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28918
28919 ;;;***
28920 \f
28921 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28922 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (18468 40893))
28923 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28924 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28925 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28926 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28927
28928 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28929 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28930 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28931 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28932 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28933 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28934 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28935
28936 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28937
28938 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28939 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28940 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28941 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28942
28943 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28944
28945 \(fn)" t nil)
28946
28947 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28948 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28949 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28950 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28951 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28952 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28953 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28954
28955 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28956 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28957
28958 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28959 \\___/\\
28960 / \\
28961 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28962
28963 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28964
28965 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28966
28967 ;;;***
28968 \f
28969 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28970 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28971 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28972 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28973 ;;;;;; (18468 40887))
28974 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28975
28976 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28977 Toggle typing break mode.
28978 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28979 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28980 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28981
28982 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28983
28984 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28985 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28986
28987 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
28988
28989 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28990 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28991
28992 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28993 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28994 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28995
28996 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28997 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28998
28999 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
29000
29001 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
29002 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
29003
29004 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
29005 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
29006 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
29007 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
29008
29009 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
29010
29011 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
29012 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
29013 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
29014
29015 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
29016 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
29017 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
29018 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
29019 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
29020 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
29021
29022 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
29023 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
29024 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
29025 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
29026
29027 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
29028 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
29029
29030 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
29031 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
29032
29033 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
29034
29035 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
29036 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
29037 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
29038
29039 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
29040 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
29041 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
29042 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
29043 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
29044 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
29045 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
29046
29047 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
29048 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
29049
29050 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
29051 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
29052 reset the keystroke counter.
29053
29054 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
29055 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
29056 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
29057 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
29058
29059 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
29060 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
29061 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
29062 `type-break-schedule' command.
29063
29064 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
29065 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
29066 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
29067 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
29068 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
29069 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
29070 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
29071 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
29072 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
29073
29074 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
29075 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
29076 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
29077 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
29078 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
29079
29080 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
29081 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
29082 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
29083 approximate good values for this.
29084
29085 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
29086 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
29087
29088 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
29089 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
29090 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
29091 `type-break-warning-repeat'
29092 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
29093 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
29094
29095 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
29096 a typing break occur. They include:
29097
29098 `type-break-query-mode'
29099 `type-break-query-function'
29100 `type-break-query-interval'
29101
29102 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
29103
29104 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
29105 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
29106 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
29107 problems.
29108
29109 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
29110
29111 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
29112 Take a typing break.
29113
29114 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
29115 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
29116
29117 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
29118 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
29119
29120 \(fn)" t nil)
29121
29122 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
29123 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
29124 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
29125 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
29126
29127 \(fn)" t nil)
29128
29129 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
29130 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
29131
29132 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
29133 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
29134 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
29135 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
29136 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
29137 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
29138 average typing speed.)
29139
29140 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
29141 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
29142 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
29143 the computed maximum threshold.
29144
29145 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
29146 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
29147 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
29148 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
29149 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
29150
29151 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
29152
29153 ;;;***
29154 \f
29155 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
29156 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (18468 40893))
29157 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
29158
29159 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
29160 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
29161 Works by overstriking underscores.
29162 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29163 which specify the range to operate on.
29164
29165 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29166
29167 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
29168 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
29169 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29170 which specify the range to operate on.
29171
29172 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29173
29174 ;;;***
29175 \f
29176 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
29177 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (18468 40890))
29178 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
29179
29180 (autoload 'undigestify-rmail-message "undigest" "\
29181 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
29182 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
29183
29184 \(fn)" t nil)
29185
29186 (autoload 'unforward-rmail-message "undigest" "\
29187 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
29188 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
29189 following the containing message.
29190
29191 \(fn)" t nil)
29192
29193 ;;;***
29194 \f
29195 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
29196 ;;;;;; (18468 40890))
29197 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
29198
29199 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
29200 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
29201 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
29202 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
29203 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
29204 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
29205
29206 \(fn)" nil nil)
29207
29208 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
29209 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
29210
29211 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
29212
29213 ;;;***
29214 \f
29215 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (18468
29216 ;;;;;; 40888))
29217 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
29218
29219 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
29220 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
29221 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
29222 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
29223
29224 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
29225
29226 ;;;***
29227 \f
29228 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
29229 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (18550 15780))
29230 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
29231
29232 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
29233 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29234 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29235
29236 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
29237 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
29238 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
29239 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
29240 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
29241 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
29242
29243 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
29244 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
29245 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
29246
29247 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
29248 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
29249 the callback is not called).
29250
29251 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
29252 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
29253 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
29254 take effect.
29255
29256 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
29257
29258 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
29259 Retrieve URL synchronously.
29260 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
29261 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
29262 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29263
29264 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29265
29266 ;;;***
29267 \f
29268 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
29269 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (18550 15780))
29270 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29271
29272 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29273 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29274 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29275
29276 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29277 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29278 `url-generic-parse-url'
29279 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29280 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
29281 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
29282 realm
29283 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
29284 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
29285 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
29286 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
29287 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
29288 what type of auth to use
29289 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
29290 if one cannot be found in the cache
29291
29292 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
29293
29294 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
29295 Register an HTTP authentication method.
29296
29297 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
29298 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
29299 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
29300 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
29301 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
29302 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
29303 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
29304 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
29305
29306 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
29307
29308 ;;;***
29309 \f
29310 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
29311 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (18550
29312 ;;;;;; 15780))
29313 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
29314
29315 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
29316 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
29317
29318 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
29319
29320 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
29321 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
29322
29323 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29324
29325 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
29326 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
29327
29328 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29329
29330 (autoload 'url-cache-expired "url-cache" "\
29331 Return t if a cached file has expired.
29332
29333 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
29334
29335 ;;;***
29336 \f
29337 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (18468 40893))
29338 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29339
29340 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29341 Not documented
29342
29343 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29344
29345 ;;;***
29346 \f
29347 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
29348 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (18550 15780))
29349 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29350
29351 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29352 Not documented
29353
29354 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29355
29356 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29357 Not documented
29358
29359 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29360
29361 ;;;***
29362 \f
29363 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (18550
29364 ;;;;;; 15780))
29365 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29366
29367 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29368 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29369
29370 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29371
29372 ;;;***
29373 \f
29374 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
29375 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (18550 15780))
29376 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29377
29378 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29379 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29380
29381 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
29382
29383 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29384 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29385 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29386 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29387 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29388
29389 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
29390
29391 ;;;***
29392 \f
29393 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
29394 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
29395 ;;;;;; (18550 15780))
29396 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29397
29398 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29399 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29400 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29401 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29402 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29403 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29404
29405 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29406
29407 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29408 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
29409
29410 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29411
29412 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29413 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29414 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29415 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29416
29417 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29418
29419 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29420 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29421 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29422 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29423 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29424 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29425 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29426 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29427 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29428
29429 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
29430
29431 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29432 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29433 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29434 accessible.
29435
29436 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29437
29438 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29439 Not documented
29440
29441 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29442
29443 ;;;***
29444 \f
29445 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
29446 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (18550 15780))
29447 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29448
29449 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
29450 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
29451 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
29452 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
29453 CBARGS as the arguments.
29454
29455 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29456
29457 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
29458 Not documented
29459
29460 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29461
29462 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
29463
29464 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
29465 Not documented
29466
29467 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
29468
29469 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
29470 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
29471 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
29472
29473 Property list members:
29474
29475 methods
29476 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
29477 supports.
29478
29479 dav
29480 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
29481 supported.
29482
29483 dasl
29484 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
29485
29486 ranges
29487 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
29488
29489 p3p
29490 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
29491 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
29492 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
29493 Emacs/W3.
29494
29495 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29496
29497 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
29498 Default HTTPS port.")
29499
29500 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
29501 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
29502
29503 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-http-expand-file-name)
29504 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29505 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29506 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29507 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29508
29509 ;;;***
29510 \f
29511 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (18550 15780))
29512 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29513
29514 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29515 Not documented
29516
29517 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29518
29519 ;;;***
29520 \f
29521 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (18468
29522 ;;;;;; 40893))
29523 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29524
29525 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29526 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29527 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29528 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29529 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29530
29531 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29532
29533 ;;;***
29534 \f
29535 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
29536 ;;;;;; (18468 40893))
29537 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29538
29539 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29540 Not documented
29541
29542 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29543
29544 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29545 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29546
29547 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29548
29549 ;;;***
29550 \f
29551 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
29552 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (18468 40893))
29553 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29554
29555 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29556 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29557
29558 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29559
29560 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29561 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29562
29563 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29564
29565 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29566 Not documented
29567
29568 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29569
29570 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29571
29572 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29573
29574 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29575
29576 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29577 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29578
29579 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29580
29581 ;;;***
29582 \f
29583 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
29584 ;;;;;; (18468 40893))
29585 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29586
29587 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29588 Not documented
29589
29590 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29591
29592 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29593 Not documented
29594
29595 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29596
29597 ;;;***
29598 \f
29599 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
29600 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
29601 ;;;;;; (18468 40893))
29602 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29603
29604 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29605 Not documented
29606
29607 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29608
29609 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29610 Not documented
29611
29612 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29613
29614 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29615 Not documented
29616
29617 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29618
29619 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29620 Not documented
29621
29622 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29623
29624 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29625 Not documented
29626
29627 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29628
29629 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29630 Not documented
29631
29632 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29633
29634 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29635 Not documented
29636
29637 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29638
29639 ;;;***
29640 \f
29641 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29642 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (18468 40893))
29643 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29644
29645 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29646 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29647
29648 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29649
29650 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29651 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29652 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29653 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
29654
29655 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29656
29657 ;;;***
29658 \f
29659 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29660 ;;;;;; (18468 40893))
29661 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29662
29663 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29664 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29665
29666 \(fn)" t nil)
29667
29668 ;;;***
29669 \f
29670 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29671 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
29672 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
29673 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
29674 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
29675 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
29676 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (18550 15780))
29677 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29678
29679 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29680 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29681 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29682
29683 If t, all messages will be logged.
29684 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29685 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29686
29687 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29688
29689 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29690 Not documented
29691
29692 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29693
29694 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29695 Not documented
29696
29697 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29698
29699 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29700 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29701 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29702 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29703 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29704 & ==> &amp;
29705 < ==> &lt;
29706 > ==> &gt;
29707 \" ==> &quot;
29708
29709 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29710
29711 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29712 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29713 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29714
29715 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29716
29717 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29718 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29719 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29720
29721 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29722
29723 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29724 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29725
29726 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29727
29728 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29729 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29730
29731 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29732
29733 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29734 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29735
29736 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29737
29738 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29739 Not documented
29740
29741 \(fn N)" nil nil)
29742
29743 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29744 Not documented
29745
29746 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29747
29748 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29749 Not documented
29750
29751 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29752
29753 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29754 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29755
29756 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29757
29758 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29759 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29760
29761 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29762
29763 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29764 Not documented
29765
29766 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29767
29768 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29769 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29770 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29771 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29772 forbidden in URL encoding.
29773
29774 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29775
29776 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29777 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29778 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29779 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29780 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29781 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29782
29783 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29784
29785 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29786 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29787 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29788 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29789
29790 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29791
29792 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29793 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
29794 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29795
29796 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29797
29798 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29799 View the current document's URL.
29800 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29801 the minibuffer.
29802
29803 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29804
29805 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29806
29807 ;;;***
29808 \f
29809 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29810 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (18468 40887))
29811 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29812
29813 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29814 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29815 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29816 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29817 to refrain from editing the file
29818 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29819 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29820 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29821 in any way you like.
29822
29823 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29824
29825 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29826 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29827 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29828 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29829 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29830
29831 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29832 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29833
29834 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29835
29836 ;;;***
29837 \f
29838 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29839 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29840 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (18533 1975))
29841 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29842
29843 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29844 Not documented
29845
29846 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29847
29848 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29849 Not documented
29850
29851 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29852
29853 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29854 Not documented
29855
29856 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29857
29858 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29859 Not documented
29860
29861 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29862
29863 ;;;***
29864 \f
29865 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29866 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29867 ;;;;;; (18468 40890))
29868 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29869
29870 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29871 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29872 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29873 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29874
29875 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29876
29877 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29878 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29879 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29880
29881 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29882
29883 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29884 Uudecode region between START and END.
29885 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29886
29887 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29888
29889 ;;;***
29890 \f
29891 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-update-change-log
29892 ;;;;;; vc-rename-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-update
29893 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag
29894 ;;;;;; vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-revision-other-window vc-diff
29895 ;;;;;; vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook
29896 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (18566 26932))
29897 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29898
29899 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29900 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29901 See `run-hooks'.")
29902
29903 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29904
29905 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29906 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29907 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29908
29909 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29910
29911 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29912 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29913 See `run-hooks'.")
29914
29915 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29916
29917 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29918 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29919 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
29920
29921 For locking systems:
29922 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
29923 control.
29924 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29925 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
29926 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29927 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
29928 it performs a revert on that file.
29929 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29930 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29931 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29932 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29933 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
29934 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
29935 given the option to steal the lock(s).
29936
29937 For merging systems:
29938 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
29939 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
29940 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
29941 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
29942 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29943 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29944 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29945 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29946 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29947
29948 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29949
29950 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29951 Register into a version control system.
29952 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29953 Otherwise register the current file.
29954 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29955 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29956
29957 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29958 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29959 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29960 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29961 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29962 first backend that could register the file is used.
29963
29964 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29965
29966 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29967 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29968
29969 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29970
29971 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29972 Display diffs between file revisions.
29973 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29974 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29975 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29976
29977 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29978 saving the buffer.
29979
29980 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29981
29982 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29983 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29984 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29985 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29986
29987 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29988
29989 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29990 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29991 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29992 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29993
29994 \(fn)" t nil)
29995
29996 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29997 Merge changes between two revisions into the current buffer's file.
29998 This asks for two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29999 first revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
30000 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
30001 from the current branch.
30002
30003 See Info node `Merging'.
30004
30005 \(fn)" t nil)
30006
30007 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
30008
30009 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
30010 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
30011 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
30012 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
30013 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
30014 checked out in that new branch.
30015
30016 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
30017
30018 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
30019 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
30020 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
30021 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
30022 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
30023 allowed and simply skipped).
30024
30025 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
30026
30027 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
30028 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
30029 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
30030
30031 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION)" t nil)
30032
30033 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
30034 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
30035 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
30036 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
30037
30038 \(fn)" t nil)
30039
30040 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
30041 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
30042 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
30043 depending on the underlying version-control system.
30044
30045 \(fn)" t nil)
30046
30047 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
30048
30049 (autoload 'vc-update "vc" "\
30050 Update the current fileset's files to their tip revisions.
30051 For each one that contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply
30052 replaces the work file with the latest revision on its branch. If the file
30053 contains changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent
30054 changes from the current branch are merged into the working file.
30055
30056 \(fn)" t nil)
30057
30058 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
30059 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
30060 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
30061 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
30062 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
30063 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
30064 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
30065
30066 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
30067
30068 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
30069 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
30070 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
30071 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
30072 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
30073 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
30074 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
30075 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
30076 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
30077
30078 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
30079
30080 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
30081 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
30082
30083 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
30084
30085 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
30086 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
30087 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
30088 directory.
30089
30090 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
30091
30092 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
30093 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
30094 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
30095
30096 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
30097 log entries should be gathered.
30098
30099 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30100
30101 (autoload 'vc-trunk-p "vc" "\
30102 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
30103
30104 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30105
30106 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
30107 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
30108
30109 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30110
30111 ;;;***
30112 \f
30113 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc-annotate.el" (18550
30114 ;;;;;; 15777))
30115 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-annotate.el
30116
30117 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
30118 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
30119
30120 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
30121 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
30122 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
30123 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
30124 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
30125 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30126
30127 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
30128 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number; then the buffer
30129 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
30130 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
30131 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
30132 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
30133 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
30134 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30135
30136 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
30137
30138 Customization variables:
30139
30140 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
30141 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
30142 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
30143 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
30144
30145 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO)" t nil)
30146
30147 ;;;***
30148 \f
30149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (18566 26931))
30150 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
30151 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
30152 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
30153 (progn
30154 (load "vc-arch")
30155 (vc-arch-registered file))))
30156
30157 ;;;***
30158 \f
30159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc-bzr.el" (18550 15777))
30160 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-bzr.el
30161
30162 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
30163 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
30164
30165 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
30166 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
30167 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
30168 (progn
30169 (load "vc-bzr")
30170 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
30171
30172 ;;;***
30173 \f
30174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (18530 36602))
30175 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
30176 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30177 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30178 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30179 (load "vc-cvs")
30180 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30181
30182 ;;;***
30183 \f
30184 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc-dir.el" (18576 38756))
30185 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dir.el
30186
30187 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30188 Show the VC status for DIR.
30189 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30190 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30191
30192 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30193
30194 ;;;***
30195 \f
30196 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc-dispatcher.el"
30197 ;;;;;; (18550 15777))
30198 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-dispatcher.el
30199
30200 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30201 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30202 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30203 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30204 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
30205 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30206 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
30207 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
30208 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
30209 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
30210 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
30211 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30212 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
30213
30214 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
30215
30216 ;;;***
30217 \f
30218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc-git.el" (18576 24565))
30219 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-git.el
30220 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
30221 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
30222 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; short cut
30223 (progn
30224 (load "vc-git")
30225 (vc-git-registered file))))
30226
30227 ;;;***
30228 \f
30229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc-hg.el" (18550 15777))
30230 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-hg.el
30231 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30232 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30233 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30234 (progn
30235 (load "vc-hg")
30236 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30237
30238 ;;;***
30239 \f
30240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (18508 22728))
30241 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
30242 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
30243 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
30244 (progn
30245 (load "vc-mcvs")
30246 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
30247
30248 ;;;***
30249 \f
30250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc-mtn.el" (18530 36602))
30251 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mtn.el
30252
30253 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
30254
30255 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
30256 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30257 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30258 (progn
30259 (load "vc-mtn")
30260 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30261
30262 ;;;***
30263 \f
30264 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
30265 ;;;;;; (18530 36602))
30266 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
30267
30268 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s") "\
30269 *Where to look for RCS master files.
30270 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30271
30272 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30273
30274 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30275
30276 ;;;***
30277 \f
30278 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
30279 ;;;;;; (18508 22728))
30280 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
30281
30282 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir) "\
30283 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
30284 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30285
30286 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30287 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30288
30289 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
30290 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30291 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30292 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30293
30294 ;;;***
30295 \f
30296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (18530 36602))
30297 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
30298 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30299 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30300 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30301 "_svn")
30302 (t ".svn"))))
30303 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30304 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
30305 (file-name-directory f)))
30306 (load "vc-svn")
30307 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30308
30309 (add-to-list 'completion-ignored-extensions ".svn/")
30310
30311 ;;;***
30312 \f
30313 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
30314 ;;;;;; (18468 40892))
30315 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30316 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.vr[hi]?\\'" . vera-mode))
30317
30318 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30319 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30320
30321 Usage:
30322 ------
30323
30324 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30325 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30326 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30327 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30328
30329 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30330 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30331 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30332 completions.
30333
30334 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30335 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30336
30337 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30338 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30339
30340 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30341 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30342 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30343
30344 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30345
30346
30347 Maintenance:
30348 ------------
30349
30350 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30351 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30352
30353 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30354
30355 Official distribution is at
30356 <http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html>.
30357
30358
30359 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30360 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30361
30362 Key bindings:
30363 -------------
30364
30365 \\{vera-mode-map}
30366
30367 \(fn)" t nil)
30368
30369 ;;;***
30370 \f
30371 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30372 ;;;;;; (18576 24566))
30373 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30374
30375 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30376 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30377 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30378 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30379 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30380
30381 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30382
30383 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30384 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30385
30386 Supports highlighting.
30387
30388 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30389 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30390
30391 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30392
30393 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30394 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30395 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30396 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30397 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30398 on the left side of your screen.
30399 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30400 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30401 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30402 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30403 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30404 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30405 function keyword.
30406 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30407 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30408 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30409 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30410 if (a)
30411 begin
30412 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30413 Indentation for case statements.
30414 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30415 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30416 mark after an end.
30417 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30418 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30419 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30420 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30421 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30422 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30423 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30424 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30425 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30426 if (a)
30427 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30428 otherwise you get:
30429 if (a)
30430 begin
30431 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30432 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30433 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30434 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30435 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30436 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30437 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30438 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30439 comments in tight quarters.
30440 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `(all))
30441 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30442
30443 Variables controlling other actions:
30444
30445 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30446 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30447 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30448
30449 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30450
30451 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30452
30453 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30454 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30455 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30456
30457 Some other functions are:
30458
30459 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30460 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30461 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30462 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30463 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30464
30465 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30466 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30467 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30468 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30469
30470 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30471 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30472 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30473 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30474 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30475 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30476 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30477 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30478 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30479 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30480 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30481 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30482 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30483 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30484 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30485 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30486 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30487 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30488 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30489 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30490 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30491 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30492 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30493 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30494 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30495 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30496 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30497 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30498
30499 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30500 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30501
30502 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30503
30504 \(fn)" t nil)
30505
30506 ;;;***
30507 \f
30508 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
30509 ;;;;;; (18468 40892))
30510 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30511
30512 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30513 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30514
30515 Usage:
30516 ------
30517
30518 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30519 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30520 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30521 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30522 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30523 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30524 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30525 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30526 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
30527
30528 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30529 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30530 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30531 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30532
30533 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30534 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30535 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30536 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30537 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30538
30539 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30540 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30541
30542
30543 HEADER INSERTION:
30544 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30545 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30546 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30547
30548
30549 STUTTERING:
30550 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30551 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30552 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30553 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30554
30555 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30556 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30557 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30558 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30559 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30560
30561
30562 WORD COMPLETION:
30563 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30564 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30565 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30566 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30567
30568 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30569 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30570 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30571 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30572 beginning with \"std\").
30573
30574 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30575 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30576 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30577 stop.
30578
30579
30580 COMMENTS:
30581 `--' puts a single comment.
30582 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30583 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30584 with a comment in between.
30585 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30586 out following lines.
30587 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30588 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30589
30590 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30591 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30592 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30593 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30594 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30595 non-nil.
30596
30597 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30598 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30599 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30600 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30601 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30602 multi-line comments.
30603
30604
30605 INDENTATION:
30606 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30607 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30608 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30609 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
30610
30611 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30612 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30613 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30614 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30615
30616 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30617 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30618 and vice versa.
30619
30620 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30621 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30622
30623
30624 ALIGNMENT:
30625 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30626 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30627 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30628 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30629 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30630 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30631 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30632 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30633
30634 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30635 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30636 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30637 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30638 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30639 is non-nil.
30640
30641 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30642 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30643 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30644
30645 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30646 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30647
30648
30649 CODE FILLING:
30650 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30651 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30652 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30653 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30654 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30655 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30656
30657
30658 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30659 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30660 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
30661 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30662 command:
30663
30664 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30665
30666
30667 PORT TRANSLATION:
30668 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30669 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30670 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30671 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30672 internal signal initializations (menu).
30673
30674 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30675 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30676 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30677
30678 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30679 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30680 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30681 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30682 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30683 in subsequent paste operations.)
30684
30685 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30686 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30687 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30688
30689
30690 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30691 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30692 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30693 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30694 association list with formals).
30695
30696
30697 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30698 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30699 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30700 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30701 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30702 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30703 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30704 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30705 `vhdl-testbench'.
30706
30707
30708 KEY BINDINGS:
30709 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30710
30711
30712 VHDL MENU:
30713 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30714
30715
30716 FILE BROWSER:
30717 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30718 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30719 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30720
30721 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30722 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30723
30724
30725 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30726 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30727 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30728 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30729
30730 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30731 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30732 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30733
30734 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30735 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30736 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30737 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30738
30739 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30740 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30741 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30742 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30743 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30744
30745 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30746 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30747 required by secondary units.
30748
30749
30750 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30751 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
30752 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30753 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30754 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30755 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30756 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
30757 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30758 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30759 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30760 inputs to this component -> input port created
30761 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30762 outputs from this component -> output port created
30763 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30764 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30765
30766 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30767 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30768 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30769 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30770 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30771
30772 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30773 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30774
30775 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30776 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30777 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30778 component instantiation is also supported (option
30779 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30780
30781 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30782 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30783 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30784 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30785 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30786 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30787 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30788 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30789 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30790 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30791 | generating the configuration.
30792 |
30793 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30794 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30795 | configurations in speedbar.
30796
30797 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30798
30799
30800 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30801 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30802 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30803 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30804 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30805 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30806 information. New compilers can be added.
30807
30808 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30809 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30810
30811
30812 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30813 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30814 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30815 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30816 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30817
30818 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30819 command:
30820
30821 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30822 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30823 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30824
30825 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30826 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30827 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
30828 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
30829 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
30830 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
30831 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30832
30833 Limitations:
30834 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30835 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30836 not (yet) supported.
30837 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30838 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30839 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30840
30841
30842 PROJECTS:
30843 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30844 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30845 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30846 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30847 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30848 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30849 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30850 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30851
30852 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30853 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30854 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30855 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30856 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30857 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30858 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30859 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30860 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30861 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30862 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30863
30864
30865 SPECIAL MENUES:
30866 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30867 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30868 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30869 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30870 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30871 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30872 current directory for VHDL source files.
30873
30874
30875 VHDL STANDARDS:
30876 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30877 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30878
30879
30880 KEYWORD CASE:
30881 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30882 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30883 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30884 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30885 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30886 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30887 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30888 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30889
30890
30891 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30892 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30893 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30894 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30895 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30896 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30897 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30898
30899 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30900 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30901 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30902 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30903 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30904 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30905
30906 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30907 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30908 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30909 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30910 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30911 visually.
30912
30913 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30914 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30915 highlighted if written in lower case.
30916
30917 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30918 highlighted using a different background color if option
30919 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30920
30921 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30922 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30923 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30924 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30925 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30926
30927
30928 USER MODELS:
30929 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30930 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30931 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30932
30933
30934 HIDE/SHOW:
30935 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30936 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30937 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30938 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30939 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30940
30941
30942 CODE UPDATING:
30943 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30944 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30945 Limitations:
30946 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30947 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30948 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30949 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30950 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30951 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30952 (used to obtain the port names).
30953
30954
30955 CODE FIXING:
30956 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30957 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30958
30959
30960 PRINTING:
30961 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30962 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30963 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30964 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30965 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30966 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30967 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30968 printers.
30969
30970
30971 OPTIONS:
30972 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30973 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30974 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30975 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30976 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30977
30978 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30979 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30980 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30981 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30982 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30983 INSTALL file).
30984
30985 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30986 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30987
30988
30989 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30990 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30991 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30992 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30993
30994 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30995
30996
30997 HINTS:
30998 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30999 a VHDL file first, use the command:
31000
31001 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
31002
31003 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
31004
31005 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
31006
31007
31008 RELEASE NOTES:
31009 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
31010
31011
31012 Maintenance:
31013 ------------
31014
31015 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
31016 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31017
31018 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
31019
31020 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
31021 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
31022 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
31023 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
31024
31025 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
31026 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
31027 where the latest version can be found.
31028
31029
31030 Known problems:
31031 ---------------
31032
31033 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
31034 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
31035 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
31036
31037
31038 The VHDL Mode Authors
31039 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
31040
31041 Key bindings:
31042 -------------
31043
31044 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
31045
31046 \(fn)" t nil)
31047
31048 ;;;***
31049 \f
31050 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (18268 29794))
31051 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
31052
31053 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
31054 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
31055 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
31056 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
31057
31058 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
31059 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
31060 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
31061 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
31062 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
31063
31064 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
31065 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
31066
31067 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
31068
31069 * Limitations and unsupported features
31070 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
31071 not supported.
31072 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
31073 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
31074
31075 * Modifications
31076 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
31077 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
31078 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
31079 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
31080 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
31081 for undoing a repeated change command.
31082 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
31083 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
31084 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
31085
31086 * Extensions
31087 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
31088 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
31089 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
31090 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
31091 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
31092 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
31093 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
31094 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
31095
31096 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
31097
31098 \(fn)" t nil)
31099
31100 ;;;***
31101 \f
31102 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
31103 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
31104 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
31105 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (18468 40890))
31106 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
31107
31108 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
31109 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
31110
31111 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
31112
31113 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31114 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
31115 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31116 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31117
31118 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31119
31120 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31121 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
31122
31123 \(fn)" t nil)
31124
31125 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31126 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31127 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31128 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31129
31130 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31131
31132 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31133 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31134
31135 \(fn)" t nil)
31136
31137 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
31138 Not documented
31139
31140 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
31141
31142 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
31143 Not documented
31144
31145 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
31146
31147 ;;;***
31148 \f
31149 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
31150 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
31151 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
31152 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
31153 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (18530 36602))
31154 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
31155
31156 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
31157 *Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
31158 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
31159
31160 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
31161
31162 (defvar view-mode nil "\
31163 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
31164 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
31165 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
31166
31167 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
31168
31169 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
31170 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
31171
31172 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
31173
31174 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
31175 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31176 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31177 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31178 moving around in the buffer.
31179 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31180 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31181
31182 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31183
31184 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31185
31186 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
31187 View FILE in View mode in another window.
31188 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
31189 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
31190
31191 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31192 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31193 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31194 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31195 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31196
31197 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31198
31199 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31200
31201 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31202 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31203 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31204 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31205 buffer.
31206
31207 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31208 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31209 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31210 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31211 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31212
31213 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31214
31215 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31216
31217 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31218 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31219 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31220 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31221 moving around in the buffer.
31222 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31223 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31224
31225 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31226
31227 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31228 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31229 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31230
31231 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31232 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31233 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
31234 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31235
31236 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31237
31238 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31239 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31240 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
31241 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31242 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
31243 defined for moving around in the buffer.
31244 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31245 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31246
31247 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31248
31249 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31250 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31251 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31252
31253 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31254
31255 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31256 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31257 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
31258 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31259 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
31260 defined for moving around in the buffer.
31261 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31262 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31263
31264 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31265
31266 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31267 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31268 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31269
31270 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31271
31272 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31273 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31274 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
31275 turn it off.
31276
31277 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
31278 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
31279 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
31280 read-only.
31281 \\<view-mode-map>
31282 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
31283 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
31284 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
31285 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
31286 commands default to a repeat count of one.
31287
31288 H, h, ? This message.
31289 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31290 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31291 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31292 > move to the end of buffer.
31293 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31294 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31295 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31296 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31297 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31298 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31299 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31300 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31301 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31302 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31303 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31304 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31305 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31306 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31307 Use this to view a changing file.
31308 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31309 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31310 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31311 . set the mark.
31312 x exchanges point and mark.
31313 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31314 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31315 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31316 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31317 ' go to position saved in character register.
31318 s do forward incremental search.
31319 r do reverse incremental search.
31320 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31321 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31322 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31323 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31324 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31325 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31326 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31327 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31328 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31329 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31330 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31331 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31332 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31333 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31334 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31335 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31336 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31337
31338 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31339 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31340 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31341 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31342 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31343 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31344 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31345 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31346 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31347
31348 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31349
31350 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31351
31352 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31353 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31354 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31355 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31356 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
31357 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31358 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31359 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31360 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31361
31362 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31363
31364 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31365 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31366 RETURN-TO non-nil means add RETURN-TO as an element to the buffer
31367 local alist `view-return-to-alist'. Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer
31368 local variable `view-exit-action'. It should be either nil or a
31369 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31370 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31371
31372 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view
31373 mode, or must have the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
31374 WINDOW is the window used for viewing. OLD-WINDOW is nil or the
31375 window to select after viewing. OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do
31376 with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
31377 1) nil Do nothing.
31378 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window and
31379 `view-remove-frame-by-deleting' is non-nil, its
31380 frame.
31381 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
31382 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
31383 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
31384 5) keep-frame Like case 2) but do not delete the frame.
31385
31386 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31387
31388 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31389
31390 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31391
31392 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31393 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31394
31395 \(fn)" t nil)
31396
31397 ;;;***
31398 \f
31399 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (18468
31400 ;;;;;; 40888))
31401 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31402
31403 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31404 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31405
31406 \(fn)" nil nil)
31407
31408 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31409 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31410
31411 \(fn)" t nil)
31412
31413 ;;;***
31414 \f
31415 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
31416 ;;;;;; (18468 40888))
31417 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31418
31419 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31420 Toggle Viper on/off.
31421 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31422
31423 \(fn)" t nil)
31424
31425 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31426 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31427
31428 \(fn)" t nil)
31429
31430 ;;;***
31431 \f
31432 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
31433 ;;;;;; (18468 40888))
31434 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31435
31436 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31437 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31438 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31439 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31440 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31441 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31442 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31443 the beginning of the warning.")
31444
31445 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31446 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31447 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31448 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31449 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31450 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31451 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31452 also call that function before the next warning.")
31453
31454 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31455 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31456
31457 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
31458 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31459 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31460 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31461
31462 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31463 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31464 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31465 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31466 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31467 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31468
31469 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31470 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31471 Default is :warning.
31472
31473 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31474 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31475 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31476 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31477 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31478 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31479
31480 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31481 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31482 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31483
31484 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31485
31486 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31487 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31488
31489 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31490
31491 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31492 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31493 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31494 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31495
31496 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31497 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31498 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31499 can be whatever you like.)
31500
31501 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31502 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31503
31504 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31505 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31506 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31507 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31508 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31509
31510 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31511
31512 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31513 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31514 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31515 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31516 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31517
31518 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31519
31520 ;;;***
31521 \f
31522 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
31523 ;;;;;; (18517 23716))
31524 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31525
31526 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31527 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
31528 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31529 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
31530 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
31531 in disk.
31532
31533 See `wdired-mode'.
31534
31535 \(fn)" t nil)
31536
31537 ;;;***
31538 \f
31539 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (18468 40890))
31540 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31541
31542 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31543 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31544
31545 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31546 hotlist.
31547
31548 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31549 <nwv@acm.org>.
31550
31551 \(fn)" t nil)
31552
31553 ;;;***
31554 \f
31555 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
31556 ;;;;;; (18468 40893))
31557 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31558 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31559 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31560
31561 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
31562
31563 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31564 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31565 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31566 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31567 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31568 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31569
31570 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31571
31572 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31573 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
31574 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
31575 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
31576
31577 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
31578 and off otherwise.
31579
31580 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31581
31582 ;;;***
31583 \f
31584 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
31585 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
31586 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
31587 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (18575 5051))
31588 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31589
31590 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31591 Toggle whitespace minor mode visualization (\"ws\" on modeline).
31592
31593 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31594 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31595 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31596 Only useful with a windowing system.
31597
31598 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31599
31600 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31601 Toggle newline minor mode visualization (\"nl\" on modeline).
31602
31603 If ARG is null, toggle newline visualization.
31604 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31605 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31606 Only useful with a windowing system.
31607
31608 See also `whitespace-newline'.
31609
31610 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31611
31612 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31613 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31614 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31615 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31616 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31617 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31618
31619 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31620
31621 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31622 Toggle whitespace global minor mode visualization (\"WS\" on modeline).
31623
31624 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31625 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31626 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31627 Only useful with a windowing system.
31628
31629 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31630
31631 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31632 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31633 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31634 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31635 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31636 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31637
31638 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31639
31640 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31641 Toggle newline global minor mode visualization (\"NL\" on modeline).
31642
31643 If ARG is null, toggle newline visualization.
31644 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31645 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31646 Only useful with a windowing system.
31647
31648 See also `whitespace-newline'.
31649
31650 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31651
31652 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31653 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31654
31655 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31656 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31657
31658 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31659 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31660
31661 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31662
31663 CHAR MEANING
31664 (VIA FACES)
31665 t toggle TAB visualization
31666 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31667 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31668 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31669 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31670 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31671 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31672 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31673 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31674 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31675 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31676 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31677 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31678 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31679 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31680 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31681
31682 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31683 T toggle TAB visualization
31684 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31685 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31686
31687 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31688 ? display brief help
31689
31690 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31691 The valid symbols are:
31692
31693 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31694 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31695 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31696 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31697 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31698 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31699 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31700 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31701 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31702 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31703 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31704 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31705 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31706 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31707 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31708 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31709
31710 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31711 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31712 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31713
31714 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31715
31716 Only useful with a windowing system.
31717
31718 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31719
31720 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31721
31722 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31723 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31724
31725 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31726 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31727
31728 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31729 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31730
31731 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31732
31733 CHAR MEANING
31734 (VIA FACES)
31735 t toggle TAB visualization
31736 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31737 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31738 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31739 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31740 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31741 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31742 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31743 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31744 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31745 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31746 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31747 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31748 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31749 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31750 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31751
31752 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31753 T toggle TAB visualization
31754 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31755 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31756
31757 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31758 ? display brief help
31759
31760 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31761 The valid symbols are:
31762
31763 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31764 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31765 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31766 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31767 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31768 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31769 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31770 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31771 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31772 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31773 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31774 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31775 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31776 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31777 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31778 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31779
31780 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31781 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31782 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31783
31784 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31785
31786 Only useful with a windowing system.
31787
31788 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31789
31790 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31791
31792 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31793 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31794
31795 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31796 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31797 applies to the region when it is not in transiente mark mode, the
31798 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31799 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31800
31801 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31802
31803 The problems cleaned up are:
31804
31805 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31806 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31807 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31808 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31809
31810 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31811 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31812 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31813 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31814 SPACEs.
31815 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31816 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31817 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31818 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31819
31820 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31821 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31822 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31823 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31824 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31825 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31826 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31827 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31828
31829 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31830 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31831 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31832
31833 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31834 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31835 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31836 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31837 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31838 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31839 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31840 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31841
31842 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31843 documentation.
31844
31845 \(fn)" t nil)
31846
31847 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31848 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31849
31850 The problems cleaned up are:
31851
31852 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31853 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31854 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31855 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31856 SPACEs.
31857 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31858 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31859 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31860 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31861
31862 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31863 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31864 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31865 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31866 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31867 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31868 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31869 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31870
31871 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31872 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31873 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31874
31875 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31876 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31877 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31878 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31879 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31880 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31881 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31882 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31883
31884 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31885 documentation.
31886
31887 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31888
31889 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31890 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31891
31892 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31893 non-nil.
31894
31895 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31896 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31897 `whitespace-style' to have:
31898
31899 empty
31900 trailing
31901 indentation
31902 space-before-tab
31903 space-after-tab
31904
31905 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31906 whitespace problems in buffer.
31907
31908 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31909
31910 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31911 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31912 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31913 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31914 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31915 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31916 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31917
31918 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31919 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31920 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31921 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31922 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31923 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31924 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31925
31926 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31927 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31928 cleaning up these problems.
31929
31930 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31931
31932 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31933 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31934
31935 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31936 non-nil.
31937
31938 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31939 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31940 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31941
31942 empty
31943 indentation
31944 space-before-tab
31945 trailing
31946 space-after-tab
31947
31948 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31949 whitespace problems in buffer.
31950
31951 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31952
31953 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31954 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31955 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31956 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31957 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31958 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31959 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31960
31961 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31962 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31963 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31964 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31965 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31966 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31967 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31968
31969 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31970 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31971 cleaning up these problems.
31972
31973 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31974
31975 ;;;***
31976 \f
31977 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
31978 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (18468 40887))
31979 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31980
31981 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31982 Browse the widget under point.
31983
31984 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31985
31986 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31987 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31988
31989 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31990
31991 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31992 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31993
31994 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31995
31996 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31997 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
31998 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31999
32000 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32001
32002 ;;;***
32003 \f
32004 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
32005 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (18508
32006 ;;;;;; 22728))
32007 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
32008
32009 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
32010 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
32011
32012 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32013
32014 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
32015 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
32016 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
32017
32018 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
32019
32020 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
32021 Create widget of TYPE.
32022 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
32023
32024 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32025
32026 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
32027 Delete WIDGET.
32028
32029 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32030
32031 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
32032 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
32033
32034 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32035
32036 (defalias 'advertised-widget-backward 'widget-backward)
32037
32038 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'advertised-widget-backward) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
32039 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
32040 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
32041
32042 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
32043 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
32044
32045 \(fn)" nil nil)
32046
32047 ;;;***
32048 \f
32049 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
32050 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (18468
32051 ;;;;;; 40887))
32052 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
32053
32054 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
32055 Select the window to the left of the current one.
32056 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32057 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32058 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
32059 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32060 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32061
32062 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32063
32064 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
32065 Select the window above the current one.
32066 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
32067 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
32068 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
32069 negative ARG) of the current window.
32070 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32071
32072 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32073
32074 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
32075 Select the window to the right of the current one.
32076 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32077 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
32078 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
32079 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
32080 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32081
32082 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32083
32084 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
32085 Select the window below the current one.
32086 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32087 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32088 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
32089 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32090 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32091
32092 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32093
32094 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
32095 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
32096 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
32097 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
32098
32099 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
32100
32101 ;;;***
32102 \f
32103 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
32104 ;;;;;; (18468 40887))
32105 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
32106
32107 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
32108 Toggle Winner mode.
32109 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32110 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
32111
32112 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
32113
32114 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
32115 Toggle Winner mode.
32116 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
32117
32118 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32119
32120 ;;;***
32121 \f
32122 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman woman-locale)
32123 ;;;;;; "woman" "woman.el" (18559 51595))
32124 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
32125
32126 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
32127 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
32128 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
32129 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
32130 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
32131
32132 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
32133
32134 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
32135 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
32136 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
32137 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
32138 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
32139 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
32140 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
32141 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
32142
32143 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
32144 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
32145
32146 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
32147
32148 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
32149 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
32150
32151 \(fn)" t nil)
32152
32153 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
32154 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
32155 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
32156 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
32157 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
32158 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
32159 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
32160 `woman' command for further details.
32161
32162 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
32163
32164 ;;;***
32165 \f
32166 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
32167 ;;;;;; (18468 40888))
32168 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
32169
32170 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
32171 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
32172
32173 BUGS:
32174 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
32175 are not implemented
32176 - Options for search and replace
32177 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
32178 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
32179
32180 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
32181 Emacs-like.
32182
32183 The key bindings are:
32184
32185 C-a backward-word
32186 C-b fill-paragraph
32187 C-c scroll-up-line
32188 C-d forward-char
32189 C-e previous-line
32190 C-f forward-word
32191 C-g delete-char
32192 C-h backward-char
32193 C-i indent-for-tab-command
32194 C-j help-for-help
32195 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
32196 C-l ws-repeat-search
32197 C-n open-line
32198 C-p quoted-insert
32199 C-r scroll-down-line
32200 C-s backward-char
32201 C-t kill-word
32202 C-u keyboard-quit
32203 C-v overwrite-mode
32204 C-w scroll-down
32205 C-x next-line
32206 C-y kill-complete-line
32207 C-z scroll-up
32208
32209 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
32210 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
32211 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
32212 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
32213 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
32214 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
32215 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
32216 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
32217 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
32218 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
32219 C-k b ws-begin-block
32220 C-k c ws-copy-block
32221 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
32222 C-k f find-file
32223 C-k h ws-show-markers
32224 C-k i ws-indent-block
32225 C-k k ws-end-block
32226 C-k p ws-print-block
32227 C-k q kill-emacs
32228 C-k r insert-file
32229 C-k s save-some-buffers
32230 C-k t ws-mark-word
32231 C-k u ws-exdent-block
32232 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
32233 C-k v ws-move-block
32234 C-k w ws-write-block
32235 C-k x kill-emacs
32236 C-k y ws-delete-block
32237
32238 C-o c wordstar-center-line
32239 C-o b switch-to-buffer
32240 C-o j justify-current-line
32241 C-o k kill-buffer
32242 C-o l list-buffers
32243 C-o m auto-fill-mode
32244 C-o r set-fill-column
32245 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
32246 C-o wd delete-other-windows
32247 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
32248 C-o wo other-window
32249 C-o wv split-window-vertically
32250
32251 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
32252 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
32253 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
32254 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
32255 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
32256 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
32257 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
32258 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
32259 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
32260 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
32261 C-q a ws-query-replace
32262 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
32263 C-q c end-of-buffer
32264 C-q d end-of-line
32265 C-q f ws-search
32266 C-q k ws-to-block-end
32267 C-q l ws-undo
32268 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
32269 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
32270 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
32271 C-q w ws-last-error
32272 C-q y ws-kill-eol
32273 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
32274
32275 \(fn)" t nil)
32276
32277 ;;;***
32278 \f
32279 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
32280 ;;;;;; (18468 40887))
32281 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32282
32283 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32284 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32285 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
32286 Returns the top node with all its children.
32287 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32288 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
32289
32290 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32291
32292 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32293 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32294 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32295 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
32296 is not well-formed XML.
32297 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
32298 and returned as the first element of the list.
32299 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
32300
32301 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32302
32303 ;;;***
32304 \f
32305 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
32306 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (18550 15778))
32307 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32308
32309 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32310 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32311 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32312 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32313 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32314 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32315 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32316 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32317 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32318 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32319
32320 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32321
32322 ;;;***
32323 \f
32324 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (18516
32325 ;;;;;; 15188))
32326 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32327
32328 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32329 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32330 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32331 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32332 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32333 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32334
32335 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32336
32337 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32338 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32339 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
32340 it off.
32341
32342 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32343 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32344 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32345 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32346 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32347 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32348
32349 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32350
32351 ;;;***
32352 \f
32353 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
32354 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (18468 40889))
32355 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32356
32357 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32358 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32359
32360 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32361
32362 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32363 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32364
32365 \(fn)" nil nil)
32366
32367 ;;;***
32368 \f
32369 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
32370 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (18468 40892))
32371 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
32372
32373 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
32374 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
32375
32376 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
32377
32378 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
32379 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
32380
32381 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
32382
32383 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
32384 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
32385 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
32386
32387 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
32388
32389 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
32390 Zippy goes to the analyst.
32391
32392 \(fn)" t nil)
32393
32394 ;;;***
32395 \f
32396 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (18468 40892))
32397 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32398
32399 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32400 Zone out, completely.
32401
32402 \(fn)" t nil)
32403
32404 ;;;***
32405 \f
32406 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "bindings.el" "buff-menu.el"
32407 ;;;;;; "button.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
32408 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
32409 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
32410 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
32411 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
32412 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el"
32413 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el"
32414 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el"
32415 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
32416 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
32417 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
32418 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
32419 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
32420 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
32421 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
32422 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
32423 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
32424 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
32425 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
32426 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el"
32427 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el"
32428 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el"
32429 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el"
32430 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
32431 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
32432 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el"
32433 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
32434 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
32435 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
32436 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
32437 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el"
32438 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el"
32439 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32440 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
32441 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
32442 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el"
32443 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
32444 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
32445 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "epa-hook.el" "erc/erc-backend.el"
32446 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el"
32447 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
32448 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
32449 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
32450 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
32451 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
32452 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
32453 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el"
32454 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
32455 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "facemenu.el"
32456 ;;;;;; "faces.el" "files.el" "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "font-lock.el"
32457 ;;;;;; "format-spec.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
32458 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/auth-source.el"
32459 ;;;;;; "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
32460 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
32461 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
32462 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
32463 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
32464 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
32465 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
32466 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
32467 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
32468 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el"
32469 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
32470 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el"
32471 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el"
32472 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
32473 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
32474 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
32475 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
32476 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el"
32477 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
32478 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
32479 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
32480 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "gnus/starttls.el"
32481 ;;;;;; "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el" "hex-util.el"
32482 ;;;;;; "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/charprop.el"
32483 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
32484 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32485 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/mule-cmds.el"
32486 ;;;;;; "international/mule-conf.el" "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el"
32487 ;;;;;; "international/uni-bidi.el" "international/uni-category.el"
32488 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
32489 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
32490 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
32491 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
32492 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
32493 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
32494 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "json.el" "kermit.el"
32495 ;;;;;; "language/burmese.el" "language/cham.el" "language/chinese.el"
32496 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/english.el"
32497 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el"
32498 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hanja-util.el" "language/hebrew.el"
32499 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/khmer.el"
32500 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/misc-lang.el"
32501 ;;;;;; "language/romanian.el" "language/sinhala.el" "language/slovak.el"
32502 ;;;;;; "language/tai-viet.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
32503 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
32504 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
32505 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
32506 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
32507 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
32508 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
32509 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32510 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32511 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32512 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32513 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "minibuffer.el" "misc.el"
32514 ;;;;;; "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el" "net/dig.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
32515 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
32516 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el"
32517 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/newsticker.el"
32518 ;;;;;; "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el"
32519 ;;;;;; "net/sasl.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
32520 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-fish.el"
32521 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el"
32522 ;;;;;; "net/xesam.el" "net/zeroconf.el" "nxml/char-name/subdirs.el"
32523 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el" "nxml/nxml-ns.el"
32524 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el" "nxml/nxml-rap.el"
32525 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el" "nxml/rng-maint.el"
32526 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el" "nxml/rng-pttrn.el"
32527 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el" "nxml/subdirs.el" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el"
32528 ;;;;;; "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-colview.el"
32529 ;;;;;; "org/org-compat.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-gnus.el"
32530 ;;;;;; "org/org-info.el" "org/org-install.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el"
32531 ;;;;;; "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el" "org/org-mew.el"
32532 ;;;;;; "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-vm.el"
32533 ;;;;;; "org/org-wl.el" "password-cache.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el"
32534 ;;;;;; "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el"
32535 ;;;;;; "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
32536 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
32537 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
32538 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
32539 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
32540 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
32541 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
32542 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
32543 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
32544 ;;;;;; "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el"
32545 ;;;;;; "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el"
32546 ;;;;;; "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el"
32547 ;;;;;; "subr.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/fill.el"
32548 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el"
32549 ;;;;;; "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el"
32550 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
32551 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
32552 ;;;;;; "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
32553 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
32554 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
32555 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32556 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc-dav.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
32557 ;;;;;; "version.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el"
32558 ;;;;;; "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el" "x-dnd.el") (18577
32559 ;;;;;; 64133 410728))
32560
32561 ;;;***
32562 \f
32563 (provide 'loaddefs)
32564 ;; Local Variables:
32565 ;; version-control: never
32566 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32567 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32568 ;; coding: utf-8
32569 ;; End:
32570 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here